Home

Nanodac Recording Temperature Controller User Manual

1. Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 13 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 220b 8715 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 2202 8706 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 2211 8721 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0151 337 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 2209 8713 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 13 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 220e 8718 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 2200 8704 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4c59 19545 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 2203 8707 1dp VirtualChannel 13 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 2220 8736 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 2222 8738 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 2221 8737 Same as VirtualCh
2. Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution AlarmSummary Channel Alarm22Num As Alarm1Num but for 22nd most recent alarm uint8 11cf 4559 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm22Status As Alarm1Status but for 22nd most recent alarm uint8 11d0 4560 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm23Ac Acknowledge the 23rd most recent channel alarm boo 11d4 4564 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm23Num As Alarm1Num but for 23th most recent alarm uint8 11d2 4562 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm23Status As Alarm1Status but for 23rd most recent alarm uint8 11d3 4563 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm24Ac Acknowledge the 24th most recent channel alarm boo 11d7 4567 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm24Num As Alarm1Num but for 24th most recent alarm uint8 11d5 4565 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm24Status As Alarm1Status but for 24th most recent alarm uint8 11d6 4566 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm25Ac Acknowledge the 25th most recent channel alarm boo 11da 4570 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm25Num As Alarm1Num but for 25th most recent alarm uint8 11d8 4568 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm25Status As Alarm1Status but for 25th most recent alarm uint8 11d9 4569 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm26Ac Acknowledge the 26th most recent channel alarm boo 11dd 4573 Not applicable Alarm
3. Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Instrument Info ConfigRev The instrument configuration revision number int32 10a0 4256 Not applicable Instrument Info IM Instrument mode uint8 00c7 199 Not applicable Operating All algorithms and I O active Standby Control o p off Absolute alarms active Engineer All outputs inactive Instrument Info LineVoltage The current supply voltage for PFF applications float32 10a6 4262 1dp Instrument Info Name The instrument descriptor string_t 445f 17503 Not applicable Instrument Info NvolWrites Displays the number of non volatile writes performed int32 10a5 4261 Not applicable Instrument Info SecurityRev The instrument security revision number int32 10a4 4260 Not applicable Instrument Info Type Shows instrument type uint8 10a2 4258 Not applicable Instrument Info Version Shows instrument version string_t 4474 17524 Not applicable Instrument Locale DateFormat Date format 0 DDMMYY 1 MMDDYY 2 YYMMDD uint8 10b1 4273 Not applicable Instrument Locale DSTenable 1 Daylight Saving Time enabled bool 10b3 4275 Not applicable Instrument Locale EndDay Daylight savings End day uint8 10ba 4282 Not applicable 0 Sunday 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday Instrument Locale EndMonth Daylight savings End month uint8 10bb 4283 Not applicable 0 January 1 February 2 March 3 April 4 May 5 June 6 Ju
4. HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 81 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Channel 3 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1966 6502 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm2 Status Alarm status as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 010b 267 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1963 6499 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm2 Type Alarn type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 1960 6496 Not applicable Channel 3 Main CJType Cold junction compensation type as for Channel 1 Main uint8 190c 6412 Not applicable Channel 3 Main Descriptor Text string to describe the channel string_t 4936 18742 Not applicable Channel 3 Main ExtCJTemp External CJ temperature oat32 190d 6413 1dp Channel 3 Main FaultResponse Fault response as for Channel 1 Main uint8 1910 6416 Not applicable Channel 3 Main Filter Filter time constant oat32 190e 6414 1dp Channel 3 Main InputHigh nput range maximum value oat32 1904 6404 1dp Channel 3 Main InputLow nput range minimum value oat32 1903 6403 1dp Channel 3 Main InternalCJTemp Channel internal cold junction temperature joat32 1915 6421 1dp Channel 3 Main IPAdjustState 0 Channel unadjusted 1 Channel adju
5. Wide Narrow Proportional lt P band Setpoint 100 2 5 z w Increasing 2 D roportional band 3 50 a prop O E oO ke 0 _ _ gt p SP Temperature Time Figure B2 2 2a Proportional band action reverse acting Appendix B HA030554 Page 138 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 2 TYPES OF CONTROL LOOP Cont INTEGRAL TERM In a proportional only controller as seen in the previous section an error must exist between setpoint and PV in order for the controller to deliver power Integral is used to achieve zero steady state control error The integral term slowly modifies the output level as a result of any error between setpoint and measured value If the measured value is below setpoint the integral action gradually increases the output in an at tempt to correct the error If it is above setpoint integral action gradually decreases the output or increases the cooling power to correct the error Figure B2 2 2b shows proportional plus integral action SP Temperature Time Figure B2 2 2b Proportional Integral Control The integral term is set in seconds The longer the integral time constant the more slowly the output is mod ified and the more sluggish the response Too small an integral time causes the process to overshoot and perhaps to start oscillating The integral action may be disabled by setting its value to Off DERIVATIVE TERM Derivat
6. A2 RECORDER SPECIFICATION Cont Update Archive rates Sample rate input output Trend update Archive sample value Display value 8Hz 8 Hz max Latest value at archive time Latest value at display update time A3 ANALOGUE INPUT SPECIFICATION General Number of anaologue inputs Input types Input type mix Sample rate Conversion method Input ranges Mains rejection 48 to 62Hz Series mode Common mode Common mode voltage Series mode voltage Input impedance Overvoltage protection Continuous Transient lt 1ms Sensor break detection Type Recognition time Minimum break resistance Shunt mA inputs only Values additional error due to shunt Isolation Channel to channel Channel to common electronics Channel to ground Dielectric strength Test Channel to channel Channel to ground Four dc Volts dc mV de mA external shunt required thermocouple RTD 2 wire and 3 wire digital contact closure Freely configurable 8Hz 125ms 16 bit delta sigma See below gt 95dB gt 179dB 250Vac max 280mV at lowest range 5V peak to peak at highest range See relevant Range specification below 30V RMS 200V pk pk between terminals ac sensor break on each input giving quick response with no associated dc errors lt 3 secs 40mvV 80mV ranges 5kQ other ranges 12 5kQ 1Q to 1kQ mounted externally 0 1 input 300V RMS or dc double insulation 300V RMS or dc double insula
7. Appendix B Page 156 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 6 2 OUTPUT LIMITS Cont Notes Continued 3 The tightest limits between Remote and PID are connected to the output where an overall limit is applied using parameters Output High and Output Low 4 Working Out High and Working Out low found in the Diagnostics list are read only parameters showing the overall working output limits 5 The tune limits are a separate part of the algorithm and are applied to the output during the tun ing process The overall limits Output Hi and Output Lo always have priority B2 6 3 Output Rate Limit The output rate limiter is a rate of change limiter set in sec which prevents step changes in output power being demanded Rate limiting is performed by determining the direction in which the output is changing and then incrementing or decrementing the Working Output Main menu until it equals the required output Target OP The amount to increment or decrement is calculated using the sampling rate of the algorithm 125ms and the selected rate limit If the change in output is less than the rate limit increment the change takes effect immediately The rate limit direction and increment is calculated on every execution of the rate limit Therefore ifthe rate limit is changed during execution the new rate of change takes immediate effect If the output is changed whi
8. Page 56 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 6 1 Main menu parameters Auto Manual PV Inhibit Target Setpoint Working Setpoint Working Output Integral Hold Selects Auto matic or Manual operation Auto automatically controls output power in a closed loop configuration In manual mode the operator controls the output power The Process Variable input value The value can be entered by the user but is most of ten wired from an analogue input Select No or Yes Yes stops the loop and sets the output to a safe value this value being entered as a part of the Output configuration section 4 6 6 Ifan output rate lim it is set then the output ramps to the safe level at that rate otherwise it performs a step change If setpoint or manual tracking is enabled in setpoint configuration section 4 6 5 Inhibit overrides tracking If No is selected the loop operates normally Inhibit can be enabled disabled from an external source The value at which the control loop is aiming SP may be derived from a number of sources as described in Appendix B section B2 5 The value range limited by the set point limits SP High Limit and SP Low Limit described in section 4 6 5 A read only value displaying the current value of setpoint being used by the loop This might or might not be the Target setpoint The value may come from a number of sources but is limit
9. invensys Eurotherm nanodac User Guide nanodac recorder controller Versions 2 0 and later HA030554 1 July 2010 2010 Eurotherm Limited All rights are strictly reserved No part of this document may be reproduced modified or transmit ted in any form by any means nor may it be stored in a retrieval system other than for the purpose to act as an aid in operating the equipment to which the document relates without the prior written permission of Eurotherm Limited Eurotherm Limited pursues a policy of continuous development and product improvement The specification in this document may therefore be changed without notice The information in this document is given in good faith but is intended for guidance only Eurotherm Limited will accept no responsibility for any losses arising from errors in this document Eurotherm Declaration of Conformity Manufacturer s name Eurotherm Limited Manufacturer s address Faraday Close Worthing West Sussex BN13 3PL United Kingdom Product type Recorder controller Models nanodac Status level A1 upwards Safety specification EN61010 1 2001 EMC emissions specification EN61326 1 2006 Class B EMC immunity specification EN61326 1 2006 Industrial locations Eurotherm Limited hereby declares that the above products conform to the safety and EMC specifications listed Eurotherm Limited further declares that the above products comply with
10. Over range Un der range HW error Ranging HW capability exceeded Appears only for channels which have been included in the Adjust Input procedure described in section 4 1 7 Allows the number of decimal places to be defined for the channel Valid entries are zero to nine Allows a units string of up to five characters to be entered Allows the user to select an input type for the channel Available selections are Off Thermocouple mV V mA RTD Digital or Test Appears only if Test is selected as Type Allows either a sinusoidal or a triangular waveform to be selected at one of a number of cycle times between 40 seconds and five hours For Type mV V or mA the lowest value of the applied signal in electrical units For Type mV V or mA the highest value of the applied signal in electrical units For input type mA only this allows the value of the shunt resistor in Ohms to be en tered The recorder does not validate this value it is up to the user to ensure that the value entered here matches that of the shunt resistor fitted Linear Square root x3 2 x5 2 User Lin Thermocouple types alphabetical order B C D E G2 J K L N R S T U NiMo NiCo Platinel Ni MiMo Pt20 Rh Pt40 Rh User 1 to User 4 Resistance thermometer types Cu10 Pt100 Pt100A JPT100 Ni100 Ni120 Cu53 See Appendix A for input ranges ac
11. 3 From a Remote analogue source The source could be an external analogue input into an analogue input module wired to the Alt SP parameter or a User Value wired to the Alt SP parameter The remote setpoint is used when the parameter Alt SP Enable is set to Yes Setpoint tracking sometimes referred to as Remote Tracking ensures that the Local setpoint adopts the Re mote setpoint value when switching from Local to Remote to maintain bumpless transfer from Remote to Lo cal Bumpless transfer does not take place when changing from Local to Remote Note If Rate Limit is applied the setpoint will change at the set rate when changing from Local to Remote B2 5 5 Manual Tracking When the controller is operating in manual mode the currently selected SP SP1 or SP2 tracks the PV When the controller resumes automatic control there will be no step change in the resolved SP Manual tracking does not apply to the remote setpoint or programmer setpoint Note Programmer not available this release HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 155 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 6 OUTPUT B2 6 1 Introduction The output function block selects the correct output sources to be used determines whether to heat or cool and then applies limits Power feed forward and non linear cooling are also applied It is this block that manages the output in exception conditions such as start up and sensor brea
12. 3 4 2 Horizontal Trend mode This view is similar to the vertical trend mode described in section 3 4 1 above except that the traces are produced horizontally rather than vertically Initially as each channel appears its scale appears at the left edge of the display as shown below but in order to show the maximum amount of trend data the scale is overwritten after a few seconds Channel 1 50 00 By default after a few seconds the chart expands leftwards to hide the scale This feature can be disa bled in the Instrument Display area of configuration section 4 1 3 H Trend scaling so that the scale is permanently on display Figure 3 4 2 Horizontal trend display mode Note Timestamps appear to the right of the gridline to which they relate Use of the up arrow button causes the next enabled display mode to be entered default vertical bar graph Use of the page key calls the top level menu 3 4 3 Vertical Bargraph mode This display mode shows the channel values as a histogram Absolute alarm threshold values appear as lines across the bars grey if the alarm is not triggered red if the alarm is triggered Alarm symbols appear for active alarms Bargraph widths for four to six channels divide the width of the display screen equally between them For one and two channels the width is fixed and the bars are centred on the screen Figure 3 4 3 shows some examples not to the same scale Channel 1
13. A Target SP SP Low Limit Remote Range min Trim High Trim Low Local Trim Remote local trim Target SP gt Range max PV Ramp rate Servo Sp changed Figure 2 5 1 Setpoint Function block Note Programmer not available this release HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 153 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 5 2 Setpoint Limits The setpoint generator provides limits for each of the setpoint sources as well as an overall set of limits for the loop These are summarised in figure 2 5 2 below Range Hig SP SP setpoint SA Range NNN E Remote qu Figure 2 5 2 Setpoint Limits Range High and Range Low provide the range information for the control loop They are used in control calculations to generate proportional bands Span Range High Range Low B2 5 3 Setpoint Rate Limit This symmetrical rate limiter allows the rate of change of setpoint to be controlled preventing step changes in the setpoint The limit is applied to the working setpoint which includes setpoint trim Rate limiting is enabled using the Rate parameter If this is set to 0 then any change made to the setpoint will be effective immediately If it is set to any other value then a change in the setpoint will be have rate limiting applied at the value set in units per minute Rate limit applies to SP1 SP2 and Remote SP When rate limit is active Rate Done
14. Full scale value gt EII Active alarm symbol Alarm threshold active Alarm threshold non active gt is Zero value gt OR ae E 0000 50 000 E EMG ura EEA 700 Figure 3 4 3 Vertical bargraph display mode Use of the up arrow button causes the next enabled display mode to be entered default horizontal bar graph Use of the page key calls the top level menu HA030554 Page 20 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 4 4 Horizontal Bargraph mode Similar to the Vertical bargraph mode described in section 3 4 3 above but includes channel descriptors e 0 0000 Farnace 1 temp 12 Sacer mu 20 000 Channel 2 20 0000 Channel 2 The scroll button toggles the text between point 10 0400 Channel 3 30 0000 descriptor as shown and 50 0000 Channel 4 150 0000 point value 0 _ AR 1 80 0 VirtualChan 2 120 nst name 12 10 09 Figure 3 4 4 Horizontal bargraph mode Use of the up arrow button causes the next enabled display mode to be entered default numeric Use of the page key calls the top level menu 3 4 5 Numeric mode Shows the enabled channels values along with their descriptors and with indications of the type s of alarm configured for each channel Furnace 1 temp 12 Alarm type indication DA Oo 7 00 table 3 2 1 A 9 Ps E Y 16 600 9 ae E iin Figure 3 4 5a Numeric display mode six enabled channels The figure above shows
15. HO x20 y Aa 3 52 3wires used 247 free Download wiring to instrument Mouse select Select normal mouse operation Mutually exclusive with Mouse Pan below Giz 4 Mouse Pan When active this causes the mouse cursor to change to a hand shaped icon Allows the graphical wiring diagram to be click dragged within the GWE window aperture Zoom Allows the magnification factor ofthe wiring diagram to be selected Pan tool Whilst left clicked the cursor appears as a rectangle showing which part of the wiring dia gram is currently displayed Click dragging allows the rectangle to be moved freely about the dia gram The size of the rectangle depends on the zoom setting O Show Hide grid This toggles an alignment grid on and off 9 Undo redo Allows the user to undo the last action or once an undo action has taken place to undo gt theundo Short cuts are lt Ctrl gt lt Z for undo lt Ctrl gt lt V for undo y e Cut Copy Paste Normal Cut copy and delete Copy copy without delete and Paste insert into functions Shortcuts are lt Ctrl gt lt X gt for Cut lt Ctrl gt lt C gt for copy and lt Ctrl gt lt V gt for Paste py Copy diagram fragment Paste diagram fragment Allows a part of the wiring diagram to be selected 13 Ft named and be saved to file The fragment may then be pasted into any wiring diagram including the source diagram Eg Create compound Flatten compound Thes
16. If Type mV V or mA then Range High Low must be set to the highest and lowest Y values to be used respectively Input High Low should be set to the highest and lowest X values in the table respectively 4 9 CUSTOM MESSAGES This feature allows the entry of up to 10 messages for sending to the history file when triggered by a wired source e g an alarm going active The messages of up to 100 characters each are entered using either the virtual keyboard described in sec tion 3 6 or by means of iTools configuration software Up to three parameter values may be embedded in messages in the format Address where Address is the decimal Modbus address of the parameter section5 3 E G 256 embeds Channel 1 PV HA030554 Page 66 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 10 ZIRCONIA BLOCK OPTION This option allows the calculation of Carbon Potential Dew point or Oxygen concentration A zirconia ox ygen probe consists of two platinum electrodes bonded to a pellet or cylinder of zirconia At elevated tem peratures such a probe develops an emf across it which is proportional to the probe absolute temperature and to the log of the difference in oxygen partial pressure between its two ends The temperature of the probe is normally measured using a type K or type R thermocouple The tempera ture effect on the thermocouple is such that for successful operation the probe temperature must be gr
17. cycle time During each cycle the average power delivered to the load is Pavg Pueater X Duty cycle where Pheater is the actual transferred heater or cooler power and Duty cycle Ton Ton Tost normally represented as a percentage value The PID controller calculates the Duty Cycle the PID output control signal from 0 to 100 and provides a Minimum on time between 100ms to 150 seconds Figure B2 6 11 shows how Ton Tos and cycle time vary with demand 10000 Ton Toff Cycle time uo o o o Millieconds gt N uo o o 2500 Tmin 0 20 40 60 80 100 Output demand gt Figure B2 6 11 Time proportioning curves Minimum on time 625ms Note For this instrument only Min on time is configurable B2 7 DIAGNOSTICS See section 4 6 7 for definitions of these parameters Appendix B HA030554 Page 162 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Appendix C REFERENCE C1 BATTERY REPLACEMENT The battery can be replaced only after the unit has been withdrawn from the panel It is therefore normally necessary to unwire the instrument before changing the battery O oS ON a 8 9 10 11 12 WARNING Before removing the supply voltage wiring isolate the supply voltage and secure it against unin tended operation Note The new battery must be installed within 10 seconds of the exhausted battery s remova
18. Acknowledgement Figure 4 4 3 Typical alarm 1 configuration menu Select an alarm type from Off Abs High absolute high Abs Low absolute low Dev High deviation high Dev Low deviation low Dev Band deviation band Rise ROC rate of change rising Fall ROC rate of change falling Digital High Digital Low See Alarm types below for definitions Read only This shows thatthe alarm is Off Active Safe Not Acked or Active Not Acked For Auto and Manual alarms only SafeNotAcked means that the alarm trigger source has returned to a non alarm state but the alarm is still active because it has not been acknowledged Similarly ActiveNotAcked means that the source is still active and the alarm has not been acknowledged For absolute alarms only this is the trip point for the alarm For absolute high alarms if the threshold value is exceeded by the process value PV of this channel then the alarm becomes active and remains active until the PV falls below the value threshold hysteresis For absolute low alarms if the PV of this channel falls below the threshold value then the alarm becomes active and remains active until the PV rises above Threshold Hysteresis For deviation alarms only this provides a centre point for the deviation band For deviation high alarms the alarm becomes active if the process value PV r
19. Counter configuration 6 cece 55 Enables sx catire euch nto aw ate Lead ati akea ds 70 Create a new empty dataset 125 Clock RES Fail 9 Create a new watch recipe list o o oo o o o o 125 o O A A A ene eure Create Compound 000 000 eee 113 119 120 DEMING Secchi E Gree A Critically damped onsereen neia eda a os 144 CO Local Remote etc 6 6 a Ked epa aliaa 70 CSV 37 Cold starte aeda ies coving a d a 32 A make A Nese IA 37 Colour c UStOM MESSAGES so ccc eke cease eee aa e e 66 Channel trend selection 00 0 00 ee 46 CUStOM Oti vs N dias on Bs Sea ees KOR 15 Function blocks ete cid aes 119 Cut 113 Column enable disable o oo ooo 122 123 CR TN be easy ee 117 Comments 24 0 dais ened Aho a eee 117 f Function block context Menu 0 000 115 Context Mena it idas 117 Monitor 118 Comms Pass Solas haces a af Sh etd Melee te Ole aR ti 32 Wirecontexstmenin t aa a SET wee 116 Communications 4 eea io o da dea 72 Wiri E iting editor ies uma 119 Parameter iSt it Meee ea toa 76 i Cutbacks ski e E a ete Oi tee E aye es 152 TIMEOUTS s he O ore OE 73 Hiah 141 NS 30 NOW dia edil A A E Cutoff High LOW exis coe i aw cheat eke eges 54 55 Complete tido Relies aes 17 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page ii nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE D DIV Acasa Meth dto te At kane eats EE 52 Dalia an 37 Down arrow key sss secre teeter ees 7 DA
20. Double 250V ac AAA PV4 am 2M0 JD HP Pp SSN Safety Earth Protective USB Comms conductor terminal SS J PSU Logic Digital I O KD e Figure C5 Isolation diagram Appendix HA030554 Page 170 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Index Numerics Autotune Cont Hour Scroll iia eee lca dg odo e 24 Failure MOdES 0 cece 151 T2Hour Ser divo hates da ae de Rani 24 tato a ote Pan te ars 146 24 Hour Scroll ita latest ieee edi leat 24 Average TMOG ence il etna ats es 48 32 Bit TESOlUTION s civic tale eee cid Sale a ale we 2 B A Back tortas item iad at ie a oe ted 123 About the recorder 0 0 ccc eens 30 Background chart colour 0022000 30 ADS a a Id dia 47 Backlash occu a a araa pha da SRR Re es 64 ADSL Wise Rican Ro bee Mate as 47 Balance Inte gral cies feces s ie ole ake gina ed ie ce 69 Accents tas earls gi olde aang wane lA gels aia ado See a 25 Battery Access levels Pitt tities tlacaceelg ae Lsoyat 04 aye teat he le 15 Backup dba 132 Account AAA ana Tees eas yt 9 EA A A nde edge 31 Replacement osa etu a n A a 163 USEMaAME hai tt dolia 31 Symbol yi i li id 11 Acknowledge alarms 5 005 13 48 71 BI di ots td 37 Acknowledgement ooocccccccccccccccco 48 Black wiring editor items 0 eee eee 119 PRU Or cients bese e E AR ed ot EE tt ty 48 BOCK ists a icc Oe 8k aloes baa Oa ela es 48 Channel s islas o ds aah tes arena dra 15 Executi
21. displays No When the setpoint has been reached the value changes to Yes When Rate is set to a value other than Off an additional parameter SP Rate Disable is displayed which allows the setpoint rate limit to be turned off and on without the need to adjust the Rate parameter between Off and a working value If the PV is in sensor break the rate limit is suspended and the working setpoint takes the value of 0 On sensor break being released the working setpoint goes from 0 to the selected setpoint value at the rate limit Appendix B HA030554 Page 154 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 5 4 Setpoint Tracking The setpoint used by the controller may be derived from a number of sources For example 1 Local setpoints SP1 and SP2 These may be selected through the front panel using the parameter SP Select through digital communications or by configuring a digital input which selects either SP1 or SP2 This might be used for example to switch between normal running conditions and standby con ditions If Rate Limit is switched off the new setpoint value is adopted immediately when the switch is changed 2 A programmer generating a setpoint which varies over time When the programmer is running the Track SP and Track PV parameters update continuously so that the programmer can perform its own servo This is sometimes referred to as Program Tracking
22. or Off section 3 3 5 The colour for the setpoint in Control Loop display pages section 3 4 6 Gives information about the recorder hardware and software and allows the user to enter a descriptor for the instrument The normal Select Scroll Enter editing technique previously described is used to edit those fields that are not read only Name Type Version Bootrom Company ID Config Rev Security Rev Nvol writes Line voltage Instrument Info Name nanodac a a Version 2 Bocotrom a Company ID nee Config Rev 10 Security Rev Nvol writes Line Voltage Figure 4 1 4 Info menu expanded to show all fields Allows the user to enter a descriptor of up to 20 characters using the text entry tech niques described in section 3 6 The number of characters visible in the display mode pages varies according to the number of alarm symbols on display Nano Read only display of the instrument model used by iTools Read only The software version of the instrument Read only Instrument software Boot ROM version Read only For CNOMO purposes over Modbus 1280 decimal 0500 hex Read only This value is updated and a message including this value generated every time configuration is quit if any one or more configuration parameter has been changed Read only This number is incremented every time configuration is quit if any one or more passwords has been changed or if the FTP Serv
23. tions to such inputs whilst the inputs are live with live sensors all cables connections and switch es for connecting the sensor must be mains rated for use in 240V Cat Il 3 Grounding the temperature sensor shield Where it is common practice to replace the tempera ture sensor whilst the instrument is live it is recommended that the shield of the temperature sen sor be grounded to safety earth as an additional protection against electric shock 4 The instrument must not be wired to a three phase supply with an unearthed star connection be cause under fault conditions such a supply could rise above 240V RMS with respect to ground thus rendering the instrument unsafe Notes 1 Safety requirements for permanently connected equipment state a A switch or circuit breaker shall be included in the building installation b It shall be in close proximity to the equipment and within easy reach of the operator c Itshall be marked as the disconnecting device for the equipment 2 Recommended external fuse ratings are 2A Type T 250V 1 This instrument is intended for industrial temperature and process control applications within the requirements of the European directives on safety and EMC 2 Installation may be carried out only by qualified personnel 3 To prevent hands or metal tools coming into contact with parts that are electrically live the instrument must be installed in an enclosure 4 Where conductive pollutio
24. 1 F 2 Kelvins uint8 1809 6153 Not applicable Channel 1 Main Resolution Specifies the resolution number of decimal places uint8 1801 6145 Not applicable Channel 1 Main ScaleHigh Scale high value joat32 180b 6155 Set by Channel 1 Main Resolution Channel 1 Main ScaleLow Scale low value joat32 180a 6154 Set by Channel 1 Main Resolution Channel 1 Main SensorBreakType Sensor break type 0 Off 1 Low 2 High uint8 180f 6159 Not applicable Channel 1 Main SensorBreakVal A diagnostive indication of the input impedance uint8 1811 6161 Not applicable Channel 1 Main Shunt Shunt value Ohms joat32 1805 6149 1dp Channel 1 Main Status The PV output status uint8 0101 257 Not applicable 0 Good 1 Off 2 Over range 3 Underrange 4 HWerror 5 Ranging 6 Overflow 7 bad 8 HW exceeded 9 No data 12 Comm channel error Channel 1 Main TestSignal Channel test waveform uint8 1802 6146 Not applicable 0 Triangle Shr 1 Triangle 40 min 2 Triangle 4 min 3 triangle 40 sec 4 Sine 5 hr 5 Sine 40 min 6 Sine 4 min 7 Sine 40 sec Channel 1 Main Type Specifies the type of channel uint8 1800 6144 Not applicable 0 Off 1 TC 2 mV 3 V 4 mA 5 RTD 6 Digital 7 Test Channel 1 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4915 18709 Not applicable Channel 1 Trend Colour Configures the trend colour for this channel uint8 1820 6176 Not applicable 0 Red 1 Blue 2 Green 3 Honey 4 Violet 5 Russet 6 Dark blue 7 Ja
25. 1 on boo 2d60 11616 Not applicable OR 7 Input2 OR Block 7 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d61 11617 Not applicable OR 7 Input3 OR Block 7 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d62 11618 Not applicable OR 7 Input4 OR Block 7 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d63 11619 Not applicable OR 7 Input5 OR Block 7 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d64 11620 Not applicable OR 7 Input OR Block 7 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d65 11621 Not applicable OR 7 Input7 OR Block 7 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d66 11622 Not applicable OR 7 Input8 OR Block 7 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d67 11623 Not applicable OR 7 Output OR Block 7 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d68 11624 Not applicable OR 8 Input1 OR Block 8 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d70 11632 Not applicable OR 8 Input2 OR Block 8 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d71 11633 Not applicable OR 8 Input3 OR Block 8 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d72 11634 Not applicable OR 8 Input4 OR Block 8 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d73 11635 Not applicable OR 8 Input5 OR Block 8 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d74 11636 Not applicable OR 8 Input OR Block 8 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d75 11637 Not applicable OR 8 Input7 OR Block 8 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d76 11638 Not applicable OR 8 Input8 OR Block 8 input 8 0 off boo 2d77 11639 Not applicable OR 8 Output OR Block 8 output 0 off boo 2d78 11640 Not applicable OR 9 Input1 OR Block 9 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d80 11648 Not applicab
26. 2 Selecting Snapshot Values from the Recipe or Context right click menu 3 Using the short cut lt Ctrl gt lt A gt HA030554 Page 124 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 5 1 CREATING A WATCH LIST Cont DATA SET CREATION Cont Individual data values can now be edited by typing directly into the grid cells Data values can be left blank or cleared in which case no values will be written for those parameters at download Data values are cleared by deleting all the characters in the cell then either moving to a different cell or typing lt Enter gt The set is called Set 1 by default but it can be renamed by either by using the Rename data set item in the Recipe or context menus or by using the short cut lt Ctrl gt lt R gt New empty data sets can be added using one of the following 1 Clicking on the Create a new empty data set toolbar icon 2 Selecting New Data Set in the Recipe or context menus 3 Using the short cut lt Ctrl gt lt W gt Once created the data sets are edited as described above Finally once all the required data sets have been created edited and saved they can be downloaded the instrument one at a time using the Download tool the Download Values item in the Recipe or context menus or the short cut lt Ctrl gt lt D gt 6 5 2 Watch Recipe toolbar icons o Y SOBBB Xedd O Create a new watch recipe list Creates a
27. B2 2 1 On Off control This form of control turns heating power on when the process value is below the setpoint and turns it off when it is above the setpoint see also figure B2 6 9a If cooling is configured it has its own relay which op erates in a similar way In Direct Acting mode the behaviour is inverted On off is suitable for controlling switching devices such as relays Because of the thermal inertia of the load a certain amount of oscillation will take place and this can affect the quality of the product For this reason On Off control is not recommended for critical applications Depending on the nature of the process being controlled some hysteresis may have to be included to pre vent continuous operation or chatter in the controlling device B2 2 2 PID Control Also known as three term control this type of control continuously adjusts the output demand according to aset of rules in order to control the process as closely as possible to requirements PID provides more stable control than On Off control but is more complex to set up as the parameters must match the charac teristics of the process under control The three major parameters are Proportional band PB Integral time Ti and Derivative time Td and the output from the controller is the sum of these three terms This output is a function of the size and duration of the error value and the rate of change of the process value It is possible to disable t
28. Channel 1 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 184f 6223 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value float32 1846 6214 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm1 Status Alarm status uint8 0102 258 Not applicable 0 Unacknowledged 1 None 2 Active 3 Inactive 4 Acknowledged Channel 1 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold float32 1843 6211 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm1 Type Alarn type uint8 1840 6208 Not applicable 0 None 1 Abs High 2 Abs Low 3 Dev high 4 Dev Low 5 Dev band 6 ROCrising 7 ROC falling 10 Dig Off 11 Dighigh 12 Dig Low Channel 1 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 Acknowledge alarm bool 01b1 433 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1870 6256 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 186b 6251 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1868 6248 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 186a 6250 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 1 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1862 6242 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1869 6249 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1867 6247 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 A
29. For most applications air provides a suitable reference reference input 20 95 for air HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 67 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 10 2 Configuration The configuration parameters appear in one of three lists as shown in Figure 4 10 2a Zirconia Main Gas Ref Clean Probe type CO Local Clean Frequency Resolution CO Remote Clean Time Min Calc Temp CO Remote Enable Min Rev Time Tolerance H2 Local Max Rev Time Oxygen Exp H2 remote Clean Valve Temp Input H2 Remote Enable Clean Probe Probe Input H2 In use Time2Cln Temp Offset Clean Enable Probe Offset a M Tep i ean o a a Clean Rcov Time Oxygen Last Clean Soot Alarm Clean Msg Reset PV Frozen hao ant Clean Probe Status oo Balance Integral Clean Temp Carb Act CO O2 Probe state Oxygen Type Figure 4 10 2a Zirconia probe configuration layout ZIRCONIA MAIN The parameters that appear depend on the Probe Type setting For this reason not all the parameters list ed appear for all probe types Figure 4 10 2b shows a typical configuration page Zirconia Main Probe Type Eurotherm Resolution Min Calc Temp 720 Tolerance RO Oxygen Exp y Temp Input Probe Input Carbon Potential Dew Point Oxygen Temp Offset Probe Offset Soot alarm ENG PV Frozen Probe Status Balance Integral MX Carb Act CO O2 JO Probe State Oxygen type Nernst Figure 4 10 2 Zirconia Probe configuration typical HA
30. Not applicable 0 Raise 1 Lower 2 Rest 3 Model Loop 1 OP PotCalibrate Calibrate Potentiometer uint8 821 63521 Not applicable Loop 1 OP Rate Output Rate Limit Value 0 Off joat32 1670 5744 1dp Loop 1 OP RateDisable Output Rate Limit Disable 1 Disabled bool 1671 5745 Not applicable Loop 1 OP RemOPH Remote Output High Limit joat32 168c 5772 Same as Loop 1 Main ActiveOut Loop 1 OP RemOPL Remote Output Low Limit oat32 168b 5771 Same as Loop 1 Main ActiveOut Loop 1 OP SafeOutVal Safe Output Value oat32 167e 5758 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 OP SbrkOP The output power in sensor break oat32 168e 5774 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 OP SensorBreakMode Sensor Break Mode 0 SbrkOP 1 Hold uint8 167d 5757 Not applicable Loop 1 OP TrackEnable Enable Output Tracking 0 Disabled 1 Enabled uint8 168a 5770 Not applicable Loop 1 OP TrackOutVal Output Track Value oat32 1689 5769 Odp Loop 1 PID ActiveSet Current PID Set uint8 1638 5688 Not applicable Loop 1 PID Boundary1 2 Threshold for swapping between set 1 and set 2 joat32 1639 5689 Odp Loop 1 PID Boundary2 3 Threshold for swapping between set 2 and set 3 oat32 163a 5690 Odp Loop 1 PID CutbackHigh Cutback high value for PID set 1 0 Auto joat32 163f 5695 1dp Loop 1 PID CutbackHigh2 Cutback high value for PID set 2 0 Auto oat32 1647 5703 1dp Loop 1 PID CutbackHigh3 Cutback high value for PID set 3 0 Auto oat32 164f
31. Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 1e82 7810 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 1e91 7825 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0135 309 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 1e89 7817 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 6 Main Trigger ncrement decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1e8e 7822 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 1e80 7808 Not applicable HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 99 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4b9c 19356 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers oat32 1e83 7811 1dp VirtualChannel 6 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 1ea0 7840 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed joat32 1ea2 7842 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displ
32. Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1fc1 8129 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1fcf 8143 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1fc 8134 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 013e 318 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1fc3 8131 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1fc0 8128 Not applicable HA030554 Page 100 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool O1cf 463 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1ff0 8176 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1feb 8171 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1fe8 8168 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change a
33. Refer to manual for instructions Risk of electric shock RO Precautions against static electrical dis This unit is CE approved charge must be taken when handling this unit C Tick mark for Australia ACA and New Zealand RSM Ethernet connector UL Underwriters laboratories listed c US LISTED mark for Canada and the U S A USB connector D For environmental reasons this unit Protective conductive terminal 40 must be recycled before its age exceeds Safety Earthi the number of years shown in the circle Safety Earth HA030554 Page 2 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 1 INTRODUCTION This document describes the installation operation and configuration of a paperless graphic recorder con troller The instrument comes with four input channels and is equipped as standard for secure archiving via FTP transfer and or to USB memory stick 1 1 UNPACKING THE INSTRUMENT The instrument is despatched in a special pack designed to give adequate protection during transit Should the outer box show signs of damage it should be opened immediately and the contents exam ined If there is evidence of damage the instrument should not be operated and the local representative contacted for instructions After the instrument has been removed from its packing the packing should be examined to ensure that all accessories and documentation have been removed The packing should then be stored agai
34. Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1cee 7406 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1ce1 7393 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1cef 7407 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1ce 7398 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0127 295 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1ce3 7395 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1ce0 7392 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4b1b 19227 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 1ca3 7331 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 1c85 7301 Set by VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 2 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 1c87 7303 Set by VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 2 Main Input2 Input 2 value joat32 1c88 7304 Set by VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 2 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 1c84 7300 Set by VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 2 Mai
35. VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1cc 7366 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0126 294 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1cc3 7363 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1cc0 7360 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c3 451 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1cf0 7408 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1ceb 7403 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1ce8 7400 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1cea 7402 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1ce2 7394 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1ce9 7401 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1ce7 7399 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1ce5 7397 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 2 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1ce4 7396
36. Voltage output across terminals 11V min 13V max Short circuit output current 6mA min steady state 44mA max switch current Inactive 1 01 current off current sourcing logic output Voltage output across terminals OV min 300mV max Output source leakage curent into short circuit OpA min 100A max Active current on 1 01 contact closure sourcing logic input Input current Input at 12V OmA min 44mA max inout at OV 6mA min steady state 44mA max switch current Open circuit input voltage 11V min 13V max Open circuit inactve resistance 50049 min max Closed circuit active resistance OQ min 1509 max Relay contacts Contact switching power resistive Max 2A at 230V RMS 15 Min 100mA 12V Maximum current through terminals 2A A5 DIGITAL INPUTS DigInA DiglnB contact closure logic input Contact closure I O terminal applied voltage range OV min 25V max Short circuit sensing current source 5 5mA min 6 5mA max Open circuit inactive resistance 600 Q min max Closed circuit active resistance OQ min 3009 max Open circuit inactive voltage input 5V min 12V max Closed circuit active voltage input 2V min 2V max A6 BLOCKS SUPPORTED A6 1 FUNCTION BLOCKS None this software release A6 2 APPLICATION BLOCKS Zirconia HA030554 Appendix A Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 135 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Th
37. Y value 27 oat32 29f6 10742 2dp UserLin 2 Y28 User linearisation table 4 Y value 28 joat32 29f8 10744 2dp UserLin 2 Y29 User linearisation table 4 Y value 29 joat32 29fa 10746 2dp UserLin 2 Y30 User linearisation table 4 Y value 30 oat32 29fc 10748 2dp UserLin 2 Y31 User linearisation table 4 Y value 31 oat32 29fe 10750 2dp UserLin 2 Y32 User linearisation table 4 Y value 32 joat32 2a00 10752 2dp UserLin 3 NumberOfBreakpoints Number of points in user linearisation table 32 uint8 2a80 10880 Not applicable UserLin 3 X1 User linearisation table 3 X value 1 joat32 2a81 10881 2dp UserLin 3 X2 User linearisation table 3 X value 2 joat32 2a83 10883 2dp UserLin 3 X3 User linearisation table 3 X value 3 joat32 2a85 10885 2dp UserLin 3 X4 User linearisation table 3 X value 4 joat32 2a87 10887 2dp UserLin 3 X5 User linearisation table 3 X value 5 joat32 2a89 10889 2dp UserLin 3 X6 User linearisation table 3 X value 6 joat32 2a8b 10891 2dp UserLin 3 X7 User linearisation table 3 X value 7 joat32 2a8d 10893 2dp UserLin 3 X8 User linearisation table 3 X value 8 oat32 2a8f 10895 2dp UserLin 3 X9 User linearisation table 3 X value 9 joat32 2a91 10897 2dp UserLin 3 X10 User linearisation table 3 X value 10 oat32 2a93 10899 2dp UserLin 3 X11 User linearisation table 3 X value 11 joat32 2a95 10901 2dp UserLin 3 X12 User linearisation table 3 X value 12 joat32 2a97 1
38. You can enter some comments about the user m Shared folders Directories SUES Best inectories q117 v Add Rename beta osse tim kosse filezilla project org Copyright 2001 2009 by Tim Kosse tim kosse filezilla project org Renove Rename Copy Add Remove Copy A directory alias will also appear at the specified location Aliases must contain the full local path Separate multiple aliases for one directory with the pipe character If using aliases please avoid cyclic directory structures it will only confuse FTP clients Shared folders p Users Files Directories Read H C Archive F Write V Delete Append GeneralUser Directories M Create M Delete List z gt Subdis Add Add Remove Rename Setas home dir Rename Remove Copy A directory alias will also appear at the specified location Aliases must contain the full local path Separate multiple aliases for one directory with the pipe character If using aliases please avoid cyclic directory structures it will only confuse FTP clients Appendix C Page 166 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE C2 3 PC SETUP 1 Operate the Start button and select Control Panel from the window that appears Double click on Windows Firewall Bi Taskbar and Start Me 9 User Accounts STMdoWs Cartspace Fe Win
39. by entering a special Engineer password as described in section 4 1 6 HA030554 Page 26 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 INSTRUMENT MENU Instrument Clock Locale Display Info Upgrade Security Input Adjust section 4 1 1 section 4 1 2 section 4 1 3 section 4 1 4 section 4 1 5 section 4 1 6 section 4 1 7 Date Language Brightness Name Type Engineer Pass Select channels Time Date Format Save After Type IP Address word Start IP adjust Time zone Saver Brightness Version Username Supervisor Pass Abort DST Enable Home Page Bootrom Password word HPage Timeout Company ID Source Path Operator Password Vertical Trend Conf Rev Initiate Feature Password Horizontal Trend Security Rev Comms Password Vertical Bar Nvol writes Horizontal Bar Line Voltage Numeric Loop Control Dual Loop Promote List Trend Background 4 1 1 Clock The up and down arrows are used to highlight Date default or Time To set the date the scroll button is used to display the numeric keyboard described in section 3 6 1 The up and down arrows are used to highlight the relevant numeral or separator or and the scroll key used to enter it into the display window To set the time the scroll button is operated to enter edit mode then the up and down buttons are used to scroll to display a time say 15 seconds later than the current time Once the current time matches the dis play the scroll
40. on boo 2d03 11523 Not applicable OR 1 Input5 OR Block 1 input 5 O off 1 on boo 2d04 11524 Not applicable OR 1 Input OR Block 1 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d05 11525 Not applicable OR 1 Input7 OR Block 1 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d06 11526 Not applicable OR 1 Input8 OR Block 1 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d07 11527 Not applicable OR 1 Output OR Block 1 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d08 11528 Not applicable OR 2 Input1 OR Block 2 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d10 11536 Not applicable OR 2 Input2 OR Block 2 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d11 11537 Not applicable OR 2 Input3 OR Block 2 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d12 11538 Not applicable OR 2 Input4 OR Block 2 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d13 11539 Not applicable OR 2 Input5 OR Block 2 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d14 11540 Not applicable OR 2 Input OR Block 2 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d15 11541 Not applicable OR 2 Input7 OR Block 2 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d16 11542 Not applicable OR 2 Input8 OR Block 2 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d17 11543 Not applicable OR 2 Output OR Block 1 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d18 11544 Not applicable OR 3 Inputl OR Block 3 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d20 11552 Not applicable OR 3 Input2 OR Block 3 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d21 11553 Not applicable OR 3 Input3 OR Block 3 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d22 11554 Not applicable OR 3 Input4 OR Block 3 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d23 11555 No
41. 0 Scale High 100 At Channel 2 Alarm 1 set Type Abs Hi Threshold 90 Latch Manual At Virtual Channel 3 Main set Type Counter Operation On Input 1 All the other parameters can be left at their defaults 6 Still at Virtual Channel 3 Main use the up down arrow buttons to highlight Trigger Press and hold the scroll key The top level User Wiring page appears this time with a From Source tab as well as the To Destination tab of example 1 This is because this parameter is read write whereas Alarm Active is read only i e its value may be read but not changed Use the up or down arrow button to select the From Source tab Virtual Channel 3 Main Status Te User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 MainTrigger Resolution MI To Destination From Source iria J input i AN Preset MO O Preset Value m m Trigger NO Add new wire User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Trigger To Destination From Source Add new wire Figure 7 2a Wiring a counter part 1 Page 128 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 7 2 COUNTER EXAMPLE Cont 8 Operate the Scroll key to highlight Add new wire then again to display the top level parameter list 9 Use the down arrow button to highlight Channel and operate the scroll button 10 Operate the scroll button to select 1 11 Highlight Alarm 1 and operate the scroll butt
42. 0 01 C 0 09 C Thermocouple data Temperature scale CJC Types Remote CJC source Internal CJC error Internal CJC rejection ratio Upscale downscale drive Types ranges and accuracies ITS90 Off internal external remote An input or maths channel lt 1 C max with instrument at 25 C 40 1 from 25 C High low or none independently configurable for each channel s sensor break detection See table A3b Standard IEC584 1 Overall range C Oto 1820 0 to 2300 Oto 2495 270 to 1000 Oto 2315 210 to 1200 270 to 1372 200 to 900 270 to 1300 50 to 1768 50 to 1768 270 to 400 200 to 600 50 to 1410 Oto 1370 Oto 1406 Oto 1888 Hoskins Hoskins IEC584 1 Hoskins IEC584 1 IEC584 1 1EC584 1 1EC584 1 1EC584 1 1EC584 1 DIN43710 1985 ASTM E1751 95 Engelhard Ipsen ASTM E1751 95 NiMo NiCo Platinel Mi NiMo Pt20 Rh Pt40 Rh DIN43710 1985 to IPTS68 Max linearisation error 0 to 400 C 1 7 C 400 to 1820 C 0 03 C 011226 0 08 C 0 032 0 07 C 0 02 C 0 04 C 0 02 C 0 04 C 0 04 C 0 04 C 0 02 C 0 08 C 0 06 C 0 02 C 0 14 C 0 07 C Table A3b Thermocouple types ranges and accuracies Appendix A Page 134 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE A4 RELAY AND LOGIC I O SPECIFICATION OP1 and OP2 logic i o and relay specification Active current on current sourcing logic output
43. 0143 323 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 2063 8291 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 2060 8288 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4bd8 19416 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Disable 1 Virtual channel disabled bool 2023 8227 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 2005 8197 Set by VirtualChannel Main Resolution VirtualChannel 9 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 2007 8199 Set by VirtualChannel Main Resolution VirtualChannel 9 Main Input2 Input 2 value joat32 2008 8200 Set by VirtualChannel Main Resolution HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 101 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 9 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted float32 2004 8196 Set by VirtualChannel Main Resolution VirtualChannel Main ModbusInput Modbus input value float32 2006 8198 Set by VirtualChannel Main Resolution VirtualChannel 9 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 2001 8193 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Period The time period
44. 01b4 436 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1950 6480 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 194b 6475 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1948 6472 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 194a 6474 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 3 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1942 6466 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1949 6473 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value oat32 1947 6471 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1945 6469 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 3 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1944 6468 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 194e 6478 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 Latch Alarm latch type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 1941 6465 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 194f 6479 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1946 6470 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm1 Status Alarm status as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 010a 266 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm
45. 12 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 014e 334 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 21c3 8643 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 21c0 8640 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d7 471 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 21f0 8688 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 21eb 8683 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount float32 21e8 8680 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time timet 21ea 8682 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 21e2 8674 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 21e9 8681 Not applicable HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 103 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation
46. 16 joat32 291f 10527 2dp UserLin 1 X17 User linearisation table 1 X value 17 oat32 2921 10529 2dp UserLin 1 X18 User linearisation table 1 X value 18 oat32 2923 10531 2dp UserLin 1 X19 User linearisation table 1 X value 19 joat32 2925 10533 2dp UserLin 1 X20 User linearisation table 1 X value 20 joat32 2927 10535 2dp UserLin 1 X21 User linearisation table 1 X value 21 oat32 2929 10537 2dp UserLin 1 X22 User linearisation table 1 X value 22 oat32 292b 10539 2dp UserLin 1 X23 User linearisation table 1 X value 23 oat32 292d 10541 2dp UserLin 1 X24 User linearisation table 1 X value 24 oat32 292f 10543 2dp UserLin 1 X25 User linearisation table 1 X value 25 loat32 2931 10545 2dp UserLin 1 X26 User linearisation table 1 X value 26 oat32 2933 10547 2dp UserLin 1 X27 User linearisation table 1 X value 27 joat32 2935 10549 2dp UserLin 1 X28 User linearisation table 1 X value 28 oat32 2937 10551 2dp UserLin 1 X29 User linearisation table 1 X value 29 oat32 2939 10553 2dp UserLin 1 X30 User linearisation table 1 X value 30 oat32 293b 10555 2dp UserLin 1 X31 User linearisation table 1 X value 31 joat32 293d 10557 2dp UserLin 1 X32 User linearisation table 1 X value 32 joat32 293f 10559 2dp UserLin 1 Y1 User linearisation table 1 Y value 1 oat32 2902 10498 2dp UserLin 1 Y2 User linearisation table 1 Y value 2 joat32 2904 10500 2dp UserLin 1 Y3 U
47. 2 1 3 3 Physical Panel mounting 1 4 DIN Weight 0 44kg 15 52 oz Panel cutout dimension Depth behind panel 92 mm x 92 mm both 0 0 0 8 or 3 62 in x 3 62 in both 0 00 0 03 in figure 2 1 90 mm 3 54 in figure 2 1 excluding wiring Operator interface Display Controls 3 5 TFT colour display 320 pixels wide x 240 pixels high Four navigation pushbuttons below the display screen Page Scroll Lower and Raise Power requirements Supply voltage Power dissipation Fuse type nterrupt protection 100 to 230Vac 15 48 to 62Hz 9W None Holdup gt 10ms at 85V RMS supply voltage Battery backup Stored data Support time for real time clock Replacement period Type Time date maths totaliser and counter values Minimum of 1 year with unit unpowered Three years typical poly carbonmonofluoride lithium BR2330 PA260195 Ethernet communications Type Protocols Cable type Maximum length Termination 10 100baseT Ethernet IEEE802 3 Modbus TCP IP slave FTP DHCP Category 5 100metres 110 yards RJ45 Green LED illuminated link connected Amber LED flashing shows link activity USB port Number of ports Standard Transmission speeds Maximum current Peripherals supported One at rear of instrument USB1 1 1 5Mbits sec low speed device lt 100mA Memory stick Appendix A Page 132 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE
48. 630 71 Serall key O Figure 3 3 3b Alarm summary page with acknowledge confirmation display ALARM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Alarm Summary To acknowledge an alarm from this view 1 Use the up and down arrows to highlight the required Kala eluates ee AO C2 1 Furnace 1 temp 3 750 00 770 01 C3 1 Furnace 1 temp 2 590 00 595 83 C4 1 Furnace 2 temp 1 645 00 644 33 alarm 2 Operate the scroll button The Acknowledge alarm window appears Acknowledge alarm 3 Use the up arrow to highlight the relevant field C2 1 in this Pernowiedaa alan example or All if all alarms are to be acknowledged No C2 1 All 4 Operate the scroll key to confirm If the alarm fails to respond this may be due to the fact that it has been configured as a Manual alarm and the trigger has not yet returned to a safe non alarm state or it could be that the instrument is in a logged out state SYSTEM ALARMS Operating the scroll button whilst the System Alarms field is highlighted displays a list of all currently active system alarms Section 3 2 2 contains a list of system alarms and their interpretations To return to the top level menu operate the Page key A further operation of the scroll button displays a Help Information page giving the reason for the high lighted alarm Operate the scroll button again to return to the system alarm display HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 13 nanodac RECORDER C
49. 7305 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 2 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1c8e 7310 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 1c80 7296 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4b30 19248 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 1c83 7299 1dp VirtualChannel 2 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 1ca0 7328 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 1ca2 7330 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 1ca1 7329 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c4 452 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1d50 7504 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1d4b 7499 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1d48 7496 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1d4a 7498 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1d42 7490 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alar
50. 7915 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1ee8 7912 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t leea 7914 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 lee2 7906 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 lee 7913 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1ee7 7911 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t lee5 7909 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1ee4 7908 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool leee 7918 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 leel 7905 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool leef 7919 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1ee6 7910 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0137 311 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1ee3 7907 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6
51. AWG inclusive Screw terminals should be tightened to a torque not exceeding 0 4Nm 3 54 Ib in HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 5 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 OPERATION 3 1 INTRODUCTION The operator interface consists of a display screen and four push buttons 3 1 1 Display screen The display screen is used both to display channel information in one of a number of display modes and to display the various configuration screens which allow the user to setup the recorder to display the re quired channels to set up alarms and so on Display modes are described in section 3 4 below configura tion is described in section 4 In display mode the screen is split horizontally into three areas figure 3 1 1 1 afaceplate giving channel details 2 the main display screen showing channel traces etc 3 the status area displaying instrument name the current time and date and any system icons Faceplate t Olot 6 23v 0 00 10 00 20 00 30 00 40 00 Main display screen ie Status area J gt namen name 12 10 09 Figure 3 1 1 Display mode screen vertical trend In configuration mode the entire display screen is devoted to the selected configuration menu HA030554 Page 6 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 1 2 Navigation pushbuttons There are four navigation buttons called Page Scroll Lower and Raise located below the screen T
52. Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 lee0 7904 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4b87 19335 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool lea3 7843 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 1e85 7813 Set by VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 1e87 7815 Set by VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main Input2 Input 2 value oat32 1e88 7816 Set by VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 1e84 7812 Set by VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value joat32 1286 7814 Set by VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 1e81 7809 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 1e8a 7818 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1e8c 7820 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Main PresetValue The Preset value oat32 1e8d 7821 Set by VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main PV The virtual channel output value oat32 0134 308 Set by VirtualChannel 6 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 6 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1e8b 7819
53. Are you sure you want to run this software FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 Setup Name FileZilla_Server 0_9_34 exe License Agreement Publisher Unknown Publisher Please review the license terms before installing FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 0 While files from the Internet can be useful this file type can Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement potentially harm your computer If you do not trust the source do run or save this software What s the risk This file does not have a valid digital signature that verifies its publisher You ies E Pae LICENSE should only run software from publishers you trust How can I decide what ersion 2 June 1991 software to run Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your v If you accept the terms of the agreement click I Agree to continue You must accept the agreement to install Filezilla Server beta 0 9 34 FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 Setup Choose Components Choose which features of FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 you want to install Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Next to continue Select the type of install v Or select the
54. C the temperature range between 500 and 600 degrees is of most interest In such a case Span Low is set to 500 and Span High to 600 so that the recorder trends only the required part of the temperature range effectively magnifying the area of interest Note Trending is restricted to the PV range Span High Span Low but the instrument can display values outside this range CHANNEL CONFIGURATION EXAMPLE A type J thermocouple is used to measure a temperature range of 100 to 200 degrees Celsius This ther mocouple output is transmitted to the recorder by a4 to 20mA transmitter for display as a value between 0 and 100 In Channel Main set the following for the relevant channel Type mA Units Input Low 4 00 Input high 20 00 Shunt 250 Ohms Lin Type Type J Range Low 100 00 Range High 200 00 Range Units C Scale Low 0 Scale High 100 Other items may be left at their defaults HA030554 Page 46 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 3 Alarm 1 menu Allows the alarm characteristics for Alarm 1 to be configured The figure below shows atypical configuration page expanded for clarity Actual configuration parameters are context sensitive Type Status Threshold Reference Deviation Hysteresis Channel 1 Alarm1 Type Abs Hig SES Active Not ackc Threshold BOO en Hysteresis IS Latch Manaa Block OA Dwell 8 Acknowledge IIS Active O N acknowledged
55. Channel 4 Main ScaleHigh Scale high value loat32 198b 6539 Set by Channel 4 Main Resolution Channel 4 Main ScaleLow Scale low value loat32 198a 6538 Set by Channel 4 Main Resolution Channel 4 Main SensorBreakType Sensor break type as for Channel 1 Main uint8 198f 6543 Not applicable Channel 4 Main SensorBreakVal A diagnostive indication of the input impedance uint8 1991 6545 Not applicable Channel 4 Main Shunt Shunt value in Ohms loat32 1985 6533 1dp Channel 4 Main Status Channel status as for Channel 1 Main Status uint8 010d 269 Not applicable Channel 4 Main TestSignal Channel test waveform as for Channel 1 Main TestSignal uint8 1982 6530 Not applicable Channel 4 Main Type Channel function as for Channel 1 Main Type uint8 1980 6528 Not applicable Channel 4 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4966 18790 Not applicable Channel 4 Trend Colour Trend colour as for Channel 1 Trend Colour uint8 19a0 6560 Not applicable Channel 4 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 19a2 6562 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 19a1 6561 Same as Channel 4 Main PV CustomMessage Message1 Custom Message No 1 string_t 5e00 24064 Not applicable CustomMessage Message2 Custom Message No 2 string_t 5e65 24165 Not applicable CustomMessage Message3 Custom Message No 3 string_t 5eca 24266 Not applicable CustomMessage Messa
56. Cut Copy Paste Delete Undelete Bring to Front Push to Back Edit Parameter Value Parameter Properties Parameter Help Causes the display to include only wired items Allows one or more selected items to be moved to the Clipboard ready for pasting into another diagram or compound or for use in a Watch window or OPC scope The orig inal items are greyed out and function blocks and wires are shown dashed until next download after which they are removed from the diagram Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt X gt Cut operations carried out since the last download can be undone by using the Undo tool bar icon by selecting Undelete or by using the short cut lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt Allows one or more selected items to be copied to the Clipboard ready for pasting into another diagram or compound or for use in a Watch window or OPC scope The orig inal items remain in the current wiring diagram Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt C gt If items are pasted to the same diagram from which they were copied the items will be replicated with different block instances Should this result in more instances of a block than are available an error display appears showing details of which items couldn t be copied Copies items from the Clipboard to the current wiring diagram Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt V gt If items are pasted to the same diagram from which they were copied the items will be replicated with different block insta
57. D This ensures that no change occurs in output at the point of switch over Bumpless Transfer The output power then gradually changes in accordance with the demand from the PID algorithm If manual mode Track bumpless transfer also occurs when changing from Auto to Manual control At the point of changeover the output power remains the same as the demand in the auto state The value can then be altered by the operator For other modes the output steps to the Forced output or Last MOP value as appropriate See Manual Mode in the Output menu for further details B2 3 6 Loop Break Loop Break attempts to detect loss of restoring action in the control loop by checking the control output the process value and its rate of change Since response times vary from process to process the Loop Break Time LBT parameter PID menu allows a time to be set before a Loop Break Alarm Loop Break Diagnos tics menu becomes active LBT is set automatically in Autotune The Loop Break Alarm parameter has no direct effect on control In order to define behaviour under Loop Break conditions the parameter must be wired for example to a relay which can then activate an external indicator It is assumed that so long as the requested output power is within the output power limits of a control loop the loop is operating in linear control and is therefore not in a loop break condition If however the output becomes saturated then the
58. Destination PP Server File Format Binary Or On Media Full Overvite Remote Path MER Network Archiving Rate Momhy Destination MUSE File Format Both CSV Values VCSU CSV Messages a CSV Headers MNO CSV Headings e CSV Date Format a CSV Tab Del NOA Primary Server F DSM enoe too Primary User soy Primary Password PERRA Sec Server PERA On Media Full POVAN e Remote Path Marche Primary Server ea PNA rey Primary User soy Primary Password ARA Sec Server IR Sec User E Sec Password a Trigger Sec User Fanonymous Period III Sec Password Te Remote with Binary file format Trigger a Period Nene Local with CSV files included Figure 4 2 2a Unattended Archive configuration typical settings Media Size Appears only for File Format Binary UHH A read only value showing the capacity of the memory stick inserted in the USB port at the rear of the unit Shows zero if no memory stick is present Media Free Appears only for File Format Binary UHH A read only value showing the space re maining in the memory stick inserted in the USB port at the rear of the unit Shows zero if no memory stick is present Media Duration Appears only for File Format Binary UHH A read only value showing the time it will take to fill the Memory stick if the recorder configuration remains unchanged HA030554 Page 36 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 2 2 ARCHI
59. End of 08 04 05 14 09 54 Alarm off Right click then Include messages Format cells select time as number category Select time date type as required Cc hive 10 Difference Low 11 Date Time Tank1 TemTank1 TemTank1 TemTank2 TemTank2 TemTank2 Tem Difference Include column E LC DegC DegC Deg C DegC DegC 23 74 24 01 31 2334 29 7693 30 0983 6 61 ama headings 23 49 23 53 23 57 23 50 M4 PMI Tank Temps 8026C026000002A9 IKII m0 Ready l E E j 20 High 20 Deg C 23 70 23 88 30 6458 29 0673 29 9083 6 13 23 68 23 91 30 0945 28 8936 29 9083 5 91 23 69 23 99 31 1437 29 4387 30 0235 6 47 Include values values 4 2 3 FTP Server This area of configuration allows the user to enter the Username and Password used to access the instrument from a remote FTP client Figure 4 2 2 CSV data example Page 38 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 2 4 Modbus TCP This allows the user to configure the recorder so as to allow it to communicate using Modbus Transmission Control Protocol PrefMaster IP Address Input Timeout Unit ID Enable Serial Mode Time Format PrefMaster Conn Response Time Network Modbus a PrefMaster IP Address PA Input Timeout meo Unit ID Enable MAstomen Serial Mode odbus Slave Time Format Seconas PrefMaster Conn Response Time Master Conn 1 Response Time Master Conn 2 Respon
60. Fault response 0 none 1 Drive high 2 Drive low uint8 1810 6160 Not applicable Channel 1 Main Filter Filter time constant float32 180e 6158 1dp Channel 1 Main InputHigh Input range maximum value float32 1804 6148 1dp Channel 1 Main InputLow Input range minimum value float32 1803 6147 1dp Channel 1 Main InternalCJTemp Channel internal cold junction temperature float32 1815 6165 1dp Channel 1 Main IPAdjustState 0 Unadjusted 1 Adjusted bool 1816 6166 Not applicable Channel 1 Main LinType Linearisation type uint8 1806 6150 Not applicable 0 Type B 1 Type C 2 TypeD 3 Type E 4 Type G2 5 Type J 6 Type K 7 Type L 8 Type N 9 Type R 10 Type S 11 Type T 12 Type U 13 NoMoNiCo 14 Platinel 15 NiNiMo 16 Pt20RhPt40Rh 17 Cu10 18 Pt100 19 Pt100A 20 JPT100 21 Ni100 22 Ni120 23 Cu53 24 Linear 25 Sqrt 26 x32 op xo 2 Channel 1 Main MeasuredValue Input value before linearisation scaling adjust etc oat32 1814 6164 Set by Channel 1 Main Resolution Channel 1 Main Offset Fixed value to be added to subtracted from PV joat32 1817 6167 3dp Channel 1 Main PV The output displayed value of the channel joat32 0100 256 Set by Channel 1 Main Resolution Channel 1 Main RangeHigh Range high value oat32 1808 6152 Set by Channel 1 Main Resolution Channel 1 Main RangeLow Range low value joat32 1807 6151 Set by Channel 1 Main Resolution Channel 1 Main RangeUnits Range units 0 C
61. High 10 Drive Low means that the trace moves to Scale Low 10 where the 10 values represent 10 of Scale High Scale Low A diagnostic representation of how close the sensor break detection circuitry is to trip ping The read only input channel measured value before any scaling or linearisation is ap plied The read only temperature of the internal cold junction associated with this channel Range Break Low Break High impedance Impedance Table 4 4 1 Minimum impedances for sensor break detection Note Break High impedance values would be used typically for sensors which have a high nominal impedance when working normally HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 45 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 2 Channel Trend configuration This area allows the configuration of channel colour and span Channel 1 Trend Colour Wheatgerm Span Low POOO Span High OOOO nn Figure 4 4 2a Channel Trend menu Figure 4 4 2b Colour selection Colour Allows a colour to be specified for the channel The Scroll key is used to enter the col our swatch page The up and down arrows are used to scroll through the available col ours with each colour being enlarged for as long as it is selected Once the required colour is reached the scroll key is used again to return to the Trend Configuration Span Low High Span low and high values SPAN EXAMPLE In an input range of 0 to 600 degrees
62. Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 Tune AutotuneEnable Autotune Enable 0 Autotune Off 1 on bool 1631 5681 Not applicable Loop 1 Tune AutoTuneR2G Enable Auto Tune of R2G 0 Yes 1 No uint8 1634 5684 Not applicable Loop 1 Tune OutputHighLimit Autotune High Output Power Limit oat32 1632 5682 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 Tune OutputLowLimit Autotune Low Output Power Limit oat32 1633 5683 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 Tune Stage Autotune stage uint8 0208 520 Not applicable 0 Reset 1 None 2 Monitor 3 CurrentSP 4 NewSP 5 ToSp 6 Max 7 Min Loop 1 Tune StageTime Time in this Stage of Tune float32 0209 521 Odp Loop 1 Tune State Tune status uint8 0207 519 Not applicable 0 Off 1 Ready 2 Complete 3 Timeout 4 TiLmit 5 R2g limit HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 87 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Loop 1 Tune StepSize The output power step to be applied when performing float32 104f 4175 Odp a disturbance response autotune Loop 1 Tune Type Autotune Algorithm Type uint8 1630 5680 Not applicable 0 Cycle 1 Single 2 Adaptive Loop 2 Diag DerivativeOutContrib Derivative Output Contribution oat32 0292 658 Odp Loop 2 Diag Error Calculated Error oat32 028d 653 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 Diag IntegralOutContrib Integral Outpu
63. Loop 1 SP RangeLow Setpoimt Range Low Limit joat32 165a 5722 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP Rate Setpoint Rate Limit Value 0 Rate limit off oat32 1662 5730 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP RateDisable Setpoint Rate Limit Disable 0 No 1 Yes bool 1663 5731 Not applicable Loop 1 SP RateDone Setpoint Rate Limit Complete 0 No 1 Yes bool 020a 522 Not applicable Loop 1 SP ServoToPV Servo to PV Enable 0 No 1 Yes bool 166c 5740 Not applicable Loop 1 SP SP1 Setpoint 1 joat32 165c 5724 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP SP2 Setpoint 2 oat32 165d 5725 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP SPHighLimit Setpoint High Limit oat32 165e 5726 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP SPIntBal SP Integral Balance 0 Off 1 On bool 166b 5739 Not applicable Loop 1 SP SPLowLimit Setpoint Low Limit oat32 165f 5727 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP SPSelect Active Setpoint Select 0 SP1 1 SP2 uint8 165b 5723 Not applicable Loop 1 SP SPTrack Enables setpoint tracking 0 Off 1 On uint8 1668 5736 Not applicable Loop 1 SP SPTrim Setpoint Trim value oat32 1664 5732 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP SPTrimHighLimit Setpoint Trim High Limit oat32 1665 5733 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP SPTrimLowLimit Setpoint Trim Low Limit loat32 1666 5734 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP TrackPV PV for Programmer to Track joat32 1669 5737 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP TrackSP Manual Tracking Value joat32 166a 5738 Same as
64. Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 1fa3 8099 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 1f85 8069 Set by VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 1f87 8071 Set by VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Main Input2 Input 2 value joat32 1f88 8072 Set by VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 1f84 8068 Set by VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value joat32 1f86 8070 Set by VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 1181 8065 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 1f8a 8074 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1f8c 8076 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main PresetValue The Preset value oat32 1f8d 8077 Set by VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Main PV The virtual channel output value joat32 013c 316 Set by VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 8 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1f8b 8075 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 1182 8066 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output h
65. Main menu paraMeterS o o occcccccccccccoooo 57 Alarm summary 0 6 0 cece cece eee 77 A Reece acd EE boo bere E 57 O Terp tr rrer EEEE lenient eat ety 79 Output menu parameters 00000e cece ee 61 Channels ae ate esate reli ah 80 PID menu parameters 0000 00 00 59 Channel 3 6 eee eee eee eee teen eee 81 RESPONSE i ys daria aa ea eee ae eee 144 A a ae 82 ES Custom Messag8S oooocoocccocc e cece ee eee 83 Setpoint menu parameters 00000 60 Digi igital MD ias 83 Setup menu parameters 000 00008 57 E O RA 84 Tune menu parameters occoccoccococccoro o 58 A ates he aa ees oe ae AERA ote 84 Eelo wera a a ieee 39 LOG Taarer we aree tase omnnaakin ny Magenta tas 86 Low ROO 28 A soak ad tire E EEA E 88 Gutback cnt cee di aoe 141 A O Seat 90 Cute iia it taa 54 OR block nia rd ria is 90 A A AA 58 145 Userlin 1 0 cece cece cee cence eee nee 92 Pow Cub OR r seian en E aA AEL ditt 55 User L N 2 2 1 6 ieee eee e eee ees 92 LOWER Acosta chasis AS tae 61 User Lin 3 2 see eee eee eee teen ees 93 ANA NN wouter EE T 7 User A N A 24 Lo Break 142 Vir ualEhannel Teens t e enee nei aea 95 p Break AO A RN 9 M Virtual Channel 3 viciado ion lt 97 MAC ad Gress tir id ores 35 Virtual Channel Assi ias ip 97 Magenta wiring editor items 119 Virtual Channel Dicc iaa 98 Magnification factor oooooooccocccococc 113 Virtual Channel 6 0 66 66 eee eee eee 27 Major Divi
66. N Output Sbrk Mode Loop N Output Sbrk OP Loop N PID Boundary 1 2 Loop N PID Boundary 2 3 Loop N PID CBH Loop N PID CBH2 Loop N PID CBH3 Loop N PID CBL Loop N PID CBL2 Loop N PID CBL3 Loop N PID LBT Loop N PID LBT2 Loop N PID LBT3 Loop N PID MR Loop N PID MR2 Loop N PID MR3 Loop N PID Number of Sets Loop N PID PB Loop N PID PB2 Loop N PID PB3 Loop N PID R2G Loop N PID R2G2 Loop N PID R2G3 Loop N PID Remote Input Loop N PID Sched Type Loop N PID Td Loop N PID Td2 Loop N PID Td3 Loop N PID Ti Loop N PID Ti2 Loop N PID Ti3 Loop N Setpoint Manual Track Loop N Setpoint Range High Loop N Setpoint Range Low Loop N Setpoint Servo To PV Loop N Setpoint Setpoint Track Loop N Setpoint SP High Limit Loop N Setpoint SP Low Limit Loop N Setpoint SP Trim High Loop N Setpoint SP Trim Low Loop N Setup Auto Man Access Loop N Setup ChN Control Loop N Setup Control Action Loop N Setup Deriv Type Loop N Setup Loop Name Loop N Setup PB Units Loop N Setup Setpoint Access Loop N Tune AT R2G Loop N Tune High Output Loop N Tune Low Output Loop N Tune Type Network Archiving CSV Date Format Network Archiving CSV Headers Network Archiving CSV Headings Network Archiving CSV Messages Network Archiving CSV Tab Del Network Archiving CSV Values Network Archiving Destination Network Archiving File Format Network Archiving On Media Full Network Archiving Period Network Archiving Primary Password Network Archiving Primary Server Network Ar
67. Procedure n lon atan 163 Example ii la dale 147 MO lcd o lid 11 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page i nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Change Time Rate of change alarms 48 Component Selection reureu nennen 113 ChanMax iio raen ae stan in Pida paa 52 COMPQUNAS vo dara div 120 Chan Mim A bd 52 Create Flat Mica ede oe eee eee 113 Channel COMPMESSION ae e dle Wy seg a ws dae BD ge oa 41 Break Response 233 inire a ee ae 45 Config REVISION iba tao ate tex aaah tates ae eked ale 30 CIC TY Pe etree Seles a 45 Configuration CO Ut Sen at nd e Beane fo 46 Alarm AAA A A ee ES SR 47 Configuration dais dla 42 46 Ac A ateate le ofa 42 CODY si OSs eel sa ee ces he eas eden aah Aa 52 COUTET is iscsi Shree da 55 DaMpING sida ss 45 Detalla 32 Descriptor vais AR a 44 A A A oan Uber 64 A a eno man a theres wees Met vats 9 Loop External CJ Temperature 0 00008 45 M in Meu teeat dt tach g a 57 A i a E Sd ol laste a 45 Output menu eee eee eee eee eee eee 61 Input MiGhHOW ie siendo dede 44 Setpoint Menu 6 eee eee eee eee 60 Linearisation type s suauu saannin urrara 44 FU MENU rr 57 Tune ment a ti e is 58 Mai Ar 43 Totali 53 No of decimal places 0oooo o o 44 54 55 Peet A A pre er T OS Meee ey Zirconia lock tad la Mints de lt 68 Preto VW fcc lt a e a 13 A aa antes MR A 44 ConfRev RS Pe e ete t ete eee 52 Range Mew lic Ueittseysacnvccacce uns ticy cost Ain 44 Connector l
68. Process Control where OLE stands for Object Linking and Embed ding 6 5 3 Watch Recipe Context Menu The Watch Recipe Context menu items have the same functions as described above for toolbar items HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 125 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 7 USER WIRING 7 1 User wiring created from the instrument front panel allows parameters to be wired together so that for ex ample a counter can be configured to be incremented when an alarm goes active This can be used as an alternative to iTools This section is presented as two examples that show the general techniques used to create and delete wires from the instrument user interface Notes 1 These examples refer to Channel Configuration and to Virtual Channel configuration descrip tions of which are to be found in sections 4 4 and 4 5 respectively 2 The destination parameter field has a small green triangle at the top left corner to indicate that it has a wire routed to it eyaz iz DRIVE RELAY EXAMPLE To drive the relay whose terminal contacts are 3A 3B whilst the temperature being measured by Channel 2 exceeds 30 C For this example Channel 2 alarm 1 and a hysteresis of 4 C will be used 1 In channel 2 Alarm 1 page see note set the following parameters Type Abs High Threshold 30 Hysteresis 4 Latch None Block Off Dwell 00 00 00 Acknowledge No Channel 2 Alarm1 Type Abs Hi Status Thresho
69. Section Page FAILURE MODES zeia ae Cae each oa eee 151 B2 4 6 Manual tuming va sants dla eines es 151 EUTBAEK VALUES Sadi aceptan oh dass ado bal este ode 152 B2 9 SETPOINT ssc a4 4 58 otods aces annie bes ae belle ia gee 153 B2 5 1 Setpointfunction blocks occ eet tt il pease 153 B2 5 2 SetpOimt Limits ains A OL a Ad 154 B2 5 3 Setpoint Rate Limit A ii tdo arden 154 B2 5 4 Setpoint Tracking ons css nesro apor art ao tia og ia af 155 B2 5 5 Manual Tracking swsvsxeas danse geo cee hee neha ela gees peces 155 BZ OUTPUT dasan now rr tate desl dap oka Jedediah obs 156 B2 6 1 Introduction iii we aw ek eu ee Pad ee ce a eee 156 B26 2 Output it ea bee aoe drid cd 156 B2 6 3 Output Rate Limite cy y gorila dd See de ta es 157 B2 6 4 Sensor Break Mode 1 ccc eee eee teenies 157 SAFE ii e Sane ah Sei pada Tog da wees oan ee 157 HOLD A PEG ah neal WAS aN oh aoa r ec 157 B2 6 5 Eorced OUTPUT as fet slats neem ann pelada dae ina bases aU 157 B2 6 6 Power Feed Forward eect tenet eee e ene 158 B2 6272COOll Type ik iiss oie ca tie tie te dues ebria de di adosada 158 LINEAR cutis cs eat ee Hel aE 158 OI ECOOLINO stes iia a O NE ata 158 WATERCOOLING 0 i a aaa aca ars ais ae els 158 FAN COOLING oia star ia ey ea ee eaters ser eae wean aire nee 158 B2 6 8 Feedforward aia a re Saeed 159 B2 6 9 Effect of Control Action Hysteresis and Deadband 159 CONTROL ACTION aiae ac anata ete ieee Cals Sie ee SPs Bi
70. T WSSGNVIING fin at creek nates abies Ei ii aie hitb kiah AA ques iB A Technical specification 0000s B Control Loops lt exkeecevtdectdietetentieidegtiesieetee rest C Referente init ES E E vibes Associated documents HAD28838 00m a paie ds Printable version of iTools Help HA025464 0 eee EMC installation guidelines Page 26 72 107 126 131 137 163 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page i nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE nanodac Recorder Controller User Guide Contents List Section Page List sections tod Sd te ued Zi Ge hee a a eee a i Associated documents sss a mee ae ee Vo eA ea delete eee i SAFETY NOTES coi otro didas 1 USB MEMORY STICK PRECAUTIONS 000 0002 cece eee eee eee eee 2 32 BITMRESOLUMI N tt ge ge 2 SYMBOLS USED ON THE RECORDER LABELLING 00cccccccccccccccccco 2 1 INTRODUCTION 0 ccc cece cece cece eee e ee EA 3 1 1 UNPACKING THE INSTRUMENT soneria a wads a ee eee ae Bs 3 2 INSTALLATION e ranna cbf ie aca ata declaras 3 2 1 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION is ino eren 000000 e eee eee eee eee eee 3 2 1 1 Installation procedure 1 0 enn eens 3 2 WZADEMOUNTING co a a de gale a Sele Prats 3 2 2 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION norii ects bab oa itera vee bee E ate Le 5 2 2 1 Termination details etig ean cr aa ir eee oe ea 5 S OPERATION ion nia loas De sierra SG Gis ee a e es 6 ST INTRODUCTION eiii ae de 6 IAT Display EE aii satus a E See ae Ee eee E be eaten fons 6
71. Tr Target SP 1st Peak to overshoot py Hysteresis ue control point L __ VN AA OY Hightoutpout o o ss re ss Se oe es Low output p A fp cir A B C D E F B A 1 minute Figure B2 4 5b Autotune heat only process from below SP A Start of Autotune Ato B Heating off for one minute to allow steady state conditions to be established B to D First heat cycle to establish first overshoot Cutback low CBL value calculated from the overshoot magnitude unless CBL set to Auto D to F Calculate PID terms F Autotune is turned off and the process is allowed to control at the target setpoint using the new control terms Appendix B HA030554 Page 148 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 5 AUTOTUNE Cont EXAMPLE 3 AUTOTUNE AT SP HEAT COOL It is sometimes necessary to tune at the actual setpoint being used as shown below For a tune at setpoint autotune does not calculate cutback since there was no initial start up response to the application of heating or cooling Cutback values of less than 1 6 x PB will not be returned Target SP High output Zero output Low output Peak to l Hysteresis a AtoB C toG G to H Figure B2 4 5c Autotune at setpoint Start of Autotune A test is done at the start of autotune to establish conditions for a
72. Type uint8 1683 5763 Not applicable O Linear 1 Oil 2 Water 3 Fan Loop 1 OP EnablePowerFeedforward 0 Power Feedforward disabled 1 PFF enabled uint8 1681 5761 Not applicable Loop 1 OP FeedForwardGain Feedforward Gain oat32 1685 5765 3dp Loop 1 OP FeedForwardOffset Feedforward Offset oat32 1686 5766 Odp Loop 1 OP FeedForwardTrimLimit Feedforward Trim Limit joat32 1687 5767 O0dp Loop 1 OP FeedForwardType Feedforward Type 0 None 1 Remote 2 SP 3 PV uint8 1684 5764 Not applicable Loop 1 OP FeedForwardVal Feedforward Value joat32 1688 5768 0dp Loop 1 OP FF_Rem Remote Feed Forward Input oat32 168d 5773 Odp Loop 1 OP ForcedOP Forced manual output value oat32 168f 5775 1dp Loop 1 OP ManStartup Manual Startup Mode 0 Off 1 On bool 1690 5776 Not applicable Loop 1 OP ManualMode Manual Output Mode 0 Track 1 Step 2 Last MOP uint8 167f 5759 Not applicable Loop 1 OP ManualOutVal Manual Output Value joat32 1680 5760 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 OP MeasuredPower Measured Mains Voltage joat32 1682 5762 Odp Loop 1 OP NudgeLower Valve Nudge Lower 1 Lower uint8 1677 5751 Not applicable Loop 1 OP NudgeRaise Valve Nudge Raise 1 Raise uint8 1676 5750 Not applicable Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Output High Limit oat32 166d 5741 1dp Loop 1 OP OutputLowLimit Output Low Limit oat32 166e 5742 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 OP PotBreakMode Potentiometer Break Mode uint8 167c 5756
73. Value joat32 21e7 8679 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 21e5 8677 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 21e4 8676 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 21lee 8686 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 21e1 8673 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 21ef 8687 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 21e6 8678 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 014f 335 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 21e3 8675 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 21e0 8672 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptorl string_t 4c29 19497 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 21a3 8611 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 2185 8581 Set by VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 12 Main Input1 Input 1 value oat32 2187 8583 Set by VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution VirtualChanne
74. Write R W all modes 1 Editable in all modes except Logged out 2 Editable only at Engineer and Supervisor levels Loop 2 Setup CH1ControlType Channel 1 Control Type uint8 1701 5889 Not applicable 0 Off 1 On Off 2 PID 3 VPU 4 VPB Loop 2 Setup CH2ControlType Channel 2 Control Type As channel 1 above uint8 1702 5890 Not applicable Loop 2 Setup ControlAction Control Action 0 Reverse 1 Direct uint8 1703 5891 Not applicable Loop 2 Setup DerivativeType Derivative Type 0 PV 1 Error uint8 1705 5893 Not applicable Loop 2 Setup LoopName Loop Name string_t 5d10 23824 Not applicable Loop 2 Setup LoopType Loop Type 0 single 1 cascade 2 override 3 ratio uint8 1700 5888 Not applicable Loop 2 Setup PBUnits Proportional Band Units 0 Engineering units 1 percent uint8 1704 5892 Not applicable Loop 2 Setup SPAccess Edit access to SP in Loop display page uint8 17a7 6055 Not applicable 0 Read Write R W all modes 1 Editable in all modes except Logged out 2 Editable only at Engineer and Supervisor levels Loop 2 SP AItSP Alternate Setpoint oat32 1760 5984 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP AltSPSelect Select alternative setpoint 0 No 1 Yes uint8 1761 5985 Not applicable Loop 2 SP ManualTrack Manual Track Enable 0 disable 1 enable uint8 1767 5991 Not applicable Loop 2 SP RangeHigh Setpoint Range High Limit joat32 1759 5977 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP RangeLow S
75. ad 17 REM GIRA li las 69 Us rancio Sigh artless Ritts edad 38 Rem Output Low High oocccccccccccoco 62 DEC Mica dda seed eed ape bee fas 32 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page vii nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE SElECEAl ras trate tthe ti cis 119 Stopping the tuning process 050005 58 Selecting components 00 0 0 eee eee 113 STE a teats Dena gis Velen talented ocd tal 39 Sensor Break ct 157 Sb ices tdo ios ad 52 TY PEE E AAA A ae 45 Subnet Mask ss oa ro ra iras ds 35 Malta st ooh aa e id DA os 45 Supervisory Pass AERA eee 32 SENSO Bid dae ee eas Hee EAS 63 Supply voltage wiring cece eee eee eee ee 5 Sepoint Suspend COlOUT AEE EE de aale released 30 Recording deanna eee oR ee ee 41 Serial Schedule 17 Mod n sea pit A TER EAN ARIS 39 Suspended A Genie diss aadd E g 30 Demand archiving 0 0 0 e eee ee eee 17 STIN EEE alga alae dee ee waa eee OE ee 38 Recording Aid 11 IP AG desicion he loa 31 Symbols used on labels 00 00 cece eee 2 LS oe oa hye Sue eos retuned tp Olde Pan Mra ea 60 System Setters te epee bats A ected UN di 59 143 Alarms 4x0 seas eect e 9 SIM ais okra eta eee Lt TEPE E nine tha 144 153 Display o oooocororororororororera rare 13 ACES nt at catas 57 Message Limits eean A canis EN Ea 154 Filter ooo eee 14 PID Gain scheduling type 00 59 143 T Rate LIM it gto ii qt ai 154 VU o E TE 116 Track IA A A A A ena t
76. again for the new conditions The auto tune algorithm reacts in different ways depending on the initial conditions of the plant The expla nations given later in this section are for the following example conditions 1 Initial PV is below the setpoint and therefore approaches the setpoint from below for a heat cool con trol loop 2 As above but for a heat only control loop 3 Initial PV is at the same value as the setpoint tune at setpoint That is within 0 3 of the range of the controller if PB Units Setup menu is set to Percent or 1 engineering unit 1 in 1000 if the PB Units is set to Eng Range is defined as Range High Range Low for process inputs or the thermocouple or RTD range defined in section A3 for temperature inputs If the PV is just outside the range stated above the autotune will attempt a tune from above or below SP AUTOTUNE AND SENSOR BREAK When the controller is autotuning and sensor break occurs the autotune aborts and the controller outputs the sensor break output power Sbrk OP set up in the Output menu Autotune must be re started when the sensor break condition is no longer present AUTOTUNE AND INHIBIT lf the controller is in autotune when Inhibit is asserted the tune goes to the Off state Stage Reset On inhibit being released the controller will re start autotune AUTOTUNE AND GAIN SCHEDULING When gain scheduling is enabled and an autotune is p
77. alarm Change Time uint8 18c9 6345 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value float32 18c7 6343 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 18c5 6341 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 2 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value float32 18c4 6340 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 18ce 6350 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 Latch Alarm latch type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 18c1 6337 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 18cf 6351 Not applicable Page 80 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Channel 2 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value float32 18c6 6342 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm1 Status Alarm status as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 0106 262 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold float32 18c3 6339 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm1 Type Alarn type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 18c0 6336 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01b3 435 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alar
78. applicable 0 None 1 Abs High 2 Abs Low 3 Dev high 4 Dev Low 5 Dev band 6 ROCrising 7 ROCfalling 10 Dig Off 11 Dig High 12 Dig Low VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c1 449 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1c70 7280 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1c b 7275 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1c68 7272 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1c a 7274 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1c62 7266 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1c69 7273 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1c67 7271 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1c65 7269 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1c64 7268 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1cbe 7278 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1c61 7265 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 NotAckn
79. blocks supported oooooocoooooo mo 135 Carbon Potential Control 0 020 cece eee 67 Archive ors ete ete gy fee ale llr st ae te BO et 17 CBH CBH2 CBH3 aa id ona sie ales 59 All tices sions deacon sal td ad acta 17 CBH CB ose a eli Ss OA tele 141 145 Disabled Failed Timeout error 0005 9 CBLE EBEZ CBS aw cwaderadenieuideas tinea mot setts es 59 Menui D6 Mand rassa ne ish ced heen baee werd Ca 17 Elaine as craneal eco Be 25 A A Band greta d medians 37 133 GONG tei 3 ils anton kk neat Ae tee ee ed BS 119 ROS seers ea PE A AE Sentences es 17 Ch1 Ch2 Archiving ese A 36 Controles iin e ana ER ctw eee E 57 AT RIG iia AA ghee NA 58 ONOM Ayst sec eset bee AG eet Gand O 61 Auto Man Access 2 e638 oe ee es ass eee aad sor cia chaeebace 58 Output csGaprbescwd amie eee lined das 61 156 Auto Maniial soci sean seit da PA 137 ROU BE etree ada rta kin deus Saas 61 AUTOM AN ri ale Soo ete Deen bes 57 Pot Pos piro ad ido o Libro ed ta ead 61 Automatic MAA A AT 61 CA EA eye Bie see alee atl heh 37 A OS cess awe oh Peta ed ip Slee de OS Eaa 145 Probe Cleaning sacada tol dese as 67 Ch2 Deadband ooococoocoooccccccnnr ro 144 A NN O 145 CH DeadB riu ee dnd llo e deba e 61 and gain scheduling oooooooooocoorocoo 146 ChaimicOns ito ta add Sek deers 118 andJinhibttsars diosa rta 146 CRANAVO gt sobra ca ad elas abona daa 52 and sensor break 0 0 ccc cee eee 146 Change Battery Enable ocio ta 3 BHA bere eee bata 58
80. button is pressed to confirm the time and to start the clock Instrument Clock Date 07 09 10 Timo TOS DST X The DST field appears only If DST Enable is selected Yes in Locale section 4 1 2 Ifthe box contains a cross as shown then Daylight Saving Tme DST is not currently active A tick means that the time shown has been advanced by an hour because DST is active HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 27 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 2 Locale Language Date format Time Zone DST Enable Start Time Start On Start Day Start Month Instrument Locale Language nach Date Format MDI Time Zone POM NA ESA Start Time To Start On ME Start Day MBUndey Start Month IN End Time ATI End On MEA End day SUnCay nnn End Month ctober Figure 4 1 2 Typical Instrument configuration menu expanded to show all fields English is the only language available at this software release With the DD MM YY field highlighted default use the scroll button to open the selec tion for edit then use the up and down arrows to scroll through the available date for mats MM DD YY YY MM DD When the required format is displayed operate the Scroll button to select it and at the same time to quit edit mode Select the required offset from GMT UTC This setting affects only the displayed time Archiving recording etc times remain in GMT Daylight Saving Time enable O
81. daia EE teehee aes ee te bet 32 DigitalHi AS AA a S e a Ane haat es 47 Feedtforward ec LL u 62 158 159 Digitall aros ita Poaceae ceased gee ad od ERE Aes 47 Parameteren n ar a A 62 Direct Connection iTools 0 cece eee 110 Peete A RATA EE A 62 Disable FF parameters 0c cece rr a ene 62 Counter 2 ieee eee eee eee eee 55 Ele format SAS le 37 Total iii is IA E E 54 Find Display ite de o RAE a a A A AS a A nce 29 Endesa da ts tee we ll a da emi AS 116 Ni AO AA a tae a a a ete eee 116 Mode Firmware horizontal alia phi iaga E seat te e aty E E E E E T 31 Horizontal trend ia marcadas rios os Ane dete plea a 20 Ppa eh tes bas Al des 22 USB a tay 31 Nas ace au A ice e a Y 21 Fixed IP Address alcaide ee It 35 a A N O 15 Flash Duration Size 2 eee a 41 Vertical bargraph 2 00 cece eee eeeeeeees 20 Flash memory full tooo certs portant na et ek 17 Vertical trend 0 cece cc ccccccecceecuecenes 19 Flatten compound 0 cece eee eee eee eee 120 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page iii nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Follow WikSa deus lata do atest a 123 Horizontal trend mode cece cece eee 20 Force Exec Breaks cise ses cal ede dos Mba 116 Enable srta data 29 Forced Qutp t e ma sico 62 157 Sali ng aed anes Hie A a E 30 PORWAO tOr rann E EE A pn AN EEA 123 HPdge Timeout idro eee pees Sas es 29 FromeSOurce co oes oe fee a inate coe aah erates 128 Hysteresis FTP Channel alarm peeraa ida 47
82. ea ee 126 Username ss 3 fo rior 38 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page ix nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE This page is deliberately left blank HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page x E U roth EVM International sales and service AUSTRALIA Sydney Eurotherm Pty Ltd Telephone 61 2 9838 0099 Fax 61 2 9838 9288 E mail info eurotherm au invensys com AUSTRIA Vienna Eurotherm GmbH Telephone 43 1 798 7601 Fax 43 1 798 7605 E mail info eurotherm at invensys com BELGIUM 8 LUXEMBOURG Moha Eurotherm S A N V Telephone 32 85 274080 Fax 32 85 274081 E mail info eurotherm be invensys com BRAZIL Campinas SP Eurotherm Ltda Telephone 5519 3707 5333 Fax 5519 3707 5345 E mail info eurotherm br invensys com CHINA Eurotherm China Shanghai Office Telephone 86 21 6145 1188 Fax 86 21 6145 2602 E mail info eurotherm cn invensys com Beijing Office Telephone 86 10 5909 5700 Fax 86 10 5909 5709 or Fax 86 10 5909 5710 E mail info eurotherm cn invensys com DENMARK Copenhagen Eurotherm Danmark AS Telephone 45 70 234670 Fax 45 70 234660 E mail info eurotherm dk invensys com Copyright Invensys Eurotherm Limited 2010 FINLAND Abo Eurotherm Finland Telephone 358 2250 6030 Fax 358 2250 3201 E mail info eurotherm fi invensys com FRANCE Lyon Eurotherm Automation SA Telephone 33 478 664500 Fax 33 478 352490 E mail info eurotherm fr invensy
83. edited manually by click dragging If the block to which it is connected is moved the end of the wire moves with it retaining as much of the path as possible If a wire is selected by clicking on it it is drawn with small boxes on its corners Wire Context Menu Right click on a wire to display the wire block context menu Force Exec Break When wires form a loop a break point must be introduced EN Force Exec Break where the value written to the block comes from a source which Task Break was last executed during the previous cycle A break is automat Re Route Wire ically placed by Tools and appears in red 4 Force Exec Break Use Tags allows the user to define where a break must be placed Surplus pa breaks appear in black JH lth Re Route wire Replaces the current wire route with a new route generated from scratch Use Tags Toggles between wire and tag mode between parameters Tag pelete Del mode is useful for sources and destinations which are widely sep tindeleta arated Bring To Front Find Start Goes to the source of the wire Push To Back Find End Goes to the destination of the wire Cut Copy Paste Not used in this context Delete Marks the wire for deletion The wire is redrawn as a dashed line or dashed tags until next download Operation can be reversed until after next download Undelete Reverses the effect ofthe Delete operation up until the next download after which Un delete is disabled Bring to Front Brings th
84. ee ee de ee Se E NVI Sr ied i haar ss NAN Nt ae E ae irae ETA COMMENTS 00 tanos eaten teeming wet eee BIAS MONITORS 255 7 sate cies poids ba ts COLOURS envase wate o DIAGRAM CONTEXT MENU 0 00 00000022 e eee COMPOUNDS Votar foe dl pac o aa Ee it de TOOL MIPS cts Sieh tae Cia Peat eee ee 6 4 PARAMETER EXPLORER 0000 cece eee cece eee 6 4 1 Parameter explorer detail o ooooococccccocooo 6 4 2 Explorertools sivas sas odas rn Kia eae Seen oe 6 4 3 Contexti Menu aia oie eats aed E 6 5 WATCH RECIPE EDITOR oso ral a yess oo ot bad en 6 5 1 Creating a Watch List 0 eee ADDING PARAMETERS TO THE WATCH LIST DATASET CREATION set titi eel Balhae yet ES 6 5 2 Watch Recipe toolbar icons 0 0 0 ee eee 6 5 3 Watch Recipe Context Menu 00000 0 eee 7 USER WIRING 63 55 02020500 Soe 3100 lee eae are alas Slate win 71 DRIVE RELAY EXAMPLE occ hn Ae Bere EWA Wire TEmOVal Aire O eee oe da Page iv HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE List of Contents Cont Section Page 7 2 COUNTER EXAMPLE neers e o E a Oued ae Relat as 128 Appendix A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 0 0 cece eee eens 131 A1 INSTALLATION CATEGORY AND POLLUTION DEGREE 05 131 Installation category Ill api Hie ee be eddie Se Gee ee 131 Pollutiondegr s 2 ca di SY os Bs BT th 131 A2 RECORDER SPECIFICATION
85. faceplate show the status of that channel s alarm s as follows Icon is flashing alarm is active but unacknowledged or it is an Auto alarm which is no longer ac tive but which has not been acknowledged Icon steadily illuminated the alarm is active and has been acknowledged Alarm thresholds and deviation alarm bars appear for horizontal and vertical trend modes For deviation bars the bar stretches from Reference Deviation to Reference Deviation Vertical and Horizontal bar graph modes display only absolute alarm symbols HA030554 Page 8 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 2 1 ALARM ICONS Cont 3 2 2 Status bar Icons Absolute High Absolute Low Deviation High Deviation Low Deviation Band Rising Rate of change Falling Rate of change Digital High A y A m m v A v A y Digital Low Table 3 2 1 Alarm icons The following items can appear in a dedicated window immediately to the left of the time and date at the bottom right hand corner of the display The width of this window expands as the number of icons increas es and the instrument name is truncated as necessary to make room SYSTEM ALARMS A This indicator appears flashing if any one or more of the alarms listed below is active The System Alarms summary page accessed from Go to View in the top level menu allows the user to view such system alarms as are acti
86. however a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall be expected HA030554 Appendix A Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 131 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE A2 RECORDER SPECIFICATION I O types Analogue i p Digital i o Digital i p Relay o p Features Four One Two Two two with shared common connection CSV archive format File transfer protocol FTP Messages Modbus TCP slave uhh history file archiving USB port at rear of instrument User linearissation tables four Two control loops optional Zirconia probe support optional 14 Virtual channels each configurable as maths totaliser or counter Environmental performance Ambient temperature range Operating Storage Humidity range Operating storage Protection Front panel Behind panel Shock Vibration Altitude Atmosphere Electrical safety Electromagnetic compatibility Emissions Immunity 0 to 55 C 20 to 70 C 5 to 85 RH non condensing 5 to 85 RH non condensing IP65 NEMA4X International IP10 International To BS EN61131 2 5 to 150 Hz at 1g 1 octave per min lt 2000 metres Not suitable for use in explosive or corrosive atmospheres BS EN61010 1 Installation category Il Pollution degree 2 BS EN61326 Limit B Light industrial BS EN61326 Industrial Other approvals and compliance details General CE and cUL EN61010 PV input AMS2750D compliant RoHS EU China Packaging BS EN61131 2 section
87. in the configuration for the relevant output relay section 4 7 2 Default min on Default min time on times Min on time Min ontime Min on time 125ms User value User value User value a ge goiak m ma gt Valve drive g Nudge Raise Lower command Demand lt de Demand gt default Demand lt user en Demand gt user entered minimum on fault minimum minimum on time tered minimum on time Motor runs until current minimum on time time Motor runs for on time elapses minimum on time Figure B2 6 10 Valve nudge examples Notes 1 If Ch1 is setto VPU Nudge operates the channel 1 valve no matter what Ch2 is set to If Ch1 is not set to VPU and Ch2 is set to VPU then the nudge operates on channel 2 valve 2 The minimum on time is continuously retriggered This means that if a minimum on time of say 10 seconds has been configured then the valve may continue to move for up to 10 seconds after the command has been removed That is it continues until the current minimum on time period has expired HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 161 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 6 11 Time Proportioning PID controllers somtimes use Time Proportioning to control the average power to the load This is done by repeatedly switching the output on for a period Ton and then off for a period Tog The total period Ton Tos is called the
88. is already wired to the wired symbol 2A2B Relay appears to the left of the parameter LALC Dig In ZL 3A3B Relay ire 7 When the confirmation window appears use the up or down arrow to highlight Ok then operate the scroll button again 6 Use the down arrow to highlight PV and press the scroll button User Wiring ae A Channel 2 Alarm1 Active 8 The top level user wiring page reappears showing the destination parameter To Destination Digital 1 O 3A3B Relay PV 7 1 1 Wire removal At the top level user wiring page use the up and down arrow buttons to highlight the wire to be deleted and operate the scroll key In the Delete Wire confirmation window highlight Ok and operate the scroll key again The wire is deleted without further confirmation HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 127 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 7 2 COUNTER EXAMPLE This example shows how to set up a counter to be incremented each time Channel 1 Alarm 1 becomes ac tive and reset each time channel 2 alarm 1 is acknowledged For this example Virtual Channel 3 will be configured as the counter with a preset value of 0 1 At Channel 1 Main set Type test Test Signal Sine 4 min Scale Low 0 Scale High 100 At Channel 1 Alarm1 set Type Abs Hi Threshold 50 Latch None At Channel 2 Main set Type Test Test Signal Sine 40 min Scale Low
89. may be used to clean other exterior surfaces USB MEMORY STICK PRECAUTIONS Note the use of U3 USB Flash drives is not recommended 1 Precautions against electrostatic discharge should be taken when the instrument terminals are being accessed The USB and Ethernet connections are particularly vulnerable 2 Ideally the USB memory stick should be plugged directly into the instrument as the use of extension leads may compromise the instrument s ESD compliance Where the instrument is being used in an electrically noisy environment however it is recommended that the user brings the USB socket to front of panel using a short extension lead This is because the USB may lock up or reset in noisy envi ronments and the only means of recovery is to remove the device then re insert it EMC related failure during a write operation might cause corruption of the data held on a USB memory stick For this rea son the data on the memory stick should be backed up before insertion and checked after removal 3 When using a USB extension cable a high quality screened cable must be used with a maximum length of 3 metres 10 ft 32 BIT RESOLUTION Floating point values are stored in IEEE 32 bit single precision format Values which require greater resolu tion than is available in this format are rounded up or down SYMBOLS USED ON THE RECORDER LABELLING One or more of the symbols below may appear as a part of the recorder labelling
90. minute or 1 hour See Amount above For rate of change alarms only This allows an averaging period forthe process value to be entered to reduce nuisance trips due to signal noise or ifthe rate of change is hovering around the trip value None the alarm remains active until the monitored value has returned to a non alarm state when it becomes inactive Auto The alarm remains active until the monitored value has returned to a non alarm state and the alarm has been acknowledged Acknowledgement can take place either before or after the value has returned a non alarm state Manual The alarm remains active until the monitored value has returned to a non alarm state and the alarm has been acknowledged Acknowledgement is permitted only after the value has returned a non alarm state Trigger Not enunciated this mode is used only to initiate an action defined by user wiring either using iTools or using the user interface Alarms with Block set to On are inhibited until the monitored value has entered the safe condition after a start up This prevents such alarms from becoming active whilst the process is brought into control If a latching alarm is not acknowledged then the alarm is re asserted not blocked unless the alarm s threshold or reference value is changed in which case the alarm is blocked again Initiates a delay between the trigger source becoming active and the alarm becoming active Ifthe trigger sour
91. new list by clearing out all parameters and data sets from an open window If the current list has not been saved confirmation is requested Short cut lt ctrl gt lt N gt Open an existing watch recipe file If the current list or data set has not been saved confirmation is requested A file dialogue box then opens allowing the user to select a file to be opened Short cut lt ctrl gt lt O gt Save the current watch recipe list Allows the current set to be saved to a user specified location Short cut lt ctrl gt lt S gt Download the selected data set to the device Short cut lt ctrl gt lt D gt Insert item ahead of selected item Short cut lt Insert gt Remove recipe parameter Short cut lt ctrl gt lt Delete gt Move selected item Up arrow moves selected parameter up the list down arrow move the selected parameter down the list Create a new empty data set Short cut lt ctrl gt lt w gt Delete an empty data set Short cut lt ctrl gt lt Delete gt Capture current values into a data set Fills the selected data set with values Short cut lt ctrl gt lt A gt Clear the selected data set Removes values from the selected data set Short cut lt Shift gt lt Delete gt Open OPC Scope Opens a separate utility that allows trending data logging and Dynamic Data Exchange DDE OPC Scope is an OPC explorer program that can connect to any OPC server that is in the windows registry OPC is an acronym for OLE for
92. oat32 1d68 7528 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1d a 7530 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1d62 7522 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1d69 7529 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value oat32 1d67 7527 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1d65 7525 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1d64 7524 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1d6e 7534 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1d61 7521 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1d f 7535 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1d66 7526 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 012b 299 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 1d63 7523 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1d60 7520 Not applicable VirtualChan
93. offers a number of alternative choices for defining how much the his tory jumps for one button press 3 5 2 Options menu Operating the page key from any history display causes the history options menu to appear For this menu the scroll button is used to scroll to the required selection and the page button to return to the history dis play Note When quitting history mode the scroll key causes a return to the level one menu where a fur ther selection must be made and confirmed by scroll key action Operation ofthe page key before this selection returns the user to the history display Use scroll key to select message display on or off ol i mE Messaaes Off Use the scroll key to select one of Full Page Scroll Half seal iS Ort Page Scroll 1 Hour Scroll 12 Hour Scroll or 24 Hour Scroll Selecting 1 Hour Scroll for example means that ee 750955 AS S T the displayed time period shifts by one hour for every op eset MIStOry eration of the up or down arrow buttons xit HISTOFY Returns the history to the time at which History was en tered Scroll key quits history mode Figure 3 5 2 Options menu HA030554 Page 24 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 6 TEXT ENTRY The user is often required to enter text characters or numbers when editing operator notes for example This is done using the pop up keyboards which are displayed when required Wh
94. opens 6 Type in a name for the port then click Add again 7 Type the IP address of the unit in the Edit Host box which appears Click OK 8 Check the details in the New TCP IP Port box then click on OK 9 Click on OK in the Registry settings box to confirm the new port Continued Registry Settings Tools Configuration Product Key Serial Ports TCP IP Authorization OPC Server Startup Configure TCP IP ports for MODBUS over Ethernet Settings may DAA AT Enabled nanol Name MV Enabled Connection Type MODBUS TCP v Timeout Edit Host Host List Host Name Address Pott 502 Block Read 1 25 Registers default 125 applies to MODBUS TCP only V Ping Host Before Connecting o Cancel Figure 6 1 1a Adding a new Ethernet port HA030554 Page 108 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 1 1 ETHERNET TCP IP COMMUNICATIONS Cont To check that the pc can now communicate with the instrument Click Start All Programs Accessories Command Prompt when the Command Prompt box appears type in Ping lt Space gt IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 lt Enter gt where IP1 to IP4 are the IP address of the instrument If the Ethernet link to the instrument is operating correctly the successful reply arrives Otherwise the failed reply arrives in which case the Ethernet link IP address and pc port det
95. optional V FileZilla Server Service components you wish to Y Administration interface install Source Code V Start Menu Shortcuts Desktop Icon 6 Agree or cancel the License agreement If Agree choose Standard as the type of install Description Space required 3 8MB Appendix C HA030554 Page 164 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE C2 1 DOWNLOADING Cont 7 Choose the destination for the file pleza Serversbete0 234 Setup Choose Install Location Choose the folder in which to install FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 Setup will install FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 in the following folder To install in a different folder click Browse and select another Folder Click Next to continue Destination Folder Space required 3 8MB Space available 95 9GB Install Syst FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 Setup 8 Select startup settings Startup settings Select startup behaviour for FileZilla Server Please choose how FileZilla Server should be started Please choose the port the admin interface of F FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 Setup 14147 Startup settings Select startup behaviour for FileZilla Server Please choose how the server interface should be started FileZilla Server beta 0 9 34 Setup v Start Server after setup completes M Start Interface aft
96. or Ch2 control as appropriate is set to VBP The Setup menu is described in section 4 6 2 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 61 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE SBrk Mode Sbrk OP Safe OP Manual Mode Manual Output 4 6 6 OUTPUT MENU PARAMETERS Cont Defines the action to be taken in the event of a sensor break Safe The output adopts the value configured in Sbrk OP below Hold The output remains at its current level The value to be output if a sensor break occurs and SBrk Mode above is set to Safe The output level adopted when the loop is inhibited Main menu section 4 6 1 Selects the type of transition to occur when changing to manual mode section 4 6 1 Track Whilst in Auto mode the manual output tracks the control output so that there is no change of output when manual mode is switched to Step On transition to manual mode the output is set to the value entered for Forced OP below Last Man Out On transition to manual mode the output adopts the manual output val ue as last set by the operator The output when the loop is in manual mode In manual mode the controller limits the maximum power but it is not recommended that it be left unattended at high power settings It is important that over range alarms are fitted to protect the process Note It is recommended that all processes are fitted with an independent over range detection sys tem Fo
97. over which the calculation is made int32 200a 8202 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 200c 8204 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main PresetValue The Preset value float32 200d 8205 Set by VirtualChannel Main Resolution VirtualChannel 9 Main PV The virtual channel output value float32 0140 320 Set by VirtualChannel 9 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 9 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 200b 8203 Not applicable VirtualChannel Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 2002 8194 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 2011 8209 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0141 321 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 2009 8201 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 9 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 200e 8206 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 2000 8192 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4bed 19437 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 2003 8195 1dp VirtualChannel 9 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 2020 8224 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed
98. password none by default of up to 20 characters can be entered here to protect Su pervisor level access A password none by default of up to 20 characters can be entered here to protect Op erator level access This is a password supplied by the manufacturer to enable the software options e g Loop Zirconia block etc When applying for this code the manufacturer will require the MAC address Network Interface menu section 4 2 1 and the instrument s firmware Version Instrument info menu section 4 1 4 The password is MAC address and time dependent so that it cannot be used on any other instrument Enables disables password security for external communications If set to Enabled the Engineer level password will be required if an attempt is made to enter the config uration menus from a remote pc If set to Disabled then access to configuration can be gained over a communications link without a password If enabled then entry to configuration mode via the Instrument Mode IM parameter must be completed within 5 seconds of entering the password or the attempt will fail This field appears only if reset has been entered as the Engineer Password Selecting Yes Causes the instrument to restart with default configuration i e the instrument cold starts See note 2 Notes 1 It is recommended that only such characters as appear on the user s pc keyboard be used in the Engineer password The use of ot
99. remaining before the calculation is made time_t 1c09 7177 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 1 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1c0e 7182 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main Type Specifies the type of virtual channel uint8 1c00 7168 Not applicable 1 Maths 2 Totaliser 3 Counter VirtualChannel 1 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4b15 19221 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 1c03 7171 1dpVirtualChannel 1 Trend ColourCon figures the trend colour for this virtual channeluint81c207200Not applicable 0 Red 1 Blue 2 Green 3 Honey 4 Violet 5 Russet 6 Dark blue 7 Jade 8 Magenta 9 Duskyrose 10 Yellow 11 Powder blue 12 Dark red 13 Avocado 14 Indigo 15 Dark brown 16 Aegean 17 Cyan 18 Aubergine 19 Dark orange 20 Pale yellow 21 Hyacinth 22 Dark green 23 Sugar pink 24 Bluebell 25 Orange 26 Pink 27 Buttersilk 28 Terracotta 29 Blue babe 30 Lime 31 Blue jive 32 Cucumber 33 Eurogreen 34 Wheatgerm 35 Sea Blue 36 Ginger 37 Aqua pool 38 Pale red 39 Pale blue 40 Lilac 41 Sky blue 42 Wild moss 43 Turquoise 44 Pale green 45 Coffee 49 Dark Grey 53 Light grey VirtualChannel 1 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed oat32 1c22 7202 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV o
100. string_t 46ae 18094 Not applicable Network Interface Clientldentifier DHCP option 21 Instrument ID string_t 4715 18197 Not applicable Network Interface Gateway Default gateway internet protocol address string_t 4524 17700 Not applicable Network Interface IPaddress nternet Protocol IP address of this instrument string_t 4500 17664 Not applicable Network Interface IPType P Lookup 0 DHCP 1 Fixed uint8 1102 4354 Not applicable Network Interface MAC Media Access Control MAC address of this instrument string_t 4548 17736 Not applicable Network Interface SubnetMask Sub network identification mask string_t 4512 17682 Not applicable Network Modbus Address Modbus address for this instrument uint8 1140 4416 Not applicable Network Modbus InputTimeout Modbus Input inactivity timeout in seconds int16 1141 4417 Not applicable Network Modbus PrefMasterlP Preferred master IP string_t 469c 18076 Not applicable Network Modbus SerialMode Modbus serial port mode uint8 1143 4419 Not applicable Network Modbus TimeFormat Time parameter comms resolution uint8 1144 4420 Not applicable Network Modbus UnitldEnable Unit ident enable uint8 1142 4418 Not applicable OR 1 Input1 OR Block 1 input 1 0 off on boo 2d00 11520 Not applicable OR 1 Input2 OR Block 1 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d01 11521 Not applicable OR 1 Input3 OR Block 1 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d02 11522 Not applicable OR 1 Input4 OR Block 1 input 4 0 off 1
101. the EMC directive 2004 108 EC and also with the Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC Signed lav Dated obfor7 lio Signed for and on behalf of Eurotherm Limited Kevin Shaw R amp D Director 1A249986U790 Issue 1 Jly10 CN26217 invensys Lay Eurotherm Restriction of Hazardous Substances RoHS Product group nanodac Table listing restricted substances Chinese RAE FAA BL ER Cee AOS et ae O U nanodac z z LA Ma O ane O FER EN RMR RAT MESE FRTVAEREMA E ERA UAM PHS E SIT 1363 2006 a AT AAR A W H HE AMADA A WE RHESJ T1 1363 2006 Xx AS ESA English Restricted Materials Table Toxic and hazardous substances and elements Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all ofthe homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in SJ T11363 2006 x Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement in SJ T11363 2006 Approval Signature 4 A Martin Greenhalgh Quality Manager Mito with u ABEL Zoio 1A029470U790 1 CN26215 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE nanodac Recorder Controller User Guide List of sections Section Tilntroducio matt es Pahokee bbe Ceasar det 2 nstallati necer rada sad A ead ong EE E S 4 Configuration 0 eee eens 5 Modbus TCP slave comms 000s cece eee eee 6 CONS 34 ord vetoes A
102. the average value of Input1 over the time specified in Period If Input has a status other than Good then Out 9999 and Status depends on the status of Input Out current Configuration Revision value Page 52 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 5 2 Totaliser configuration Totalisers allow the user to maintain a running total of any input channel or of any maths channel Using maths channels it is possible to totalise combinations of input channels so that for example the sum of two channels or the difference between them could be totalised if required The maximum capacity for each totaliser is 1 000 000 This range can be expanded by wiring from the Roll over output of the totaliser to the trigger input of a counter Wiring is carried out either at the operator in terface section 7 or in iTools section 6 The totaliser equation is tot tot t ma where t l PSF x USF tot totaliser value this sample tot totaliser value last sample ma process value this sample PSF Period Scaling Factor Period USF Units Scaling Factor Units scaler Note the time between samples is 125ms Figure 4 5 2 shows a typical configuration page Virtual Channel 1 Main Descriptor VirtualCnan Type moaie mm Operation O AA 180 36 nits Status OC Resolution 7 Pm am Units m Units Scaler e MCU O a High Cut O
103. the complete parameter help system by right clicking on a parameter and selecting Parameter Help from the resulting context menu or by clicking on the Help menu and selecting Device Help iTools help is accessed by click ing on the Help menu and selecting Contents iTools help is also available in manual format under part number HA028838 either as a physical manual or as a pdf file O Contents Release Notes Tools on the Web ES D Device Help Help Device Information System Information iTools Installation Diagnostics About Figure 6 Help access 6 1 iTools CONNECTION The following descriptions assume that iTools software has been correctly installed on the pc HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 107 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 1 1 Ethernet Modbus TCP communications Note the following description is based on windows XP Windows Vista is similar It is first necessary to determine the IP address of the unit as described under Network Interface in section 4 2 1 Once the Ethernet link has been correctly installed carry out the following actions at the pc 1 Click on Start 2 Click on Control Panel If Control Panel opens in Category View select Classic View instead 3 Double click on iTools 4 Click on the TCP IP tab in the Registry settings configuration 5 Click on Add The New TCP IP Port dialogue box
104. the diagram Click on the item which is to be the left most item then lt Ctrl gt lt left Copy Graphic click gt the remaining items in the order in which they are to Save Graphic appear Copy Fragment To File Marks the item for deletion at next download time Paste Fragment From File Can be Undeleted up until download occurs Centre Reverses the action of Delete on the selected item Figure 6 3 2h Diagram context menu Selects all items on the current diagram Active only when the right click occurs in the top level diagram within the bounding rectangle which appears when more than one item is selected Creates a new wiring di agram as described in Compound below Allows a new name to entered for the current wiring diagram This name appears in the relevant tab Copies the selected items or the whole diagram if no items are selected to the clip board as a Windows metafile suitable for pasting into a documentation application Wiring entering leaving the selection if any are drawn in tag mode As for Copy Graphic above but saves to a user specified file location instead of the clipboard Copy Fragment To File Copies selected items to a user named file in folder My iTools Wiring Fragments locat ed in My Documents Paste Fragment From File Centre Allows the user to select a stored fragment for inclusion in the wiring diagram Places the display window at the centre of the sele
105. they are wired EDITING TECHNIQUES AS Mode Vanda Man Op 99 1 With the loop page on display operate the Scroll key This highlights the first edit able item SP1 The scroll order includes both loop1 and loop 2 parameters in the dual loop display 2 Use the up and down arrow keys to select the required field for editing When the ca required field is highlighted operate the scroll key again to enter edit mode Mo Man Op RS spi Pe Mol Man Op 3 Use the up down arrows to edit the current setting spi Poe ModefAtite Man Op APP gt o 4 Operate the scroll key to confirm the edit ser og ModefAuto 5 Selecta further parameter for editing or operate the page key to return to normal Man Op Sa operation Note Edit permissions for Setpoint and Auto Manual are set in the Loop Setup configuration menu section 4 6 2 HA030554 Page 22 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 4 7 Promote list This display page allows the user to display up to 10 of the parameters that appear anywhere in the operator interface The parameters can be selected only by using iTools as described below Notes 1 Promote List must be enabled in Instrument Display configuration before it appears in the Go to View list 2 There are more parameters visible in iTools than appear at the operator interface If non operator interface parameters are selecte
106. to 10V 500uV 550pV peak to peak with 1 6s input filter 0 007 best fit straight line for zero source resistance Add 0 003 for each 10 source and lead resistance 1 5mV 0 063 measurement at 25 C ambient 66uV C 45ppm C of measurement from 25 C ambient 62 5kQ for input voltages gt 5 6V 667kQ for input ranges lt 5 6V HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Appendix A Page 133 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE A3 ANALOGUE INPUT SPECIFICATION Cont Resistance input ranges Temperature scale Types ranges and accuracies Maximum source current Pt100 figures Range Resolution Measurement noise Linearity error Calibration error Temperature coefficient Lead resistance Bulb current ITS90 See table 200A 0 to 400Q 200 to 850 C 0 05 C 0 05 C peak peak with 1 6s input filter 0 0033 best fit straight line 0 31 C 0 023 of measurement in C at 25 C ambient 0 01 C C 25ppm C measurement in C from 25 C ambient 0 to 22Q matched lead resistances 2004A nominal Standard General electric Co Max linearisation error 0 02 C Overall range C 20 to 400 Cu10 Cu53 JPT100 Ni100 Ni120 70 to 200 220 to 630 60 to 250 50 to 170 RC21 4 1966 JIS C1604 1989 DIN43760 1987 DIN43760 1987 Pt100 Pt100A 200 to 850 200 to 600 1EC751 Eurotherm Recorders SA Table A3a RTD type details lt 0 01 C 0 01 C 0 01 C 0 01 C
107. to 4 alarms int16 01a5 421 Not applicable Bit 0 1 Virtual channel 1 Alarm 1 active Bit 1 1 Virtual channel 1 Alarm 1 not ack d Bit 2 1 Virtual channel 1 Alarm 2 active Bit 3 1 Virtual channel 1 Alarm 2 not ack d Bit 4 1 Virtual channel 2 Alarm 1 active Bit 5 1 Virtual channel 2 Alarm 1 not ack d Bit 6 1 Virtual channel 2 Alarm 2 active Bit 7 1 Virtual channel 2 Alarm 2 not ack d Bit 8 1 Virtual channel 3 Alarm 1 active Bit 9 1 Virtual channel 3 Alarm 1 not ack d Bit 10 1 Virtual channel 3 Alarm 2 active Bit 11 1 Virtual channel 3 Alarm 2 not ack d Bit 12 1 Virtual channel 4 Alarm 1 active Bit 13 1 Virtual channel 4 Alarm 1 not ack d Bit 14 1 Virtual channel 4 Alarm 2 active Bit 15 1 Virtual channel 4 Alarm 2 not ack d AlarmSummary StatusWord3 A summary of Virtual Channel 5 to 8 alarms int16 01a6 422 Not applicable As for Status Word 2 but for virtual channs 5to8 Page 78 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution AlarmSummary StatusWord4 A summary of Virtual Channel 9 to 12 alarms int16 01a7 423 Not applicable As for Status Word 2 but for virtual channs 9 to 12 AlarmSummary StatusWord5 A summary of Virtual Channel 13 to 14 alarms int16 01a8 424 Not applicabl
108. veer eee eee eee 24 Late Tia ln retiro dato 48 OP o sien OO as ine O A A caeond ty ay or e eRe 145 Home A hf tse teehee hes 12 LBT LBT2 LBT3 pte Oe Rone es Behan NA Dew Pia 59 Page defi coccion 27 Leading PACEST Von rd sh E heen eee ean 25 Horizontal bargraph mode eeee eee eee 21 Limit setpoint rate 0 2 eee eee 154 EMA Gt skied aoe fear ath Aaa aan A alee dalek ce 29 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page iv nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Limits Messages OUTPUTS espina rta Saha anil iaa md 156 Filteri salt aa rr eat 14 SEHON E valid O 154 ICONS cera acs elses baie Sod sii a es ye a ee 11 kine Voltage ao os 30 ONO sh eae be cat Gee 24 AA dos 62 158 SUI a s 14 Linearisation type 0 eee eee eee 44 Min Cal Tempest cue tii ds 69 ET RRA A E oA he Btn ths 28 Min On TIM E a 144 162 Logic I O specification 0oooooooooooococccoomo 135 DOs edge that cis SS US seh are sack ladle tot a ae tae og eg 64 Logic i o specification 0 cece eee eee eee 135 Relay OP iso sits eshte ks ea is 64 LOGIN acs caved dae ined ANE A Ga 15 16 Mii Rov Hite ita as 69 70 Loop MinCalelirsc ca5 Geiss fa ad Seaweed oh oR aed cS 69 Break cers ais iria Sink dc 63 142 MA A coe hast ee A Aes 72 Diagnostics display 2002 200000 63 Configuration sitial Lee 39 Display mode a iia 22 Input Maths eua rita sees Las 52 Display mode enable 2000 29 Parameterniist s Lia aa 76
109. 0 10 01 13 generaluser 149 121 132 60 gt 150 Connection accepted NNN A 20042010 10 01 19 neneraluser 149 121 132 AM 224 Transfer MK ms Account P Transfer Progess speed 000018 generaluser 149 121 132 60 G Group 1 20100413_0190293000000058 239 860 bytes 12 4 KB s 393 439 bytes received 11 89 KB s 5 593 bytes sent 0 B s 66 4 Figure C2 5 FileZilla Server archive activity page Appendix C HA030554 Page 168 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE C3 FUNCTION BLOCK DETAILS C3 1 EIGHT INPUT OR BLOCK An eight input logical OR block whose output is high 1 On if any one or more inputs is high 1 On If more than eight inputs are required a second block is automatically introduced as shown in figure C3 1a The blocks in the figure are given the names A and B where A and B can be any of the 12 available instances OR block A Input 1 Input A1 Input 2 nput A2 mena Input A3 OR block B Input 4 Input A4 Input 5 Input A5 Output A Input B1 Input 6 Input A6 Pa Input 7 nput A7 Input 8 Input A8 ee B3 Output B Output Input 9 Input 10 rd npu input B8 Figure C3 1a Eight input OR block OR blocks are used automatically by the user wiring when more than one source is wired to the same des tination parameter For example it may be required that Relay Digital I O 2A2B is to operate if channel 1 alarm 1 a
110. 000 0000s 132 A3 ANALOGUE INPUT SPECIFICATION 0 000 0000s 133 A4 RELAY AND LOGIC I O SPECIFICATION 0 00 000000 eee eee 135 AS DIGITAL INPUTS n wih A208 ada ld hands oA sie tg o idas 135 Ab BLOCKS SUPPORTED 8 507238 238 tue ete ee ais 135 AbT FUNCTION BLOCKS noise as ae oes 135 A6 2 APPLICATION BLOCKS ost tt seein KAATE antes HR oe 135 Appendix B CONTROL LOOPS cece cece eee ee eee teen eeees 137 Bal INTRODUCTION i s 2 2a he eae da 137 Baal EXAMPLE HEAT ONDA cick svn eset ta ra stale adh a hou eat ben 137 B2 CONTROL LOOP DEFINITIONS 0 0 eens 137 B2 1 AUTO MANUAL mope iris ia prat pia al 137 B2 2 TYPES OF CONTROL LOOP rio ena AE E NAA ER a 138 B22 T Om Oteo ti E TE E a eee ee es 138 B222 PID Control sfc a A eco tia EEO ES 138 PROPORTIONAL BAND 0004 ld bends a VAE E EA 138 INTEGRAL TERM 3 24 sd aga ai oa 139 DERIVATIVE TERM Sia ia poe ina good A EA AE Ea 139 B2 2 3 Motorised valve control tii eek Si ce ca a ee ee ee eS 140 MANUAL MODE civic rss hae yaaa alee AA tare ela leads 140 MOTORISED VALVE OUTPUT CONNECTIONS 0 0000022 140 B2 3 LOOP PARAMETERS cda as 141 B2 3 1 Relative cool gain R2G 00ooooccccccccoonccccccc teens 141 B2 3 2 Highvand Low cutback fcc ccs it o a E 141 B2 3 3 Manual Reset viniendo das 141 B2 3 4 Integral Hold wists cs eee at als rd e 142 B2 3 5 Integral DE SBUMP rover ia A A AL GS YS 142 B2 3 6Loop Break 6 pie Wes tdi oct e leed ia aces 1
111. 030554 Page 68 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 10 2 CONFIGURATION Cont MAIN PARAMETERS Probe Type Resolution Gas Reference Rem Gas Ref Rem Gas Enable Working Gas Min Calc Temp Oxygen Exp Tolerance Process Factor Clean Frequency Clean Time Min Rcov Time Max Rcov Time Temp Input Temp Offset Probe Input Probe mV Offset Oxygen Carbon Potential Dew Point Soot Alarm Probe Fault PV Frozen Clean Valve Clean State Time to Clean Probe Status Balance Integral Carb Act CO O2 Probe State OxygenType Select from a variety of probe manufacturers The subsequent parameter list depends on which manufacturer is selected Enter the number of decimal places to be used for the value display Reference value for the hydrogen concentration in the atmosphere Remote reference value for hydrogen concentration in the atmosphere Allows hydro gen concentration to be read from an external source Yes allows remote gas measurement No uses the internal Gas Reference value Read only Working Reference Gas value The minimum temperature in at which the calculation is valid The exponent units of the log oxygen type calculation valid entries 24 to 24 Sooting tolerance multiplier Allows the user to adjust the sensitivity of the Sooting alarm in order to reduce the incidence of nuisance alarms Process factor defined by the probe manufacturer Allows the interval betw
112. 080 8320 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4c08 19464 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 2083 8323 1dp VirtualChannel 10 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 20a0 8352 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 20a2 8354 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 20a1 8353 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d4 468 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 2150 8528 Not applicable HA030554 Page 102 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 214b 8523 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 2148 8520 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average tim
113. 0903 2dp UserLin 3 X13 User linearisation table 3 X value 13 joat32 2a99 10905 2dp UserLin 3 X14 User linearisation table 3 X value 14 oat32 2a9b 10907 2dp UserLin 3 X15 User linearisation table 3 X value 15 joat32 2a9d 10909 2dp UserLin 3 X16 User linearisation table 3 X value 16 oat32 2a9f 10911 2dp UserLin 3 X17 User linearisation table 3 X value 17 joat32 2aal 10913 2dp UserLin 3 X18 User linearisation table 3 X value 18 oat32 2aa3 10915 2dp UserLin 3 X19 User linearisation table 3 X value 19 joat32 2aa5 10917 2dp UserLin 3 X20 User linearisation table 3 X value 20 joat32 2aa7 10919 2dp UserLin 3 X21 User linearisation table 3 X value 21 joat32 2aa9 10921 2dp UserLin 3 X22 User linearisation table 3 X value 22 oat32 2aab 10923 2dp UserLin 3 X23 User linearisation table 3 X value 23 joat32 2aad 10925 2dp UserLin 3 X24 User linearisation table 3 X value 24 joat32 2aaf 10927 2dp UserLin 3 X25 User linearisation table 3 X value 25 joat32 2ab1 10929 2dp UserLin 3 X26 User linearisation table 3 X value 26 joat32 2ab3 10931 2dp UserLin 3 X27 User linearisation table 3 X value 27 oat32 2ab5 10933 2dp UserLin 3 X28 User linearisation table 3 X value 28 joat32 2ab7 10935 2dp HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 93 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Descr
114. 1 8385 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 20cf 8399 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 20c6 8390 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0146 326 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 20c3 8387 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 20c0 8384 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d3 467 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 20f0 8432 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 20eb 8427 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 20e8 8424 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 20ea 8426 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 20e2 8418 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 20e9 8425 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 20e7 8423 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Dwe
115. 13 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 2247 8775 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 2245 8773 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 2244 8772 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 224e 8782 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 2241 8769 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 224f 8783 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 2246 8774 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0152 338 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 2243 8771 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 2240 8768 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d9 473 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 2270 8816 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 226b 8811 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 2268 8808 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main
116. 1or2 Main Setup Tune PID Setpoint Output Diagnostics Section 4 6 1 Section 4 6 2 Section 4 6 3 Section 4 6 4 Section 4 6 5 Section 4 6 6 Section 4 6 7 Auto Manual Loop name Tune Enable Sched Type Range Low Output Low Error PV Ch1 Control Low Output No of sets Range High Output High Target Output Inhibit Ch2 Control High Output Remote i p SP Select Ch1 2 Output Working Out Low Target Setpoint Control action State Active set SP1 Ch2 Deadband Working Out High Working Set PB Units Stage Time Boundary 1 2 SP2 Ch1 2 OnOff Hyst Loop Break point Deriv Type Boundary 2 3 SP Low Limit Ch1 2 Travel time Prop Output Working Output Setpoint Access PB SP High Limit Nudge raise Integral Output Integral Hold Auto Man Access Ti Alt SP Enable Nudge lower Deriv Output Td Alt SP Ch1 2 pot pos Sensor Break CBH Rate Ch1 2 pot brk Sched PB CBL Rate Done Pot Brk mode Sched Ti MR SP rate disable Rate Sched Td LBT Servo to PV SbrkMode Sched CBH Output Low SP Trim Sbrk OP Sched CBL Output High SP Trim Low Safe OP Sched MR SP Trim High Manual Mode Sched Loop Break Manual Track Manual Output Setpoint Track Forced Output Track PV Manual Startup Track Value Pff En SP Int Balance Power In Cool type FF type gain FF offset trim lin FF OP Track Output Track Enable Rem Output Low Rem Output High Figure 4 6 Loop configuration overview For a general discussion of control loops please see Appendix B to this manual Sched Out Low Sched Out High
117. 2 2b4a 11082 2dp UserLin 4 Y6 User linearisation table 4 Y value 6 oat32 2b4c 11084 2dp UserLin 4 Y7 User linearisation table 4 Y value 7 oat32 2b4e 11086 2dp UserLin 4 Y8 User linearisation table 4 Y value 8 oat32 2b50 11088 2dp UserLin 4 Y9 User linearisation table 4 Y value 9 oat32 2b52 11090 2dp UserLin 4 Y10 User linearisation table 4 Y value 10 oat32 2b54 11092 2dp UserLin 4 Y11 User linearisation table 4 Y value 11 oat32 2b56 11094 2dp Page 94 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution UserLin 4 Y12 User linearisation table 4 Y value 12 oat32 2b58 11096 2dp UserLin 4 Y13 User linearisation table 4 Y value 13 joat32 2b5a 11098 2dp UserLin 4 Y14 User linearisation table 4 Y value 14 joat32 2b5c 11100 2dp UserLin 4 Y15 User linearisation table 4 Y value 15 oat32 2b5e 11102 2dp UserLin 4 Y16 User linearisation table 4 Y value 16 oat32 2b60 11104 2dp UserLin 4 Y17 User linearisation table 4 Y value 17 loat32 2b62 11106 2dp UserLin 4 Y18 User linearisation table 4 Y value 18 oat32 2b64 11108 2dp UserLin 4 Y19 User linearisation table 4 Y value 19 oat32 2b66 11110 2dp U
118. 2 Control is set to VPB or VPU This is the valve travel time from closed 0 to open 100 For heat cool applications channel 2 is associated with the cooling valve Valid entries 0 0 to 1000 0 seconds Appears only if Setup menu parameter Ch1 Control or Ch2 Control is set to VPU If set to Yes the valve can be moved towards the open position by for example a con tact closure an up arrow button operation or a serial communications command The default minimum nudge time is 125 ms but this can be edited in the relevant relay con figuration see section 4 7 2 See also Section B2 6 10 for more Nudge details As for Nudge Raise above but moves the valve towards the closed position The position of the channel one actuator as measured by the feedback potentiometer On indicates that the input to the relevant channel is open circuit The position of the channel two actuator as measured by the feedback potentiometer On indicates that the input to the relevant channel is open circuit Defines the action to be taken if a potentiometer break is detected Raise opens the valve Lower closes the valve Rest the valve remains in its current state Model the controller tracks the position of the valve and sets up a model of the system so that it continues to function if the potentiometer becomes faulty Note These parameters appear only if the Setup menu parameter Ch1 Control
119. 2897 10391 Not applicable Zirconia RemGasEn 1 Enable use of remote gas reference bool 2884 10372 Not applicable Zirconia RemGasRef Remote Gas Reference Value joat32 2883 10371 1dp Zirconia SootAlm 1 Soot alarm active bool 2895 10389 Not applicable Zirconia Tempinput Probe temperature Input joat32 288e 10382 Odp Zirconia TempOffset Temperature Offset oat32 288f 10383 Set by Zirconia Resolution Zirconia Time2Clean Time To Next Clean time_t 289b 10395 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia Tolerance Sooting Tolerance joat32 2887 10375 1dp Zirconia WrkGas Working Reference Gas Value oat32 2885 10373 1dp Page 106 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 iTOOLS iTools software running ona pc allows quick and easy access to the configuration of the unit The parameters used are generally the same as those described in section 4 above with the addition of various diagnostic parameters iTools also gives the user the ability to create software wiring between function blocks such wiring being carried out using the Graphical wiring Editor feature A further feature the display mode Promote List is populated using iTools see section 3 4 7 for details In addition to the guidance given here there are two on line Help systems available within iTools Parameter help and iTools help Parameter help is accessed by clicking on Help in the toolbar opens
120. 3 1 2 Navigation pushbuttons 1 0 0 eens 7 PAGE BUTION ost a ina EE waa ni ee 7 SEROLE BUTTON ais fs hint ake wl eines oy wees tea a beds da 7 RAISE LOWER BUTTONS praia aii clue i od knee vow seine Aiea aa 7 3 2 PROCESS VARIABLE DISPLAY osos di ach sie hese ad eae aed 8 3 21 AlarimricGnss 93 254 lt 4 thee ond all Meni ae ede odd a ehh wpe ation dees ode 8 3 22 Status bar ICONS cn vane glace s adidas da le aaa dada 9 SYSTEMALARMS eco peta ida Seale 9 CHANNEL ALARM sunset ds 11 CHANGE BATTERY seadis pate dr da es aa 11 USB e E A LAS E A AE GA AAA ARE AAA 11 FTP ISON catas stone race daa Dad des dean le det ride 11 RECORD IG ON raea e na oo tan ao ee 11 MESSAGE CON a hers tical h Ei Shs wu Sioa ohne da 11 AUTO TUNENCON consta cee nl baie ia e sald eh es 11 3 3 TOP LEVELMENO morea aka ee aks eee ENE id eae SEAR ee 12 3251 HOME A avn snes Peele AA Card it 12 3 3 2 Configuration aa Gaede e Bad yee Veena beasties eek 12 31373 GOO VIEW Ven 3 ental Rd id talas 12 ALARM SUMMARY oi ss cee tate o glee pede deere E EGEE ong 13 SYSTEM ALARMS ic Livio Bil gh tad cti Mies ol vies 13 MESSAGE SUMMARY Soo ono eee ae ea tegen amie eee 14 DISPLAY MODE SELECTION c cm hew ag tiie oo ec 15 IAS IST ini ii mae Meee ak arde Lali E 15 3 3 5 Faceplate Cycling on off 0 eect etn ene ees 15 33 00 perator Notes ir Ose ans te dg ciao puto aca a ad age Baa 15 CUSTOM NOTE ieyra e a aa iaa SE e S 15 RSA Kole ia E E E E E EE E E T E EAT 15 LOGGED OUT
121. 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 012e 302 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 1dc3 7619 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1dc0 7616 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Acknowledge acknowledge alarm boo 01c7 455 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Acknowledgement alarm acknowledged boo 1df0 7664 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Active alarm source active or safe but not ack d boo 1deb 7659 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1de8 7656 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1dea 7658 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1de2 7650 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1de9 7657 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarAlarm dwell timeAlarm dwell time_t 1de5 7653 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1de4 7652 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1dee 7662 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1de1 7649
122. 42 B2 3 Galn Schequlid iia aa 143 B2 4 TUNING A A al RA de ai 143 BZ4AI Introductions toas a e a reina 143 B2 4 2LO00p RESPONSE iii ay ada a EAEE teen eae go ai ses 144 UNDER DAMPED ns nian aE rd odia 144 CRITICALLY DAMPED outros all teed eee ees 144 OVER DAMPED ona larisa aaa dida 144 B2 4 3 Initial SEtRINGS cit ai e 144 SETROIN Toco as va alee decile it Ie di ct Mette oh Guat dada 144 OUTPUT HIGH OUTPUT LOW i e ote ada 144 REM OUTPUT LOW REM OUTPUT HIGH 0 144 Ch2 DeadBand a2 task aaa is ae ta whe 144 MINIMUM ON TIME 3 seo ronca tie ee re da ode 144 FILTER pee lata Cece S Ett Oe Beach ida eos des RA A 144 RATE ecient sity e O A a 145 CH1 TRAVEL TIME CH2 TRAVEL TIME 0 0 000000 145 B2 4 4 Other tuning considerations 0 000002 cece eee 145 B2 4 5 AUtotune eas vcs alka cA GA en Ra ee gare ERA OE Ve OERE 145 AUTOTUNE AND SENSOR BREAK 0 0 0 0 cece eens 146 AUTOTUNE AND INHIBIT ooo 146 AUTOTUNE AND GAIN SCHEDULING 0 00000 c cece eee ee 146 INITIAL CONDITIONS sio sea tenuis vowels oA gg ds 146 INITIATING THE AUTOTUNE o ocio ca a ties we vies wee eae 146 EXAMPLE 1 AUTOTUNE FROM BELOW SP HEAT COOL 147 EXAMPLE 2 AUTOTUNE FROM BELOW SP HEAT ONLY 148 EXAMPLE 3 AUTOTUNE AT SP HEAT COOL 0 149 ATR2G Aa ee eee Se 150 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page v nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE List of Contents Cont
123. 554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page v nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE N P N acknowledged cece eee eee 48 Page key tia cl Soy eee ne 7 Name vised ta gad a A tapes 30 Pan toOlic s 20 ea ea aa ieee RE oho a ads 113 Navigation pushbuttons 0 0 c eee eee eee eee 7 Parameter Network Hur cinch partio ais 118 123 Meine ice tacs e ted oh id 35 Properties seas 123 None Parameters Archive demand 0 000 ccc cee eee 17 Blue de ba Joh 122 Automatic archiving Rate 2 eee eee 37 AA PA ne Ore ae Se 121 PE Types nur eiaa es wee ene AEE 62 PID ments hw led E ed 59 Non volatile memory failure 0 00 eee eee 10 Serial COMMS Arrea riea ia oes 76 Non volatile parameters in EEPROM 74 Setup MEN aar sis eee nce Sewn ete ends ae Serene 57 Normal compression 0 00 0 c cece eee eee eee 41 PUNE MENU ara riadas see La 58 Nudge raise lower 0 eee eee eee eee 61 Password NUM SEIS kage Aaa it ii 59 Contigurationec le Eas 32 Number resolution IEEE 0 ce eee e seas 2 PA O e a E 32 Numeric display mode oooocccccccco 21 Feature upgrade ssa mirra ir aee eens 32 Eai oE AE EEE N A EE a 29 FPR RV PAE EI EAE E EA E EAS 38 NVOIWITES op eaten giant tainly need EE Y E ced SA Gee 30 O A aon aude wa see Bee eke etic 113 O COMME os ie le o y ad ea 117 A ee ee ee 44 Fragment From File n asiosio 119 O a a Parc che a ees ea Ae ae A 62 Monitors scaring ea en dhl ty as ot
124. 5711 1dp Page 86 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Loop 1 PID CutbackLow Cutback low value for PID set 1 0 Auto joat32 1640 5696 1dp Loop 1 PID CutbackLow2 Cutback low value for PID set 2 0 Auto joat32 1648 5704 1dp Loop 1 PID CutbackLow3 Cutback low value for PID set 3 0 Auto oat32 1650 5712 1dp Loop 1 PID DerivativeTime Derivative time for PID set 1 oat32 163d 5693 Odp Loop 1 PID DerivativeTime2 Derivative time for PID set 2 oat32 1645 5701 Odp Loop 1 PID DerivativeTime3 Derivative time for PID set 3 oat32 164d 5709 Odp Loop 1 PID IntegralTime Integral time for PID set 1 loat32 163c 5692 Odp Loop 1 PID IntegralTime2 Integral time for PID set 2 joat32 1644 5700 Odp Loop 1 PID IntegralTime3 Integral time for PID set 3 joat32 164c 5708 Odp Loop 1 PID LoopBreakTime Loop break time for PID set 1 joat32 1642 5698 Odp Loop 1 PID LoopBreakTime2 Loop break time for PID set 2 oat32 164a 5706 Odp Loop 1 PID LoopBreakTime3 Loop break time for PID set 3 joat32 1652 5714 Odp Loop 1 PID ManualReset Manual reset value for PID set 1 joat32 1641 5697 dp Loop 1 PID ManualReset2 Manual reset value for PID set 2 oat32 1649 5705 dp Loop 1 PID ManualReset3 Manu
125. 69 25705 Not applicable Network Archive PrimaryUser Primary FTP server username string_t 45e6 17894 Not applicable Network Archive PServerlPAddress Primary FTP server IP address string_t 45d4 17876 Not applicable Network Archive RemotePath The destination path for the archive files string_t 456f 17775 Not applicable Network Archive SecondaryPassword Secondary FTP server password string_t 64c3 25795 Not applicable Network Archive SecondaryUser Secondary FTP server username string_t 464a 17994 Not applicable Network Archive SServerlPAddress Secondary FTP server IP address string_t 4638 17976 Not applicable Network Archive Trigger Triggers an immediate demand archive bool 1153 4435 Not applicable Network DemandArchive LastWrittenOn Last archive write date time string_t 4700 18176 Not applicable Network DemandArchive PrimaryStatus FTP Demand acrhive status Primary server uint8 1150 4432 Not applicable 0 Inactive 1 Connecting 2 Transferring 3 Failed 4 Complete Network DemandArchive SecStatus FTP Demand acrhive status Secondary server uint8 1151 4433 Not applicable See PrimaryStatus above Network DemandArchive Status USB Demand archive status uint8 1152 4434 Not applicable Network DemandArchive SuspendSchedule 1 Suspend scheduled archiving bool 1154 4436 Not applicable Network FTPserver Password FTP Server account password string_t 651d 25885 Not applicable Network FTPserver Username FTP Server account username
126. 8 19e9 6633 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 19e7 6631 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 19e5 6629 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 4 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 19e4 6628 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 19ee 6638 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Latch Alarm latch type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 19e1 6625 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 19ef 6639 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 19e6 6630 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm2 Status Alarm status as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 010f 271 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 19e3 6627 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm2 Type Alarn type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 19e0 6624 Not applicable Channel 4 Main CJType Cold junction compensation type as for Channel 1 Main uint8 198c 6540 Not applicable Channel 4 Main Descriptor Text string to describe the channel string_t 4951 18769 Not applicable Channel 4 Main ExtCJTemp External CJ temperature joat32 198d 6541 1dp Channel 4 Main FaultResponse Fault response as for Channel 1 Main uint8 1990 6544 Not applicable Channel 4 Main Filter Filter time constant oat32 198e 6542 1dp Cha
127. A e e AA E E A E La nfo menuden ace a ade acetate aa EE dea T Upgrade A EA E EE E SECUFIY MENU snan Da a iS Input ad JUE assii ea tEn Aa whims TE EAA E CE E Radiata gee ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE r piseanna nT EEA AE carol KE EE RE ods REMOVAL PROCEDURE siira nese gen nR EANNA EEEO E AIS Bat 42 NETWORK MENU arao chime dao Sa tai eb hee eee ba a ri dic ARCA ea tee Ba es ahi oe Bs Sea ALD De o E A SOIVOES 3 04 4 aa ste o SG eel oe DAS Sep en TAG cele Aa tide eke 424 Modbus TOP ii ts een A PA Sr ng Noakes Oe eee 4 3 GROUP CONFIGURATION 000 ria kera ia OERE A ee 4 3 1 Group Trend configuration 0 cece eee ete ete nee ees 4 3 2 Group Recording configuration 06 cece eee eee eee 4 4 INPUT CHANNEL CONFIGURATION oooccccccccccccc eee 4 4 1 Channel Main oiei erien iraa no anO i DA a 4 4 2 Channel Trend configuration 0 0 cece rreren SPAN EXAMPLE ooo cocido detal rin did ge he ee Be Settee dc CHANNEL CONFIGURATION EXAMPLE 000 000 eee eee eee 4 43 Alarm Timed iaa sa soso ove eine TA ka dene arene ae a apa es 4 4 4 Alarm 2 mMenu acosan ei been en eke ie ey ke pea Mane ee ARAS Alarm Y Pesas ci ae es BEERS ABSOLUTE ALARMS raa id Peles aus DEVIATION ALARMS cigarra Mea oO RATE OF CHANGE ALARMS coronada a a e seen aa dire ee 4 5 VIRTUAL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION 0 0 0 0 00 0000s 4 5 1 Maths channel configuration 0 cece eee teen ees MATHS FUNCTIONS Su cesses pio ono ario 4 5 2 Total
128. ACCESS LEVEL ornp ser aip ee bide ip slit eas Ee dente idle 15 PERATOR AGGESS LEVEL sitos te Ped SE eee Ee 15 SUPERVISOR ACCESS LEVEL cx dit esses dildo pote aah wal edo 16 ENGINEER AGCESS LEVEL sinana eigen eee eee pos dine S ee 16 LOGIN PROCEDURE 420 ci SA EA ta be de eke 16 3 3 8 DemanGrArchiVer ta ir ata ahaha eke 17 ARCHIVE MENU ets cia A ENE 17 ETPSERVER ARCHIVING 300 hi Mas Geen a ee Sees oe 18 34 DISPLAY MODES 3 ssa baer te ty od geno Cee Wek ae oe Da ay sae Bek 19 SAT Verticaltrend i wc nda e g Se dallas Seana eee Slate 19 3 4 2 Horizontal Trend mode eee cc 20 HA030554 Page ii Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE List of Contents Cont Section 3 4 3 Vertical Bargraph mode 1 ene 3 4 4 Horizontal Bargraph mode 1 eee 34 5 i N meriec mode 623 00 claw mien Ueda elke a ed los ab 3 4 6 Control Loop1 Loop2 2 nnn nee EDITING TECHNIQUES 14 ace Sue okt ire di de a tt ck saat eck 324 7 Promote list iaa io a PARAMETER SELECTION Civitas ag aie ee Wire oy ponies sede ad ee eet 3 5 TREND FISTORY Tdi ek oh yee Se ates Ses ees i ee ee we 335 T Navigation na is e rk eed Win ed he hn Made pote mi bes 335 2 Options MENU viii pode ea ss on Ree eas Ne ek Mees c 3 6 TEXTENTRA gcse Gavd sarc ye wil ae oe beara bye ead Bae ed A AR Boe da 326 1 Numeric keyboard cio ct a es 4 CONFIGURATION cis sce cos att Ra tele eee Ode ANTE E ios TEA Display configuration asareya
129. AUTO MANUAL In manual mode if On Off control is configured the output power may be edited by the user but the only power values allowed are 100 heat on cool off for positive user entries 0 heat off cool off for zero entry or 100 heat off cool on for negative entries In manual mode for PID control the output may be edited between 100 and if cool is configured 100 The actual output value is subject to limiting and output rate limit In manual mode for valve position control the up and down arrow buttons directly control nudge the raise and lower relay outputs respectively It is also possible to control the valve by sending nudge commands over a serial link or by software wiring from a suitable parameter A single nudge command moves the valve by 1 minimum on time longer nudge demands produce longer valve movements See section 9 for more details If sensor break occurs while the controller is in automatic the controller outputs the sensor break output power In such a case the user can switch to manual control and edit the output power On returning to automatic control the controller checks again for sensor break If autotune is enabled while in manual mode the autotune remains in a reset state such that when the user puts the controller into automatic control the autotune starts HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 137 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 2 TYPES OF CONTROL LOOP
130. Alarm1 Status but for 30th most recent alarm uint8 11e8 4584 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm31Ac Acknowledge the 31st most recent channel alarm boo 11ec 4588 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm31Num As Alarm1Num but for 31st most recent alarm uint8 11ea 4586 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm31 Status As Alarm Status but for 31st most recent alarm uint8 11eb 4587 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm32Ac Acknowledge the 32nd most recent channel alarm boo 11ef 4591 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm32Num As Alarm1Num but for 32nd most recent alarm uint8 11ed 4589 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm32Status As Alarm1Status but for 32nd most recent alarm uint8 11ee 4590 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm33Ac Acknowledge the 33rd most recent channel alarm boo 11f2 4594 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm33Num As Alarm1Num but for 33rd most recent alarm uint8 11f0 4592 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm33Status As Alarm1Status but for 33rd most recent alarm uint8 11f1 4593 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm34Ac Acknowledge the 34th most recent channel alarm boo 115 4597 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm34Num As Alarm1Num but for 34th most recent alarm uint8 11f3 4595 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm34Status As Alarm1Status but for 34th most recent alarm uint8 11f4 4596 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm35Ac Acknowledge the 35th most recent cha
131. Archiving lost o camote id ios 9 EV cin RARA A a A AA 61 ATCRIVIND toSlOW Pucci ai rn 9 On Off ops sio ii eee os ee 159 O ae oa ead 11 Primary Secondary Server Failure 10 ii AE a 51 54 Server MA ea e a raa e A E A 51 Automatic archive ss cress ees erter renes 37 E II E PER 48 Demand archive 0 cece eee eee eee 18 inertia 64 ir a ne ee ea eee ate 164 E e Full page scroll 0 ee cece eee ee 24 Inhibit Od eee A MeN FL Peg wy asi tee 57 Funcion blocks hibit eee eee rre ra PO Nae pet tected bent ne nh 169 l itiate upgrade hee soe ad Be eh eee cnet era 31 MOP Gees Se Ae pate ee ee Bee 63 SUPPO dia eal eke aati 135 ee Function Codes 2er dedito 72 Tae AA NA 33 G A A Se atin Sie ed Sean wa 45 Gain SCHECUIING co cc ee eee eh le Poe 143 A A A A 44 Gas Referente Se ways EE 69 ERA i Se ONE el A 44 Gas references parameters 0 cece eee eee 70 THEPVGO tite th eds byte ee the th als y Dd 39 GateWay isis ON 36 A A E ar creng selec eneralgteat Acheecscya ek 5 Ghosted wiring editor items eee eee 120 INOUE seis Annan et irte 55 Global Ack das 71 Insert item ahead of selected item Watch Recipe 125 GOTO Vi Wise rad PE wee ed 12 Installation Go Up Down a Level ssssssssssrsrrsrrrerrrni 123 Electrical darlas trac EE ae Aen gland 5 Graphical Wiring Editor 0 0008 112 Mechanical Gravecaccent weet ean id 25 Dima Catalase E OO he 7 4 Green POC UT Rs osi Bi A a sda te a
132. B or FTP Server For USB the archive will be made to the rear USB memory stick For FTP Server the archive will be made to the Primary or Secondary server configured in the Network Ar chive area of configuration described in section 4 2 2 For more details about remote archiving see Remote archiving below In a similar way select the archive period None No archiving to take place Not editable when logged out Last Hour Archives all files created within the last 60 minutes Last Day Archive all files created in the last 24 hours Last Week Archives all files created in the past seven days Last Month Archives all files created in the past 31 days Archive All Archives all the files in the recorder s history Bring To Date Archives all files created or updated since the Last Archive date and time When set to Yes automatic scheduled archiving is stopped once the transfer of the current file is complete Suspend Schedule must be set to No again to restart the sus pended archive Suspend can be used to allow the memory stick to be removed and re fitted safely When set to Yes this cancels USB archiving activity immediately or cancels FTP archiv ing once transfer of the current file if any is complete Shows the date and time at which the last archive demand or automatic was per formed Ifa demand archive is requested or is in operation when an automatic archive is
133. B Page 149 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 5 AUTOTUNE Cont AT R2G Some load types and process conditions can cause autotune to set an incorrect value for R2G resulting in an instability in the system after an autotune has completed In such circumstances the value of R2G should be checked and if it is low approaching 0 1 a manual entry should be made as follows 1 2 3 4 In the Tune menu set the AT R2G parameter to No Inthe PID menu enter the new R2G value calculated as described below In the Tune menu enter a value for Low Output calculated from Low Output High Output x R2G In the Tune menu set TuneEn On R2G CALCULATION 1 In the Main menu set the controller to Manual mode 2 Turn heating on limited by the value of Output High in the Output menu and measure the heating rate H C minute 3 Allow the process to heat to say 10 above the setpoint value then turn the heating off and allow the temperature to settle 4 Turn cooling power on limited by the value of Output Low in the Output menu and measure the cooling rate C C minute whilst allowing the temperature to fall below the setpoint value 5 Calculate the value of R2G from the equation R2G H C x Output Low output High Example For a measured heating rate H of 10 C per min and a measured cooling rate C of 25 per minute and with Output High 80 and Output Low 40
134. DDD DD 25 represents 06 00 hours and DDD DD 5 represents 12 00 hours Spreadsheet Numeric format is more easily interpreted than Text by some spreadsheet applications Appears only if File Format is set to CSV or Both CSV Comma Separated Variables does not always use commas as separators For ex ample in some countries the decimal point is represented by a full stop period whilst in others a comma is used In order to avoid confusion between a comma as a decimal point and a comma as a separator a different separator can be used This field allows the tab character t to be used instead of a comma HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 37 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 2 2 ARCHIVING Cont On Media Full Remote Path Primary Server Primary User Password For Destination USB only this allows the user to select Overwrite or Stop as the action to be taken when the memory stick is full Overwrite causes the oldest data to be discarded from the memory stick to make room for newer data Stop inhibits archiv ing activity Left blank ifthe archive destination is the home folder If the destination is to a subfolder within the home folder then the name of the subfolder is entered here preceded by a 7 character e g history Allows the user to enter the IP address for the pc to be used as the primary FTP server These are the
135. ER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 2 WIRING EDITOR OPERATING DETAILS Cont WIRES To make a wire 0O Channel3 1 Drag two or more blocks onto the diagram from the func InputTypeof 07 tion block tree INTERES Main PV 2 Start a wire by either clicking on a recommended output or Main Status clicking on the Click to Select output icon at the bottom Alarm AlarmOut right corner of the block to bring up the connection dia Alarm2 AlarmOut logue and clicking on the required parameter Recom i mended connections are shown with a green plug symbol 9 gt gt gt gt Channel 3 A other parameters which are available being shown in yel ES P Main low Clicking on the red button causes all parameters to be h Descriptor shown To dismiss the connection dialogue either press the T Type escape key on the keyboard or click the cross at the bottom S Trend left ofthe dialogue box 4p Colour 3 Once the wire has started a dashed wire is drawn from the T SpanLow output to the current mouse position To complete the wire mn A click on the required destination parameter 4 Wires remain dashed until they are downloaded Figure 6 3 2c Output selection dialogue box Routing wires When a wire is placed it is auto routed The auto routing algorithm searches for a clear path between the two blocks A wire can be auto routed again using the context menus or by double clicking the wire A wire segment can be
136. ES Cont RATE OF CHANGE ALARMS Rate of change alarm definitions Symbol h Rate of change rise active E 3 Oo lt I Rate of change fall active ei it pop Fp O E lt Change Time units gt Present second minute or hour time A rate of change alarm is active if the monitored value changes by more than one Amount in less than 1 Change time Dwell delays the alarm on time Averaging removes the effects of signal noise Figure 4 4 5c Rate of change alarm parameters Note Operation of rate of change alarms may be affected if an input filter section 4 4 1 is applied to the input signal HA030554 Page 50 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 5 VIRTUAL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION This allows the configuration of maths channels totalisers and counters The configuration is divided into the following areas Main Trend Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 Items appearing in the Trend Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 areas are identical with the equivalent items described in section 4 4 Input channels above 4 5 1 Maths channel configuration The following maths functions are available listed in up arrow scroll order Off Add Subtract Multiply Divide Group Average Group minimum Group maximum Modbus input Copy Group minimum latch Group maximum latch Channel maximum Channel minimum Channel Av erage Configuration revisio
137. GITAL I O This area of configuration allows the digital I O types to be selected Select configuration menu a DIO 1 DIO 2 DIO 3 DIO 4 DIO 5 DIO 6 DIO 7 Figure 4 7 Digital l O top level menu 4 7 1 Digital input output This applies to signals at terminals 1A 1B figure 2 2 Type On Off O P Time Prop O P or Contact l P default PV For inputs 0 contact is open 1 contact is closed For On Off O P a value 0 5 drives the output high otherwise the output is driven low For Time Prop O P the val ue is the demanded output Min On Time For Type Time Prop O P only this allows a minimum on time to be specified Config urable range 0 1 to 150 seconds Invert Inverts the output sense for digital outputs or the input signal for digital inputs Output Off output being driven low On output being driven high Does not appear for Type Contact I P 4 7 2 Relay outputs This applies to terminal pairs 2A2B 3A3B 4AC 5AC figure 2 2 Type 2A2B 4AC On Off O P default Time Prop O P Valve Raise Type 3A3B 5AC On Off O P default Time Prop O P PV For On Off O P a value 0 5 closes the relay contacts otherwise the contacts are open For Time Prop O P the value is the demanded output Min On Time For Type Time Prop O P only this allows a minimum on time to be specified to reduce relay wear Configurable range 0 1 to 150 seconds Invert Inverts the output sen
138. GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution UserLin 1 NumberOfBreakpoints Number of points in user linearisation table 1 uint8 2900 10496 Not applicable UserLin 1 X1 User linearisation table 1 X value 1 joat32 2901 10497 2dp UserLin 1 X2 User linearisation table 1 X value 2 joat32 2903 10499 2dp UserLin 1 X3 User linearisation table 1 X value 3 oat32 2905 10501 2dp UserLin 1 X4 User linearisation table 1 X value 4 joat32 2907 10503 2dp UserLin 1 X5 User linearisation table 1 X value 5 oat32 2909 10505 2dp UserLin 1 X6 User linearisation table 1 X value 6 oat32 290b 10507 2dp UserLin 1 X7 User linearisation table 1 X value 7 joat32 290d 10509 2dp UserLin 1 X8 User linearisation table 1 X value 8 joat32 290f 10511 2dp UserLin 1 X9 User linearisation table 1 X value 9 joat32 2911 10513 2dp UserLin 1 X10 User linearisation table 1 X value 10 oat32 2913 10515 2dp UserLin 1 X11 User linearisation table 1 X value 11 joat32 2915 10517 2dp UserLin 1 X12 User linearisation table 1 X value 12 oat32 2917 10519 2dp UserLin 1 X13 User linearisation table 1 X value 13 joat32 2919 10521 2dp UserLin 1 X14 User linearisation table 1 X value 14 oat32 291b 10523 2dp UserLin 1 X15 User linearisation table 1 X value 15 oat32 291d 10525 2dp UserLin 1 X16 User linearisation table 1 X value
139. ID M6 AU nat e o A eo de inthe 59 Preset Limits Output menu 0 eee eee eee 156 COUNTE yi cee oA AAE PER oe HE RO EATS LS 55 LOO o IAEN a daa 156 TOtaliSeT ss a aa dante cada 54 Low Mala A enced a eu eins teen LAs 54 55 Output menu s ee aus basis od tele ee ae eee 61 Pri PID Menu 6 cee cece eee ences 59 mary Server User Password 0000 0005 38 PID Gain scheduling type 055 143 aa a ah eee hae de 17 Rate Mii cara Seley aie ers 157 Probe RELY a ta 64 A A A cre aes sent 69 70 VAATA a E E E EE E 5 UA ETEA E anak 69 Over o A whee E e a ai 144 ant te eat E a ra ea 69 Overflow A d tee a wee sath eels ete Sadan Ae 69 Counter AA beget saad 55 E A OC ei eae eRe Y IA 69 Overwrite coco 38 Process facto mo ren fan Peas Satelite tele 69 ON ee 69 Promote Lists ono ii fab eee tan Sane es 23 EXP oe cece eee ee eee 69 A E A REEN 29 TYPO oo eee eee eee eee eee eee 69 A A Rae 63 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page vi nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Proportional band PB 2 0 eee eee eee ee 138 Remote Proportional plus integral PI 0 139 A stead aioe pati e s ad aman aaah ots 45 Pash id 123 Computer setup archiving 0008 38 Push to Back EETY Pei iS ic bate 62 Tools MONITOR uta ds 118 Input PID menu rererere ee ee eee 59 IPOOISAWIFE ap o y ele eee ee ea 116 QutputliMits sk ase ee in See ER oe AAE 144 PV PAE Se RAS 38 CHAN essesi bis al aged ale Pet 44 Remov
140. Login name and password of the remote host account assigned either by the Network administrator or set up in the Guest account of the remote host s FTP server or User Manager configuration Sec Server user password As Primary server details above but for the secondary FTP server used when the prima ry is not available for any reason Trigger This parameter can be wired to say an alarm going active or a digital input to allow an archive to be triggered remotely Can also be set to yes manually Period Appears only if Trigger is wired section 7 Allows a period of history to be selected for archiving when Trigger goes true Selections are None Last Hour Last Day Last Week Last Month All Bring to Date Last Month archives the last 31 days of history Click drag separator to edit field width Al y F Instrument A Bo C D E F G H l J K L M N O E 1 Instrument Name Distil temp Serial Num 9921 Software Vi4 0 Timezone GMT a 2 Mac Addre00 AB 8D 80 26 CO Language en Country GB 3 Group Nan Tank Temp 4 Tank1 Tem Low 0 High 40 C 5 Tank1 Tem Low 0 High 40 C Include header 6 Tank1 Tem Low 0 High 40 Deg C details 7 Tank2 Tem Low 0 High 40 Deg C 8 Tank2 Tem Low o High 40 Deg C 9 Tank2 Tem Low 0 High 40 Deg C 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 88 34 09 39 0 09 44 0 09 49 0 09 54 0 09 18
141. Loop 2 0P CoolType Cooling Algorithm Type uint8 1783 6019 Not applicable 0 Linear 1 Oil 2 Water 3 Fan Loop 2 OP EnablePowerFeedforward 0 Power Feedforward disabled 1 PFF enabled uint8 1781 6017 Not applicable Loop 2 OP FeedForwardGain Feedforward Gain oat32 1785 6021 3dp Loop 2 0P FeedForwardOffset Feedforward Offset joat32 1786 6022 Odp Loop 2 0P FeedForwardTrimLimit Feedforward Trim Limit oat32 1787 6023 Odp Loop 2 OP FeedForwardType Feedforward Type 0 None 1 Remote 2 SP 3 PV uint8 1784 6020 Not applicable Loop 2 0P FeedForwardVal Feedforward Value joat32 1788 6024 Odp Loop 2 0P FF_Rem Remote Feed Forward Input oat32 178d 6029 Odp Loop 2 OP ForcedOP Forced manual output value joat32 178f 6031 1dp Loop 2 OP ManStartup Manual Startup Mode 0 Off 1 On bool 1790 6032 Not applicable Loop 2 0P ManualMode Manual Output Mode 0 Track 1 Step 2 Last MOP uint8 177f 6015 Not applicable Loop 2 0P ManualOutVal Manual Output Value joat32 1780 6016 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 0P MeasuredPower Measured Mains Voltage joat32 1782 6018 Odp Loop 2 0P NudgeLower Valve Nudge Lower 1 Lower uint8 1777 6007 Not applicable Loop 2 OP NudgeRaise Valve Nudge Raise 1 Raise uint8 1776 6006 Not applicable Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Output High Limit oat32 176d 5997 1dp Loop 2 OP OutputLowLimit Output Low Limit oat32 176e 5998 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 OP PotBre
142. Loop 2 PID NumSets Number of PID sets to be used max 3 uint8 1736 5942 Not applicable Loop 2 PID OutputHi Gain scheduled output high limit for PID set 1 joat32 1753 5971 dp Loop 2 PID OutputHi2 Gain scheduled output high limit for PID set 2 joat32 1755 5973 dp Loop 2 PID OutputHi3 Gain scheduled output high limit for PID set 3 oat32 1757 5975 dp Loop 2 PID OutputLo Gain scheduled output low limit for PID set 1 joat32 1754 5972 dp Loop 2 PID OutputLo2 Gain scheduled output low limit for PID set 2 joat32 1756 5974 dp Loop 2 PID OutputLo3 Gain scheduled output low limit for PID set 3 oat32 1758 5976 dp Loop 2 PID ProportionalBand Proportional band value for PID set 1 oat32 173b 5947 dp Loop 2 PID ProportionalBand2 Proportional band value for PID set 2 oat32 1743 5955 dp Loop 2 PID ProportionalBand3 Proportional band value for PID set 3 oat32 174b 5963 dp Loop 2 PID RelCh2Gain Channel 2 relative cool gain value for PID set 1 oat32 173e 5950 dp Loop 2 PID RelCh2Gain2 Channel 2 relative cool gain value for PID set 2 oat32 1746 5958 dp Loop 2 PID RelCh2Gain3 Channel 2 relative cool gain value for PID set 3 oat32 174e 5966 dp Loop 2 PID SchedulerRemotelnput Scheduler Remote Input joat32 1737 5943 Odp Loop 2 PID SchedulerType Scheduler Type uint8 1735 5941 Not applicable 0 Off Set 2 SP 3 PV 4 Error 5 0P 6 Rem Loop 2 Setup AutoManAccess Edit access to Auto Man in Loop display page uint8 1728 6056 Not applicable 0 Read
143. M ING A 45 Downloads tiii ie a dibs oy os wees a eae 113 Dashed line gic fy eee ene ede eee cea 120 Download the selected data set to the device 125 Dataset cr ation oerna ie oe eae Sele ee ee 124 DST f i Data ty Pes ii 73 Active Inactive sssssssssrsrrrrrrrrrrrnr 27 Database failure 2 0026 9 Enable 22 s see e cere eee 28 Date Duty llenas le ari ir aa 162 A TN 28 Welles a ti an co 48 SEWN isis bats of Ri AE aces eee et eas 27 E Daylight Saving Time sericsson cara whee eee 28 Edit Active INACtive ve corno detente 27 COmMent Is con 362 A 117 DB revisions Aahe at li di lp 30 O II O Gene 123 DCIAputTangES iia ea Saw ea eae 133 Eight input OR block details ooooocco 169 Deadbandiese ta ir ls 159 Electical installation 0 6 0 eee eee eee 5 De6 BUM Pis we eae ea eee 142 En Rem Gas Reinado oi 69 Default Config a bromita is dade ot 32 Enable Delete sorna hale Bee 117 Autotune ieser anni toed eet eS ide eh a 58 Commens occas eri aero SR dd 116 Display MOdeS 5 2sisac se wa eee es seemed eee cy es 29 Monto e E ai 118 Aa EEES o vd 62 WIRES esse iy eal seated ode ante 116 Probe cleaning criar son oh ade oes 70 Wiring editor items 2 0 cee eee eee 119 Promote Listas Sethe aici tts nadar laa eats 29 Demand Archive ieser carruba ra oad Deo See eee 17 RECON miis baw Gla dla ated eke es fs 41 Deriv TACO a rn das 62 OULD UES yr eare adi IN ee ana ds 63 TUNING enero a loe dra 58 TPO eich A td 57 En
144. NGDOM Worthing Invensys Eurotherm Limited Telephone 44 1903 268500 Fax 44 1903 265982 E mail info eurotherm uk invensys com U S A Ashburn VA Eurotherm Inc Telephone 1 703 724 7300 Fax 1 703 724 7301 E mail info eurotherm us invensys com ED60 Invensys Eurotherm the Invensys Eurotherm logo Chessell EurothermSuite Mini8 EPower nanodac Eycon Eyris and Wonderware are trademarks of Invensys plc its subsidiaries and affiliates All other brands may be trademarks of their respective owners All rights are strictly reserved No part of this document may be reproduced modified or transmitted in any form by any means neither may it be stored in a retrieval system other than for the purpose to act as an aid in operating the equipment to which the document relates without the prior written permis sion of Invensys Eurotherm Linited Invensys Eurotherm Limited pursues a policy of continuous development and product improvement The specifications in this document may therefore be changed without notice The information in this document is given in good faith but is intended for guidance only Invensys Eurotherm Limited will accept no responsibility for any losses arising from errors in this document Represented by HA030554 1 CN26259 iIinvensy s Eurotherm
145. Not applicable DigitallO 1 MinOnTime Minimum on time for time proportioned outputs float32 1502 5378 2dp DigitallO 1 Output 0 output off 1 output on boo 1504 5380 Not applicable DigitallO 1 PV For contact inputs 0 open 1 closed float32 1501 5377 Odp For On Off outouts lt 0 5 drive low else drive high For Time proportional outputs PV demanded output DigitallO 1 Type Digital I O type uint8 1500 5376 Not applicable 0 Contact input 1 On Off output 2 Time proprtioning output 3 Valve raise 4 Valve lower DigitallO 2 Backlash Valve positioning linkage backlash compensation seconds joat32 1518 5400 1dp DigitallO 2 Inertia Inertia value for the valve oat32 1517 5399 1dp DigitallO 2 Invert 0 Do not invert 1 Invert boo 1513 5395 Not applicable DigitallO 2 MinOnTime Minimum on time for time proportioned outputs joat32 1512 5394 2dp DigitallO 2 Output 0 output off 1 output on boo 1514 5396 Not applicable DigitallO 2 PV As DigitallO 1 PV joat32 1511 5393 Odp DigitallO 2 Standby action For valve positioning 0 Continue 1 Freeze uint8 1519 5401 Not applicable DigitallO 2 Type As DigitallO 1 Type uint8 1510 5392 Not applicable DigitallO 3 Invert 0 Do not invert 1 Invert boo 1523 5411 Not applicable DigitallO 3 MinOnTime Minimum on time for time proportioned outputs oat32 1522 5410 2dp DigitallO 3 Output 0 output off 1 output on boo 1524 5412 Not applicable DigitallO 3
146. Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1def 7663 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1de 7654 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 012f 303 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 1de3 7651 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1de0 7648 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4b51 19281 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Disable 1 Virtual channel disabled bool 1da3 7587 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 1d85 7557 Set by VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Main Input1 Input 1 value oat32 1d87 7559 Set by VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Main Input2 Input 2 value oat32 1d88 7560 Set by VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 1d84 7556 Set by VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value oat32 1d86 7558 Set by VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 1d81 7553 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Period Averagin
147. Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 1122 7970 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 1121 7969 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01ce 462 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1fd0 8144 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1fcb 8139 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1fc8 8136 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1fca 8138 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1fc2 8130 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1fc9 8137 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1fc7 8135 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1fc5 8133 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1fc4 8132 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool Tfce 8142
148. NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1e4f 7759 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1e46 7750 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0132 306 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1e43 7747 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1e40 7744 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c9 457 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1e70 7792 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1e6b 7787 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1e68 7784 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1e6a 7786 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1e62 7778 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1e69 7785 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1e67 7783 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1e65 7781 Set by Network Modbus TimeForma
149. O 6 Type As DigitallO 1 Type uint8 1550 5456 Not applicable DigitallO 7 Invert 0 Do not invert 1 Invert bool 1563 5475 Not applicable DigitallO 7 MinOnTime 0 Do not invert 1 Invert joat32 1562 5474 2dp HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 83 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution DigitallO 7 Output 0 output off 1 output on bool 1564 5476 Not applicable DigitallO 7 PV As DigitallO 1 PV float32 1561 5473 Odp DigitallO 7 Type As DigitallO 1 Type uint8 1560 5472 Not applicable Group Recording Channel1En Channel 1 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled bool 1023 4131 Not applicable Group Recording Channel2En Channel 2 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled bool 1024 4132 Not applicable Group Recording Channel3En Channel 3 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled bool 1025 4133 Not applicable Group Recording Channel4En Channel 4 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled bool 1026 4134 Not applicable Group Recording Compression The UHH file compression rate 0 Normal 1 High uint8 1040 4160 Not applicable Group Recording Enable 0 Recording disabled 1 Recording enabled uint8 1020 4128 Not applicable Group Recording FlashDuration Time in days until flash history files begin to be overwitten float32 1039 4153 2dp Group Recording Flas
150. ONIA MAIN cs 2 ei o cs ie MAIN PARAMETERS oo cocos aiii e e te ee ee tein GAS REFERENCES PARAMETERS oocccccccccccccccco CLEAN PARAMETERS iodo ship sti ATOZ WING soto dt it Da 4 11 ALARM SUMMARY 0 carcel e rs 5 MODBUS TCP SLAVE COMMS 0 cc cece cece ro D2 INSTALLATION iti cts cence ine tars variate ah ii Manda gaa 32 INTRODUCTION tye do eee eos AR vd 5 261 FUNCION Codes cies Sate ain ein DIAGNOSTIC CODES 33 oe ei bie eh anes Sa ee EXCEPTION CODES evan iot eat OR WON 5 gee hte D 2 2 Datatypes ict os coc ERES ETE amin 4 A ethane fee DATA ENCODING cect see eee ee be ge oy ee one 5 2 3 Invalid multiple register writes ooooocccccccc 5 2 4 Master communications timeout 60 eee eee eee 5 2 4 Non volatile parameters in EEPROM 5 3 PARAMETER DIST cias cee goes tA RS ee ah DIGITAL I O ASSIGNMENTS 000000000 00008 GC ITOOUS a Bis wiles tia ogre awesome eave radic 6 1 Tools CONNECTION 2 0 0 0 0 ccc cece ccc nee enna 6 1 1 Ethernet Modbus TCP communications 6 1 2 Dir ct Connection dre reris Ss ES cod WIRING 28 4 0d eaten tase ol een ad EE E ANA LER 6 2 SCANNING FOR INSTRUMENTS 0 000 anaana 6 3 GRAPHICAL WIRING EDITOR 0000 00002 e eee 6 3 1 TOO pat a ti t 6 3 2 Wiring editor operating details o0oooo o o COMPONENT SELECTION 2 02000 00202 FUNCTION BLOCKS oo eco seed
151. ONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 3 3 GOTO VIEW Cont MESSAGE SUMMARY Operating the scroll key whilst the Message summary field is highlighted displays the 10 most recent mes sages Operating the scroll key whilst a message is highlighted shows the selected message in more detail and using the up down keys allows the other messages to be scrolled through By default the interface is set up such that 1 2 all message types are included the up and down arrow keys cause the highlighted selection to move up or down by one message at a time 20 11 09 08 06 37 Inactive Ch1 Al1 20 11 09 08 06 29 Active Ch2 Al1 20 11 09 08 06 22 Active Ch1 Al1 20 11 09 08 06 19 Inactive Ch2 Al2 20 11 09 08 06 18 Inactive Ch1 Al2 Battery flat less than 5 remaining Use Up down arrow keys to scroll through Ys other messages 20 11 09 08 06 09 Inactive Ch2 Al1 20 11 09 08 06 01 Active Ch1 Al2 20 11 09 08 05 59 Active Ch2 Al1 20 11 09 08 05 22 Battery Matless than 5 re 20 11 09 08 05 22 Power up e Use scroll button to scroll through All Messages System Alarm and Power Up Use page button to confirm selection AN ESSETES Use scroll button to return to refreshed Message eres S ummary page ai UE gt Use the scroll or page button to return to the top level menu Figure 3 3 3c Message summary features MESSAGE FILTERS All Messages Causes all messages to be dis
152. OR 11 Input2 OR Block 11 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2da1 11681 Not applicable OR 11 Input3 OR Block 11 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2da2 11682 Not applicable OR 11 Input4 OR Block 11 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2da3 11683 Not applicable OR 11 Input5 OR Block 11 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2da4 11684 Not applicable OR 11 Input OR Block 11 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2da5 11685 Not applicable OR 11 Input7 OR Block 11 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2da6 11686 Not applicable OR 11 Input8 OR Block 11 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2da7 11687 Not applicable OR 11 Output OR Block 11 output 0 off 1 on boo 2da8 11688 Not applicable OR 12 Input1 OR Block 12 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2db0 11696 Not applicable OR 12 Input2 OR Block 12 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2db1 11697 Not applicable OR 12 Input3 OR Block 12 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2db2 11698 Not applicable OR 12 Input4 OR Block 12 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2db3 11699 Not applicable OR 12 Input5 OR Block 12 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2db4 11700 Not applicable OR 12 Input OR Block 12 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2db5 11701 Not applicable OR 12 Input7 OR Block 12 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2db6 11702 Not applicable OR 12 Input8 OR Block 12 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2db7 11703 Not applicable OR 12 Output OR Block 12 output 0 off 1 on boo 2db8 11704 Not applicable HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 91 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER
153. ORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 3 7 Gain Scheduling In some processes the tuned PID set may be different at low temperatures from that at high temperatures particularly in control systems where the response to the cooling power is significantly different from that of the heating power or when changes in the process have occurred Gain scheduling allows a number of PID sets to be stored and provides automatic transfer of control between one set of PID values and another For this instrument the maximum number of sets is three which means that two boundaries are provided to se lect when the next PID set is used When a boundary is exceeded the next PID set is selected bumplessly Hysteresis is used to stop scheduling oscillation at the boundaries Gain scheduling is basically a look up table which can be selected using different strategies or types Auto tune tunes to the active scheduled PID set The following Gain Scheduled types are offered using the PID menu parameter Sched Type Set Required set selected by the user Alternatively soft wiring may be used to control the PID set selection Setpoint Transfer between sets is dependent on the setpoint value PV Transfer between sets is dependent on the process value Error Transfer between sets is dependent on the Error value Output Transfer between sets is dependent on the output demand value Remote A remote parameter may be wired into the scheduler The PID set is then selected ac
154. Output 1 E 10 VirtualChannel 1 Ey Channel g a E Math 1 El E Channel 1 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Add 2 Ej FE Channel 3 Tce El None 0 El i None 0 El z a i MainInput Main PV DigitallO DIO_1A1B T Dista in Main Input2 Main Status TimePropOutput DE EE DigitallO DIO_1418 3 o Digital RELAY_2428 Stat Digitalo DI_LALC D DigitallO RELAY_343B DigitallO DI_LBLC DD Digitall RELAY_44C DigitallO RELAY_242B Le From Channel 1 Alarm2 Active Yes 1 To DigitallO RELAY_242B PY 1 00 Level 2 Engineer manodac v E2 18 nano1 149 121 132 120 502 ID001 nanodac Graphical Wiring Figure 6 3 Graphical wiring Editor The graphical wiring editor allows 1 Function blocks notes comments etc to be drag and dropped into the wiring diagram from the tree list left pane 2 Parameters to be wired to one another by clicking on the output the clicking on the required input 3 Viewing and or editing of parameter values by right clicking on a function block and selecting Func tion Block View 4 The user to select parameter lists and to switch between parameter and wiring editors 5 Completed wiring to be downloaded to the instrument function blocks and wiring items with dashed outlines are new or have been edited since the last download HA030554 Page 112 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 1 Tool bar YB h wn
155. P 300 C on at offatSP onat at SP SP HYST C 300 C SP HYST H 300 C 310 C 292 C Figure B2 6 9a Deadband OFF 310 C Heating and cooling type pore both On Off Setpoint 300 C 280 C i Control action Rev 100 i w A Heating hysteresis 8 C OP1 feo a Cooling hysteresis 10 C OP2 i COOLING a 0 l if I _ gt 14 lt 1 4 j Power deadband A Heating off at Cooling Heating off SP 300 C onat Cooling Heating at SP SP HYST C _ offat onat 300 C 310 C D BAND SP HYST H 305 C 292 C Figure B2 6 9b Deadband ON set at 50 of Cooling Appendix B HA030554 Page 160 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 6 10 Valve nudge For systems configured as Unbounded Valve Positioning VPU set up in Loop Setup configuration Ch1 2 control it is possible to move the valve in small increments towards the open position Nudge Raise or to wards the closed position Nudge Lower The trigger for such nudging can be a digital input e g contact closure wired to the nudge raise or lower parameter the up or down arrow keys or a command received over the serial link The nudge command causes the valve drive output to drive the valve for either the minimum on time or for as long as the command is true whichever is the longer note 2 The default minimum on time is 125ms but this can be edited
156. PID menu contains only the Loop Break time parameter LBT Sched Type Number of Sets Remote input Active Set Boundary 1 2 Boundary 2 3 PB PB2 PB3 Ti Ti2 Ti3 Td Td2 Td3 R2G R2G2 R2G3 CBH CBH2 CBH3 CBL CBL2 CBL3 MR MR2 MR3 LBT LBT2 LBT3 Output Low 2 3 Output High 2 3 Selects the type of gain scheduling section B2 3 7 to be applied Off Gain scheduling not active Set The user selects the PID parameter set to be used Setpoint Transfer from one set to the next depends on the setpoint value PV The transfer from one set to another depends on the PV value Error The transfer between sets depends on the value of the error signal OP Transfer depends on the value of the output Rem Transfer is controlled by a remote input Allows the number of sets of PID parameters for use in Gain scheduling to be selected For Sched Type Rem only this shows the current value of the remote input channel being used to select which set is active If the remote input value lt the Boundary 1 2 value see below then set 1 is selected If it is gt Boundary 1 2 value but lt Boundary 2 3 value then set 2 is used If the remote value is gt Boundary 2 3 value then set three is used If the Remote input is not wired the value is user editable from the front panel The set number currently in use For all Sched Types except Set this allows the user to enter a boundary value which m
157. PU cool with manual mode working as expected MOTORISED VALVE OUTPUT CONNECTIONS The loop output which has been configured as valve position can be wired to the PV input of one of the pairs of relays 2A2B 3A3B or 4AC 5AC which has been configured as Type Valve Raise Only one relay input needs to be wired as the other relay of the pair will be automatically set to Valve Lower For example if Loop 1 Channel 1 output is wired to Relay 2A2B and the Type is configured as Valve Raise then the Type for Relay 3A3B will be Valve Lower Appendix B HA030554 Page 140 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 3 LOOP PARAMETERS B2 3 1 Relative cool gain R2G This is the gain of channel 2 control output relative to the channel 1 control output and is used to compen sate for the different quantities of power available to heat and to cool a process For example water cooling applications might require a relative cool gain of 0 25 because cooling is 4 times greater than the heating process at the operating temperature By default this parameter is set automatically when an Autotune is performed but setting the Tune menu parameter AT R2G to No causes the R2G value s entered in the PID menu to be used instead B2 3 2 High and Low cutback Cutback high CBH and Cutback low CBL are values that modify the amount of overshoot or undershoot that occurs during large step changes i
158. PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 226a 8810 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 2262 8802 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 2269 8809 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 2267 8807 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 2265 8805 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 2264 8804 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 226e 8814 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 2261 8801 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 226f 8815 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 2266 8806 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0153 339 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 2263 8803 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 2260 8800 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Descriptor Virtual C
159. PV As DigitallO 1 PV joat32 1521 5409 Odp DigitallO 3 Type As DigitallO 1 Type uint8 1520 5408 Not applicable DigitallO 4 Invert 0 Do not invert 1 Invert boo 1533 5427 Not applicable DigitallO 4 MinOnTime Minimum on time for time proportioned outputs joat32 1532 5426 2dp DigitallO 4 Output 0 output off 1 output on boo 1534 5428 Not applicable DigitallO 4 PV As DigitallO 1 PV joat32 1531 5425 Odp DigitallO 4 Type As DigitallO 1 Type uint8 1530 5424 Not applicable DigitallO 5 Invert 0 Do not invert 1 Invert boo 1543 5443 Not applicable DigitallO 5 MinOnTime Minimum on time for time proportioned outputs oat32 1542 5442 2dp DigitallO 5 Output 0 output off 1 output on boo 1544 5444 Not applicable DigitallO 5 PV As DigitallO 1 PV joat32 1541 5441 Odp DigitallO 5 Type As DigitallO 1 Type uint8 1540 5440 Not applicable DigitallO 6 Backlash Valve positioning linkage backlash compensation seconds joat32 1558 5464 1dp DigitallO 6 Inertia Inertia value for the valve joat32 1557 5463 1dp DigitallO 6 Invert 0 Do not invert 1 Invert bool 1553 5459 Not applicable DigitallO 6 MinOnTime Minimum on time for time proportioned outputs joat32 1552 5458 2dp DigitallO 6 Output 0 output off 1 output on bool 1554 5460 Not applicable DigitallO 6 PV As DigitallO 1 PV joat32 1551 5457 Odp DigitallO 6 StandbyAction For valve positioning 0 Continue 1 Freeze uint8 1559 5465 Not applicable Digitall
160. SER GUIDE 6 2 SCANNING FOR INSTRUMENTS Clicking on the Scan toolbar icon causes a dialogue box shown below to appear This allows the user to define a search range of addresses Notes 1 The relevant instrument address is that entered in the Network Modbus configuration item sec tion 4 2 4 and it can take any value between 1 and 254 inclusive as long as it is unique to the com ms link 2 The default selection Scan all device addresses will detect any instrument on the serial link which has a valid address As the search progresses any instruments detected by the scan appear as thumbnails faceplates in the Panel Views area normally located at the bottom of the iTools screen options Panel Views position allows this area to be moved to the top of the window or the Close icon El can be used to close it Once closed it can be re opened by clicking on Panel Views in the View menu Enable Background Scan Scan all device addresses 255 first then 1 to 254 O Scan from device address to permitted range 1 to 254 Connect via Series 2000 Interface Adapter not CPI O Connect via CPI clip or IR cable Scan for Eurotherm devices only Figure 6 2a Scan range enable Tools File Device View Options Window Help 2 2 u apto lou New File Open File Load Save Print Add Remove Access Views Help E Graphical Wiring ES Parameter Expl
161. SER LIN Allows the entry of up to four user linearisation tables any one of which can be selected as Lin Type in Chan nel configuration section 4 4 1 Configuration consists of defining the number of points to be included 2 to 32 and then entering an X and a Y value for each point where X values are the inputs and the Y values are the resulting outputs 4 8 1 User linearisation table rules 1 Tables must be monotonic i e there may not be more than one X value with the same Y value assigned to it 2 Each X value must be greater than the preceding one O9 Each Y value must be greater than the preceding one 4 lf units other than temperature units are to be displayed the channel scale high and scale low values should be set to the same as the range high and low values and the required scale units entered Figure 4 8 1 shows the first part of the configuration table for an imaginary cylinder example 3 metres Y P if 60 User Lin 1 50 6 5 metres Num of Points 12 40 _ Volume cubic metres w T 20 Depth metres Figure 4 8 1 User Linearisation table example When configuring a channel section 4 4 1 to use a User linearisation table If Type Thermocouple or RTD then Range High Low must be set to the highest and lowest Y values to be used respectively The instrument automatically looks up the associated X mV or Ohms values
162. Summary Channel Alarm26Num As Alarm1Num but for 26th most recent alarm uint8 11db 4571 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm2 6Status As Alarm1Status but for 26th most recent alarm uint8 11dc 4572 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm27Ac Acknowledge the 27th most recent channel alarm boo 11e0 4576 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm27Num As Alarm1Num but for 27th most recent alarm uint8 11de 4574 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm27Status As Alarm1Status but for 27th most recent alarm uint8 11df 4575 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm28Ac Acknowledge the 28th most recent channel alarm boo 11e3 4579 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm28Num As Alarm1Num but for 28th most recent alarm uint8 11e1 4577 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm28Status As Alarm1 Status but for 28th most recent alarm uint8 11e2 4578 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm29Ac Acknowledge the 29th most recent channel alarm boo 11e6 4582 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm29Num As Alarm1Num but for 29th most recent alarm uint8 11e4 4580 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm29Status As Alarm1Status but for 29th most recent alarm uint8 11e5 4581 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm30Ac Acknowledge the 30th most recent channel alarm boo 11e9 4585 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm30Num As Alarm1Num but for 30th most recent alarm uint8 11e7 4583 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm30Status As
163. The alarm becomes active only when an archive is in progress No archive storage device present when archive attempted RAM copy of non volatile parameters is corrupted Message explains reason for failure USB power fault too much current i e gt 100mA is being drawn by a USB device The user wiring has failed to verify i e one or more wires has been detected that does not have both a source and a destination defined This may be the result for example of power loss during a download from iTools Page 10 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 2 2 STATUS BAR ICONS Cont CHANNEL ALARM Y This indicator appears if any channel including channels not in the display group is in an alarm state The symbol is illuminated continuously if all alarms are acknowledged or flashes if any one or more alarms is un acknowledged Alarms are acknowledged from the Root menu Alarm summary item as described in sec tion 3 3 3 or in the Channel configuration area Section 4 4 3 if the user s access permission is appropriate CHANGE BATTERY J This indicator first appears when the battery voltage checked every 15 minutes indicates that the battery is approaching the end of its useful life The indicator remains on display until the battery is replaced Appen dix C section C1 A System Alarm is also generated USB Memory This icon appears whenever a memory stick is plugged in
164. VC3 Al2 44 VC4 Al1 45 VC4 Al2 48 VC5 Al1 49 VC5 Al2 52 VC6 Al1 53 VC6 Al2 56 VC7 Al1 57 VC7 Al2 60 VC8 Al1 61 VC8 Al2 64 VC9 AN1 65 VC9 Al2 68 VC10 Al1 69 VC10 Al2 72 VC11 Al1 73 VC11 Al2 76 VC12 A11 77 VC12 Al2 80 VC13 Al1 81 VC13 Al2 84 VC14Al1 85 VC14 Al2 AlarmSummary Channel Alarm1 Status Status of most recent alarm uint8 1191 4497 Not applicable 0 Off Active 2 Safe unack 3 Active unack AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm2Ac Acknowledge the 2nd most recent channel alarm boo 1195 4501 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm2Num As Alarm1Num but for 2nd most recent alarm uint8 1193 4499 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm2Status As Alarm1Status but for 2nd most recent alarm uint8 1194 4500 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm3Ac Acknowledge the 3rd most recent channel alarm boo 1198 4504 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm3Num As Alarm1Num but for 3rd most recent alarm uint8 1196 4502 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm3Status As Alarm Status but for 3rd most recent alarm uint8 1197 4503 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm4Ac Acknowledge the 4th most recent channel alarm boo 119b 4507 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm4Num As Alarm1Num but for 4th most recent alarm uint8 1199 4505 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm4Status As Alarm1 Status but for 4th most recent alarm uint8 119a 4506 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm5Ac Acknowledge th
165. VING Cont Rate Allows the user to specify the frequency at which the contents of the Flash memory are archived to the USB port or via FTP to a pc Scrollable settings are None Automatic archiving is disabled Any archiving must be initiated by the user using Demand Archiving as described in section 3 3 8 Hourly Archive occurs on the hour every hour Daily Archive initiated at 00 00 each day Weekly Archive is initiated at midnight every Sunday Monthly Archive is initiated at 00 00 on the 1st of every month Automatic The recorder selects the least frequent of the above archive periods which is guaranteed not to lose data as a result of the internal flash memory s run ning out of space Note Archive times are not adjusted for daylight saving time DST Thus if the archive is set to Daily Weekly or Monthly then during summer time the archive will be triggered an hour late i e at 01 00 hours instead of midnight Destination Select FTP Server for archive to a remote pc or USB to archive to the USB port device File format Select Binary UHH CSV or Both Binary UHH A proprietary format used by the instrument that needs other software e g Review to interpret the data before it can be presented in spreadsheets etc Binary files have the extension uhh CSV This format is a standard open file format for numeric data A simple ASCII based format it is readable
166. a eg 118 Cooling bad dd y daa dd Ee Te even oer en 158 WIR sates nee ea RS ae nt a EET ok og 8 123 Om Media FU esos wie da eae 38 Wire context MENU cenean oa piei es 116 On Off controlas aia n ia E EA 138 Wiring editor items wn aa SE PIESA 119 Selection ononon nanana 57 Paused symbolein eie tit alas 11 S E dd o Rd bo es de E 59 A e E E cabal AA ae awit Saath de ed 145 OP1 OP2 specification erres erorri ursi fiaa 135 Uns oats TE E E E E 57 OPG eter Cr ak ON 125 PB PB2 PB3 iu sets bec irc E taken Maas 59 Open an existing watch recipe file 125 A hittin to Sas else okt wa podhide ds Rad Weare a 57 Operation POMOC O NO IO 38 54 Maths FUNGON oriol 51 NE AA ARS detec EEA EE Sc tea ll 51 TARA O Saou 53 PAE Ep attic o ico cee el da La dd Din rara 62 OperationCounter 0 0 00 cece eee eee 55 PID Operator Controla Ma Ma oe ai 138 NOTES citada 15 LOOp setup MENU oak ae lee dl meee Whe be 57 Pages See Display modes A A O AC 143 A O ON 32 Point to Poltica teats Pes Paks Sha ASE OR ie 40 Options ease ec te RS ON oe a ol a 24 RotBrk Mode susana Pb eee ck dato dog Seadoo SS eio 61 OR poeks Sehr Gans lads Aaa ad ee 169 Power feed forward 0 0 c cece eee eee 158 Output A IA cid Sots tt 62 DIO sucka oe dd ni et 64 POWER Misa e io bel v yond ds boo ls 62 ill Otte sates O cae anemia 144 POWER Up ees 4A aa 14 High Pr tMaster Gone se sd sce al deuce ag Mee ie cab 39 Output MENU mula 61 PretMaster IB ut data 39 P
167. able parameters Execution breaks Non available parameters in function blocks Items added to the diagram since last download are shown as green dashed lines All selected items or any item over which the cursor is hovering Red wires when being hovered over by the mouse cursor All items added to the diagram before the last download Redundant execution breaks Monitor and comment text DIAGRAM CONTEXT MENU Cut Copy Paste Re Route wires Align Tops Align Lefts Space Evenly Delete Undelete Select All Create Compound Rename Copy Graphic Save Graphic Active only when the right click occurs within the bounding rectangle which appears when more than one item is select Cut Ctrl x ed Moves the selection off the diagram to the Clipboard Copy Ctrl C Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt X gt E Paste Ctrl V As for Cut but the selection is copied leaving the original ReRouteWires on the diagram Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt C gt Align Tops Copies the contents of the Clipboard to the diagram Short ln Lefts cut lt Ctrl gt lt V gt Space Evenly Reroutes all selected wires If no wires are selected allwires Delete are re routed Undelete Aligns the tops of all blocks in the selected area Select All Aligns the left edges of all blocks in the selected area Create Compound Spaces selected items such that their top left corners are k Rename spaced evenly across the width of
168. ails should be verified ca Command Prompt Microsoft Windows XP Version 5 1 26001 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2661 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings richardne gt Ping 123 123 123 2 Pinging 123 123 123 2with 32 bytes of data Reply from 123 123 123 2 i TTL 64 Reply from 123 123 123 2 i TTL 64 123 123 123 2 i TTL 64 123 123 123 2 i s TTL 64 r 123 123 123 i lt z loss gt Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ims Average ms C Documents and Settings richardne gt Command Prompt y j 7 Microsoft Windows RP Version 5 1 26001 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2661 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings richardne gt Ping 123 123 123 2 Ping request could not find host 123 123 123 2 Please check the name and try ag ain C Documents and Settings richardne gt _ Figure 6 1 16 Command prompt Ping screens typical Once the Ethernet link to the instrument has been verified iTools can be started or shut down and a restarted and the Scan toolbar icon used to find the instrument The scan can be stopped at any time by clicking on the Scan icon a second time can See section 6 2 for more details of the scan procedure HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 109 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 1 2 Direct Connection This section describes how to connect a pc directly to the instrument WIRING E Connection is made from the Ethernet connector
169. akMode Potentiometer Break Mode uint8 177c 6012 Not applicable 0 Raise 1 Lower 2 Rest 3 Model Loop 2 OP Rate Output Rate Limit Value 0 off oat32 1770 6000 1dp Loop 2 OP RateDisable Output Rate Limit Disable 0 No 1 Yes bool 1771 6001 Not applicable Loop 2 0P RemOPH Remote Output High Limit joat32 178c 6028 Same as Loop 2 Main ActiveOut Loop 2 0P RemOPL Remote Output Low Limit joat32 178b 6027 Same as Loop 2 Main ActiveOut Loop 2 OP SafeOutVal Safe Output Value oat32 177e 6014 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 0P SbrkOP The output power under sensor break conditions oat32 178e 6030 Same as Loop 2 0P OutputHighLimit Loop 2 OP SensorBreakMode Sensor Break Mode 0 SbrkOP 1 Hold uint8 177d 6013 Not applicable Loop 2 OP TrackEnable Enable Output Tracking 0 Off 1 On uint8 178a 6026 Not applicable Loop 2 OP TrackOutVal Output Track Value joat32 1789 6025 Odp Loop 2 PID ActiveSet Current PID set uint8 1738 5944 Not applicable Loop 2 PID Boundary1 2 Threshold for swapping between set 1 and set 2 joat32 1739 5945 Odp Loop 2 PID Boundary2 3 Threshold for swapping between set 2 and set 3 oat32 173a 5946 Odp Loop 2 PID CutbackHigh Cutback high value for PID set 1 0 Auto oat32 173f 5951 1dp Loop 2 PID CutbackHigh2 Cutback high value for PID set 2 0 Auto oat32 1747 5959 1dp Loop 2 PID CutbackHigh3 Cutback high value for PID set 3 0 Auto joat32 174f 5967 1dp Loop 2 PID C
170. al 1 O 1A1B Dig IO Min On Time Digital 1 O 1A1B Dig IO Type Digital 1 O 2A2B Relay Invert Digital 1 O 2A2B Relay Min On Time Group Trend Interval Group Trend Major Divs Group Trend PointN Instrument Display Brightness Instrument Display Dual Loop Instrument Display H Trend scaling Instrument Display Home Page Instrument Display Horizontal Bar Instrument Display Horizontal Trend Instrument Display HPage Timeout Instrument Display Loop control Instrument Display Numeric Instrument Display Promote List Instrument Display Save After Instrument Display Saver Brightness Instrument Display Setpoint colour Instrument Display Trend Backgrnd Instrument Display Vertical Bar Instrument Display Vertical Trend Instrument Info Name Instrument Locale Date Format Instrument Locale DST Enable Instrument Locale End Day Instrument Locale End Month Instrument Locale End On Instrument Locale End Time Instrument Locale Start Day Instrument Locale Start Month Instrument Locale Start On Instrument Locale Start Time Instrument Locale Time Zone Instrument Notes NoteN Instrument Promote List Param N Instrument Promote List Param N Desc Instrument Security Comms Pass Instrument Security Default Config Instrument Security Engineer Pass Instrument Security Operator Pass Instrument Security Supervisor Pass Instrument Upgrade Account Password Instrument Upgrade Account Username Digital 1 O 3A3B Relay Min On Time Digital 1 O 4AC Re D
171. al band is configured as a span the span is derived from the range limits Select SP1 or SP2 SP1 is considered to be the primary setpoint for the controller and SP2 a secondary standby setpoint Allows values for Setpoints 1 and 2 to be entered Valid entries are any within the range SPHigh Limit to SPLowLim Minimum setpoint limit for SP1 and SP2 Valid entries are in the range Range Lo and SP High Limit Maximum setpoint limit for SP1 and SP2 Valid entries are in the range Range Hi and SP LowLim Yes enables the alternative setpoint No disables it May be wired to an external or internal source When wired this is a read only display of the alternative setpoint value Otherwise the user may insert a value Valid values are limited by Range Hi and Range Lo Sets the maximum rate at which the working setpoint may change Often used to pro tect the load from thermal shock cause by large step changes in setpoint Valid entries are 0 1 to 9999 9 engineering units per second or Off Read only display Yes indicates that the working setpoint has completed its change No indicates that the setpoint is still ramping Appears only if Rate is not Off Yes disables rate limiting No enables rate limiting If Rate is set to any value other than Off and if Servo to PV is set to Yes then any change in the current setpoint value causes
172. al reset value for PID set 3 joat32 1651 5713 dp Loop 1 PID NumSets Number of PID Sets to be used max 3 uint8 1636 5686 Not applicable Loop 1 PID OutputHi Gain scheduled output high limit for PID set 1 joat32 1653 5715 dp Loop 1 PID OutputHi2 Gain scheduled output high limit for PID set 2 joat32 1655 5717 dp Loop 1 PID OutputHi3 Gain scheduled output high limit for PID set 3 joat32 1657 5719 dp Loop 1 PID OutputLo Gain scheduled output low limit for PID set 1 oat32 1654 5716 dp Loop 1 PID OutputLo2 Gain scheduled output low limit for PID set 2 joat32 1656 5718 dp Loop 1 PID OutputLo3 Gain scheduled output low limit for PID set 3 joat32 1658 5720 dp Loop 1 PID ProportionalBand Proportional band value for PID set 1 oat32 163b 5691 dp Loop 1 PID ProportionalBand2 Proportional band value for PID set 2 oat32 1643 5699 dp Loop 1 PID ProportionalBand3 Proportional band value for PID set 3 oat32 164b 5707 dp Loop 1 PID RelCh2Gain Channel 2 relative cool gain value for PID set 1 joat32 163e 5694 dp Loop 1 PID RelCh2Gain2 Channel 2 relative cool gain value for PID set 2 joat32 1646 5702 dp Loop 1 PID RelCh2Gain3 Channel 2 relative cool gain value for PID set 3 oat32 164e 5710 dp Loop 1 PID SchedulerRemotelnput Scheduler Remote Input oat32 1637 5687 Odp Loop 1 PID SchedulerType Scheduler Type uint8 1635 5685 Not applicable 0 0 1 Set 2 SP 3 PV 4 Error 5 OP 6 Rem Loop 1 Setup AutoManAccess Edit access to Auto Man in Loop displa
173. alChannel 14 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 22ee 8942 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 22e1 8929 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 22ef 8943 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 22e6 8934 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0157 343 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 22e3 8931 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 22e0 8928 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4c5f 19551 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 22a3 8867 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 2285 8837 Set by VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 14 Main Input1 Input 1 value oat32 2287 8839 Set by VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 14 Main Input2 Input 2 value oat32 2288 8840 Set by VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 14 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted loat32 2284 8836 Set by VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 14 Main ModbusInput Modbus inp
174. ame as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1dca 7626 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1dc2 7618 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1dc9 7625 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value float32 1dc7 7623 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 97 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description ype Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1dc5 7621 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1dc4 7620 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Inactive alarm source safe and ack d if necessary boo 1dce 7630 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1dc1 7617 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged alarm has not been acknowledged boo 1dcf 7631 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1dc 7622 Same as VirtualChannel
175. amed The Watch Recipe window is used 1 To monitor a list of parameters This list can contain parameters from many different and otherwise unrelated parameter lists within the same device lt cannot contain parameters from different devices 2 To create data sets of parameter values which can be selected and downloaded to the device in the sequence defined in the recipe The same parameter may be used more than once in a recipe nano1 149 121 132 120 502 ID001 nanodac Watch Recipe Editor OseVixs GOs A List Parameter Description Value Set 1 Channel 1 Main Descriptor Text string to descrit FumaceT1 My other channel Rename Data Set Ctrl R Channel 1 Main Type Specifies the type of InputTypeTC 1 InputT ypemY 2 InputTypeTC 1 m New Data Set Ctrl Channel 2 Main Descriptor Text string to descrit Fumace T2 If Delete Data Set Ctrl Del Channel 2 Main Type Specifies the type of InputTypeTC 1 InputTypeTC 1 InputTypeTC 1 clea DigitallO RELAY Type Specifies the type offmePropOutput 2 TimePropOutput 2 AMENA amp Snapshot Values A Clear Data Set Shift Del Y Download Values Ctrl D Copy Data Set Ctrl C A Paste Data Set Ctrl y Figure 6 5 Watch Recipe Editor window with context menu 6 5 1 Creating a Watch List After opening the window parameters can be added to it as described below The values of the parameters update in real time allowing the user to monitor a number o
176. an be added deleted from the view using the Columns item of the Explorer or context menus figure 6 4b HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 121 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 4 PARAMETER EXPLORER Cont ES View Options Window Copy Parameter Ctrl C Ss c ical D Parameter Help Parameter Properties rint Shift F1 Watch R e HE 3t Address Display v Address nel Explorer menu v Description Limits v Wired From Comment Copy Parameter Parameter Properties e Parameter Help Follow Wire Context menu Figure 6 46 Column enable disable 6 4 1 Parameter explorer detail Figure 6 4 1a shows a typical parameter table This particular parameter has a number of subfolders associ Y Description Y Address Limits Y Wired From Comment ated with it and each of these is represented by a tab across the top of the table 2 nano1 149 121 132 120 502 ID001 nanodac Parameter Explorer Channel 1 DER 4 Description Address Value Text string to describe the ch Specifies the type of channe The process variable output The PY output status Specifies the resolution numl Units descriptor 18688 6144 TC 1 256 30 11 257 Good 0 6145 2 18709 C Wired From Linearisation type 6150 LinTypeK 6 Range low value 6151 0 00 Range high value 6152 100 00 Range units 6153 Rang
177. and both are described in the following sections HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 143 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 2 Loop Response Ignoring loop oscillation there are three categories of loop performance viz Under damped Critically damped and Over damped UNDER DAMPED In this situation the parameters are set to prevent oscillation but lead to an overshoot of the Process Value PV followed by decaying oscillation until the PV finally settles at the Setpoint This type of response can give a minimum time to Setpoint but overshoot may cause problems in certain situations and the loop may be sensitive to sudden changes in PV resulting in further decaying oscillations before settling once again CRITICALLY DAMPED This represents an ideal situation where noticeable overshoot to small step changes does not occur and the process responds to changes in a controlled non oscillatory manner OVER DAMPED In this situation the loop responds in a controlled but sluggish manner which results in a non ideal and un necessarily slow loop performance B2 4 3 Initial Settings In addition to the tuning parameters listed above there are a number of other parameters which can affect loop response These parameters must be correctly configured before tuning is initiated Parameters in clude but are not limited to SETPOINT Before tuning the loop conditions should be set as closely as practicable to the actual con
178. annel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01da 474 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 22d0 8912 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 22cb 8907 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 22c8 8904 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 22ca 8906 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 22c2 8898 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 22c9 8905 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 22c7 8903 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 22c5 8901 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 22c4 8900 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Inactive alarm source safe and ack d if necessary boo 22ce 8910 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 22c1 8897 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged alarm has not been acknowledged boo 22cf 8911 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alar
179. are to be found in section 4 Note Some of the items below can be selected for use only by users with a suitable permission level as set up in the Instrument Security menu described in section 4 1 6 Figure 3 2 below depicts a typical trend display and gives details of the various areas of the display page Current point name Channel 1 20 00 30 00 Current point value and units Current point scale Current point peri q Time date stamps Instrument name Recording status gt K PA H Current time date Figure 3 2 Typical display screen Vertical trend Figure 3 2 shows a vertical trend page Operating the Raise Lower push buttons allows the user to scroll through the other display modes Horizontal trend Vertical bargraph horizontal bargraph numeric vertical trend and so on All these display modes are described in section 3 4 below A display mode can also be selected from the Top level menu Goto View item which appears when the Page key is operated The scroll button can be used to scroll through the points in the group overriding the Faceplate Cycling on or off selection 3 2 1 Alarm icons Notes 1 A full discussion of alarms is given in the Channel Configuration section of this manual section 4 4 3 2 Trigger alarms do not display threshold marks or bars or faceplate symbols The alarm icons shown below appear in some display modes The icons on a channel
180. arget Setpoint This ensures that the process is not signifi cantly overheated or overcooled The Tune Control Point is calculated as follows Tune Control Point Initial PV 0 75 Target Setpoint Initial PV The Initial PV is the PV measured after a 1 minute settling period point B in the figure below Examples If Target Setpoint 500 C and Initial PV 20 C then the Tune Control Point is 380 C If Target Setpoint 500 C and Initial PV 400 C then the Tune Control Point is 475 C This is because the overshoot is likely to be less as the process temperature approaches the target setpoint Figure B2 4 5a shows the auto tune sequence It is not guaranteed that PV will not exceed SP Target SP 1st Peak to overshoot peak PV True control point AAT TF F T ROT Hysteresis High output gt 7 7 of AO Zero output Low output 2 gt gt SS ee eee AB B A 1 minute Figure B2 4 5a Autotune heat cool process KEY A Start of Autotune Ato B ae and Cooling off for one minute allows steady state conditions to be estab lished BtoD First heat cool cycle to establish first overshoot Cutback low CBL value calculated from the overshoot magnitude unless CBL set to Auto BtoF Two cycles of oscillation allow peak to peak value and oscillation period to be deter mined PID terms are calculated F Heating is switched on G Heat
181. as just rolled over bool 1191 8081 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 013d 317 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 1189 8073 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 8 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1f8e 8078 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 1180 8064 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4bd2 19410 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers joat32 1f83 8067 1dp VirtualChannel 8 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 1fa0 8096 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed joat32 1fa2 8098 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed joat32 1fal 8097 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d0 464 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 2050 8272 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 204b 8267 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 2048 8264 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alar
182. at will be totalised counted joat32 1e05 7685 Set by VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 1e07 7687 Set by VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Main Input2 Input 2 value oat32 1e08 7688 Set by VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 1e04 7684 Set by VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value oat32 1206 7686 Set by VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 1e01 7681 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 1e0a 7690 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1e0c 7692 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main PresetValue The Preset value joat32 1e0d 7693 Set by VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Main PV The virtual channel output value oat32 0130 304 Set by VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Main Reset nitiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1e0b 7691 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 1e02 7682 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 1e1 7697 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 013 305 Not applica
183. ations timouts The Modbus master device should be configured with a timout value large enough to ensure against nuisance timeouts during archiving HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 73 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 2 4 Non volatile parameters in EEPROM CAUTION The parameters in the peca LAS Ml must not be written to on a continuous basis as to do so will damage the EEPROM greatly shortening its useful life Note nvol non volatile Loop N Loop1 and Loop2 Channel N Channel 1 2 3 and 4 etc Channel N AlarmN Amount Channel N AlarmN Average Time Channel N AlarmN Block Channel N AlarmN Change Time Channel N AlarmN Deviation Channel N AlarmN Dwell Channel N AlarmN Hysteresis Channel N AlarmN Latch Channel N AlarmN Threshold Channel N AlarmN Type Channel N Main Break Response Channel N Main CJ Type Channel N Main Descriptor Channel N Main Ext CJ Temp Channel N Main Filter Channel N Main Input High Channel N Main Input Low Channel N Main Lin Type Channel N Main Offset Channel N Main Range High Channel N Main Range Low Channel N Main Range Units Channel N Main Resolution Channel N Main Scale High Channel N Main Scale Low Channel N Main Sensor Break Type Channel N Main Shunt Channel N Main Test Signal Channel N Main Type Channel N Main Units Channel N Trend Colour Channel N Trend Span High Channel N Trend Span Low Custom Message MessageN Digital 1 O 1A1B Dig IO Invert Digit
184. atthe rear of the Instrument to an Ethernet RJ45 o connector usually located at the rear of the pc The cable can be either a cross over or straight through type PC Ethernet connector Once wired correctly and powered up it is necessary to enter a suitable IP address and subnet mask into the Comms configuration of the Driver Module This information can be found as follows 1 Atthe pc click Start All Programs Accessories Command Prompt 2 When the Command Prompt box appears type IPConfig lt Enter gt The response is a display such as that shown below giving the IP address and Subnet mask of the pc Choose an address in the range covered by these two values A subnet mask element of 255 means that the equivalent element of the IP address must be used unchanged A subnet mask element of 0 means that the equivalent element of the IP address may take any value between 1 and 255 0 is not allowed In the example below the range of IP addresses which may be chosen for the Driver Module is 123 123 123 2 to 123 123 123 255 123 123 123 0 is not allowed and 123 123 123 1 is the same as the pc s address and may therefore not be used ca Command Prompt nx Microsoft Windows XP Version 5 1 2666 lt C Copyright 1985 2661 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings richardne gt IPConfig Windows IP Configuration Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection Connection specific DNS Suf
185. ayed joat32 leal 7841 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool O1cc 460 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1f50 8016 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1f4b 8011 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1f48 8008 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1f4a 8010 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1142 8002 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1f49 8009 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1f47 8007 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1f45 8005 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1f44 8004 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1f4e 8014 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1141 8001 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1f4f 8015 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 A
186. be read remotely Yes allows remote H measurement No uses the internal value The H gas measurement value currently being used Allows the interval between probe cleaning cycles to be entered in hours and minutes Allows Probe clean time to be entered in hours and minutes The minimum recovery time after purging in hours and minutes The maximum recovery time after purging in hours and minutes Read only Enable the Clean valve Initiate probe cleaning Read only The time remaining in hours and minutes until the next cleaning cycle is due Enable probe cleaning Maximum temperature for cleaning If the temperature exceeds this value cleaning is aborted Abort probe cleaning The time taken for the probe to recover to 95 of its original value after the last clean If the last clean did not recover within the Max Rcov time this value is set to 0 The mV output from the probe after the last clean Yes clears cleaning related alarms Yes means that the probe failed to recover to 95 of its original output following a clean Conditions exist which prevent a clean cycle starting Can be cleared using Clean Msg Reset A clean cycle was aborted Can be cleared using Clean Msg Reset A clean cycle was aborted because the temperature was too high Can be cleared using Clean Msg Reset Page 70 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 10 3 Wiring Fig
187. ble VirtualChannel 5 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 1e09 7689 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 5 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1e0e 7694 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 1e00 7680 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4b8 19329 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 1e03 7683 1dp VirtualChannel 5 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 1e20 7712 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 1e22 7714 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 1e2 7713 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool O1ca 458 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1ed0 7888 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool lech 7883 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1ec8 7880 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t leca 7882 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Block
188. bsolute high alarm definitions Threshold Hysteresis Input signal Hysteresis 0 Absolute low alarm definitions Input signal gt Hysteresis Threshold Hysteresis 0 Dwell 0 Hysteresis 0 Dwell 0 i ts RS E A jo KA o Hysteresis 0 Dwell D Hysteresis yes Dwell 0 Hysteresis yes Dwell D DEVIATION ALARMS Deviation low alarm definitions MA Alarm active Ld Dwell D pS m Hysteresis yes Dwell 0 1 to Hysteresis yes D Dwell D j E Alarm active Figure 4 4 5a absolute alarm parameters Deviation high alarm definitions Hysteresis Reference Deviation Z3 Hysteresis Input signal 7 Hysteresis O Dwell 0 Hysteresis 0 Dwell D Hysteresis yes Dwell 0 Hysteresis yes Dwell D ES Deviation gt Reference gt Input signa Hysteresis Dwell Hysteresis Dwell Hysteresis yes 1 Dwell 0 Hysteresis yes Dwell D HA Alarm active E Alarm active Deviation band alarm definitions Hysteresis Deviation 5 Reference gt Deviation Hysteresis Input signal 7 Hysteresis 0 Dwell 0 Hysteresis 0 Dwell D Hysteresis yes Dwell 0 Hysteresis yes Dwell D Ml Alarm active Figure 4 4 5b Deviation alarm parameters HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 49 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 5 ALARM TYP
189. button to highlight 2 and operate the scroll button 19 Highlight Alarm 1 and operate the scroll button 20 Use the down arrow button to highlight Acknowledgement not Acknowledge Operate the Scroll button again and create the new wire User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Preset To Destination From Source User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Preset E Instrument amp Network Group ES Virtual Channel Loop Digital I O User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Preset Instrument Network Group j Channel User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Preset S Channel a 1 e2 Main amp Trend a Alert amp Alarm2 User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Preset 5 Alarm1 Type Status Threshold Inactive N acknowledged Acknowledgement User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Preset To Destination From Source Channel 2 Alarm1 Acknowledgement Figure 7 2c Wiring a counter part 3 Page 130 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Appendix A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION A1 INSTALLATION CATEGORY AND POLLUTION DEGREE This product has been designed to conform to BS EN61010 installation category Il and pollution degree 2 defined as follows Installation category Il The rated impulse voltage for equipment on nominal 230V mains is 2500V Pollution degree 2 Normally only non conductive pollution occurs Occasionally
190. by a wide range of pc applications as well as be ing suitable for direct import into many commercial databases CSV files have the extension csv Both Archiving includes both uhh and csv files Note CSV is ASCII based and cannot interpret Unicode characters For this reason some charac ters available to the user will not be displayed correctly in csv files CSV Values Appears only if File Format is set to CSV or Both If Yes is selected then process values are included in the file see figure 4 2 2b for details CSV Messages Appears only if File Format is set to CSV or Both If Yes is selected then messages are included in the file see figure 4 2 2b for details CSV Headers Appears only if File Format is set to CSV or Both If Yes is selected then Header de CSV Headings CSV Date Format CSV Tab Del tails are included in the file see figure 4 2 2b for details Appears only if File Format is set to CSV or Both If Yes is selected then column headers are included in the file see figure 4 2 2b for details Appears only if File Format is set to CSV or Both Allows Text or Spreadsheet to be selected Text causes a time date to appear in the spreadsheet Spreadsheet Nu dis plays the number of days since December 30th 1899 The decimal part of the number represents the latest six hours For example
191. c Section 4 2 2 to ensure that data is not lost Continued HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 9 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 2 2 STATUS BAR ICONS Cont FTP Primary Server Failure FTP Secondary Server Failure Maths channel failure Media archiving file lost Media archiving to slow Media full Media missing Non volatile memory failure Recording failure message USB overcurrent Wiring failure This error occurs if the recorder fails to establish connection with the primary server after two attempts After the second attempt fails the recorder attempts to establish connection with the secondary server instead Primary and secondary server details are entered in the Net work Archiving area of configuration Section 4 2 2 This error occurs if the recorder fails to establish connection with the secondary server after two attempts Primary and secondary server details are entered in the Network Archiving area of configuration section 4 2 2 Appears if for example the divisor of a divide function is zero A file has been deleted that had not yet been archived Possible caus es Memory stick missing full or write protected archiving has been disabled archiving rate too slow The archive rate is too slow to prevent the internal memory from over flowing The recorder effectively switches to Automatic Section 4 2 2 to ensure that data is not lost Archive storage device is full
192. cable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 21d0 8656 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 21cb 8651 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 21c8 8648 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 21ca 8650 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 21c2 8642 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 21c9 8649 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 21c7 8647 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 21c5 8645 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 21c4 8644 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 21ce 8654 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 21c1 8641 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 21cf 8655 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 21c6 8646 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel
193. ce Figure 3 4 7 Promote list displays HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 23 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 5 TREND HISTORY Entered from the top level menu section 3 1 this allows vertical and horizontal traces to be reviewed one screen height width at a time The amount of data displayed in one screen depends on the recording in terval selected in Group Recording configuration section 4 3 2 The history display is identical in appearance with the trend display except 1 History displays can include alarm and operator messages if so desired 2 For horizontal trends the scale is displayed permanently at the left edge of the display E e 3 0 ontiguration o to view History gt Enter trend history mode aceplate cycling Of Operator Notes Demand Archiving og out Figure 3 5a Top level menu 3 5 1 Navigation Y The down arrow button moves the display backwards in time by one screen height per operation assuming that the current display is not the earliest tr up arrow button moves the display forwards in time by one screen height per operation assuming that the current display is not the latest O scroll key scrolls through the group channels displaying each channel s value at the time represented by the top edge of the screen right hand edge for horizontal trends O page key calls the history options menu described below The options menu described below
194. ce returns to a non alarm state before the dwell time has elapsed then the alarm is not triggered and the dwell timer is reset Select yes to acknowledge the alarm Display returns to No Read only Shows the status of the alarm as Yes if it is active or No if inactive The ac tive inactive state depends on the Latch type above and acknowledgment status of the alarm As for Active above but shows Yes if the alarm in inactive and No if the alarm is ac tive As for Active above but shows Yes for as long as the alarm is unacknowledged and No as soon as it is acknowledged Acknowledgement Fleetingly goes Yes on alarm acknowledgement and then returns to No 4 4 4 Alarm 2 menu As above for Alarm 1 menu Note The parameters Acknowledge Active Inactive N ot Acknowledged and Acknowledge ment can all be wired to other parameters so for example a relay can be made to operate whilst the alarm is inactive or whilst it is active or on acknowledgement etc by wiring the relevant parame ter to the relay s PV input See section 7 for details of user wiring Page 48 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 5 Alarm types The following figures attempt to show graphically the meanings of the alarm parameters which can be set for the various alarm types available ABSOLUTE ALARMS A
195. channelS vc soriana iron sees 51 oo coccccccococccccrrrrrrr rr rre E A NI ER 57 140 History 0 eee eee eee eee eens ZOE VPU suse lit cre 8 OH ah wea Pedra ae eae ha 57 140 TRIGGER since oth A Wet eee Pew bares 55 WwW eg ini E Mae ce ei A 38 Watch Recipe editor 0 0 000000 124 Enable 58 Adding parameters 00 eee 124 Git Re AA eh cites N ce 143 Capture current values into a dataset 125 A A 125 Manual 151 Create a new empty dataset 00 125 mee ee A ee Create a new watch recipe list o o o o o o 125 yp Al 47 Dataset creation sik See tes ee 124 dl Input A a A gett 44 Download the selected data set to the device 125 A NO ER ok a 65 Insert item ahead of selected item 125 DIO EAT E ge ae A 64 Move selected item 0 ccc eee 125 svam EERE So Open an existing watch recipe fle 00 125 Of controlo Isis oe Hea week oad anes 138 SB GRE COP alas o 12 gt Relay OP 64 Remove recipe parameter 000 125 Dae bance oe eect he o ET BS Save the current watch recipe list 125 ibtual Chanmel vocera cued Bean bees 51 53 55 Snapshot 125 U A werrka ea ATA A ded deo sees dis 62 UHF CompressiON mois cave cda Va eee eae 41 COM dic 158 Unit tt 25 Mela Pata ne a tas tts el lean e al 37 Unbounded mode VPU oooocccococccccccccco gt 140 IVIFESIZES La AAA ee as AS des 5 Undelete nec tas rd 117 Wiring Comment 6 66 eee eee rr rr 116 Electrical sit
196. chiving Primary User Network Archiving Rate Network Archiving Remote Path Network Archiving Sec Password Network Archiving Sec Server Network Archiving Sec User Network FTP Server Password Network FTP Server Username Network Interface DNS Server Network Interface Gateway Network Interface IP Address Network Interface IP Type Network Interface Subnet Mask Network Modbus Address Network Modbus Input Timeout Network Modbus PrefMaster IP Network Modbus Serial Mode Network Modbus Time Format Network Modbus Unit ID Enable User Lin N Num Of Points User Lin N Xn User Lin N Yn Virtual Channel N AlarmN Amount Virtual Channel N AlarmN Average Time Virtual Channel N AlarmN Block Virtual Channel N AlarmN Change Time Virtual Channel N AlarmN Deviation Virtual Channel N AlarmN Dwell Virtual Channel N AlarmN Hysteresis Virtual Channel N AlarmN Latch Virtual Channel N AlarmN Threshold Virtual Channel N AlarmN Type Virtual Channel N Main Descriptor Virtual Channel N Main High Cut Off Virtual Channel N Main Low Cut Off Virtual Channel N Main Operation Virtual Channel N Main Period Virtual Channel N Main Preset Value Virtual Channel N Main Resolution Virtual Channel N Main Type Virtual Channel N Main Units Virtual Channel N Main Units Scaler Virtual Channel N Trend Colour Virtual Channel N Trend Span High Virtual Channel N Trend Span Low Zirconia Clean Clean Enable Zirconia Clean Clean Frequency Zirconia Clean Clean Ma
197. cording to the value of this input PV e g 2 3 boundary 1 2 boundary i Time Set1 Set2 Set 3 Figure B2 3 7 gain scheduling B2 4 TUNING B2 4 1 Introduction The balancing of the P land D terms varies from process to process In a plastics extruder for example there are different responses to a die casting roll drive loop thickness control loop or pressure loop In order to achieve the best performance from an extrusion line all loop tuning parameters must be set to their optimum values Tuning involves setting the following PID menu parameters Proportional Band PB Integral Time Ti Derivative Time Td Cutback High CBH Cutback Low CBL and Relative Cool Gain R2G applicable to heat cool systems only The recorder controller is shipped with these parameters set to default values In many cases the default values give adequate stable straight line control but the response of the loop may not be ideal Because process characteristics vary it is often necessary to adjust the control parameters to achieve best control To determine the optimum values for any particular loop or process it is necessary to carry out a procedure called loop tuning If significant changes are later made to the process which affect the way in which it re sponds it may be necessary to retune the loop Users have the choice of tuning the loop automatically or manually Both procedures require the loop to oscillate
198. cted items If Select All has previous ly been clicked on then the display widow is placed over the centre of the diagram HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 119 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 2 WIRING EDITOR OPERATING DETAILS Cont COMPOUNDS Compounds are used to simplify the top level wiring diagram by allowing the placing of any number of func tion blocks within one box the inputs and outputs of which operate in the same way as those of a normal function block Each time a compound is created a new tab appears at the top of the wiring diagram Initially compounds and their tabs are named Compound 1 Compound 2 etc but they can be renamed by right clicking either onthe compound in the top level diagram or anywhere within an open Compound selecting Rename and typing in the required text string 16 characters max Compounds cannot contain other compounds i e they can be created only in the top level diagram Compound creation 1 Empty compounds are created within the top level diagram by clicking on the Create Compound tool bar icon 2 Compounds can also be created by highlighting one or more function blocks 52 in the top level diagram and then clicking on the Create Compound tool bar icon The highlighted items are moved from the top level diagram into a new compound Create Flatten compound compound 3 Compounds are uncreated flatte
199. curacies etc associated with the above thermocou ple and RTD types See section 4 8 for details of user linearisations For thermocouples RTDs User linearisations and retransmitted signals only the lowest value of the required linearisation range For thermocouples RTDs User linearisations and retransmitted signals only the highest value of the required linearisation range For thermocouples only and RTDs Select C F or K Maps the process value to Scale High Scale Low For example an input of 4 to 20mA may be scaled as 0 to 100 by setting Scale low to 0 and Scale High to 100 Allows a fixed value to be added to or subtracted from the process variable Note See section 4 8 for details of the configuration of Range High Low and Input High Low when Type User 1 to User 4 Page 44 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 1 CHANNEL MAIN Cont Input filter Damping can be used to filter out noise from slowly Input changing signals so that the underlying trend can be seen more clearly Valid input values are between 0 and 60 seconds Instrument Response Note Applying a filter to an input channel can affect the operation 3x Input filter of any Rate of change alarms configured to act on that channel CJC Type Ext CJ Temp Sensor Break Type Fault Response Sensor Break Val Measured Value Internal CJ temp For thermocouple input types
200. d Time date etc for DST 2020222000 28 Derivative action serete ca Bae Ya eee ENA 139 Endothermic Gas Correction 0c eee ee eee 67 Descriptor A Rhee SON So etc ets peta ok vor aed Sener 57 Channels cscs ninsi gals oe Stas a A 44 Engineer Pass asics be Have pun patie grass ee eee ee 32 COUNTER ir AA atmo ees 55 Envelope iCal sited ee Molt he is 11 AA Nae Pies oak ude gh sie A aaran a A a 40 Error Maths channels 0 200000000 0000 51 Derivative type 0 2 0 eee eee ee 57 Tal wtih the Aa et elo le NA 53 Loop diagnostics e 0 cee eee 63 Destinations irc ae der Erotic dada 37 Schedity iso ia es e 59 143 DB ii eii da 47 Ethernet DVM read ati cos Ma 47 COMMS SPCC viaria ae ia 132 DEMO vota el ee pact deh diet ns Aone bated 47 Connector location ooooooooooomoomoo o 5 DVO seers a od 47 Exception codes naa li Phe eee os 73 Dew ROINt 24 2 avs re A NS cena ads 69 Exit HIStory iii iS lt i eee ea wens ous 24 DACRE 5 8 sta EEA EE A 35 Ext CJ Tempi tada os pic 45 Server talud 9 External CIC iia da nro aii 45 DIA DIB specificatoin 6 cece eee eens 135 F Diacriticals Ai lili 25 Faceplate cycling 0000 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 30 Diagrami COE ie WN mi soe radon PO LAA ecatene nn castes Uae lle ye 47 Digital communications o coooccoooccooocnoccnooo GA cd O che ein nce 62 Digital O 1 e ieee eee eee tenet eee 64 Fault Responsen cantos Le edi ea 45 o ASS gNMEN S cacon 76 Feature Passt ai is
201. d for inclusion in the promote list they do not appear 3 If parameters which appear only in certain circumstances are selected then they appear in the promote list only when they appear in the Operator interface For example a channel PV is not visible unless that channel is enabled i e it is not Off PARAMETER SELECTION 1 Open iTools and scan for the instrument see section 6 2 Once the instrument has been found stop the scan When the instrument has synchronised click on the Access button near the top of the display to set the unit into configuration mode a password may be required 3 Click on the sign to the left of the Instrument folder in the tree list left most pane to expand the folder Double click on Promote List to display the Promote list in the main pane The list contains 20 entries 1 to 10 being for parameters 11 to 20 being available to the user to add descriptors for param eters 1 to 10 respectively 4 Expand further folders as necessary to access the required parameters and click drag these parame ters into the promote list Enter a descriptor for the parameter if the default is not as required As each parameter is dragged into the list it appears in the Promote list 5 Ifthe parameters are modified at the operator interface the changes are reflected in iTools and vice versa 6 Once all the parameters have been added it is recommended that the Access button be used to qui
202. d oftime remaining before the virtual channel performs its operation For ex ample the time remaining for the maths channel average operation to sample the input before performing the calculation Period For averaging functions allows the period over which the value isto be averaged to be entered Selectable periods are 0 125 0 25 0 5 1 2 5 10 20 30 seconds 1 2 5 10 20 30 minutes 1 2 6 12 24 hours HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 51 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 5 1 MATHS CHANNEL CONFIGURATION Cont MATHS FUNCTIONS Off Add Subtract Multiply Divide Group Avg Group Min Group Max Modbus Input Copy Grp Min Latch Grp Max Latch Channel Max Channel Min Channel Avg Config Revision Out 9999 status Off Out Input1 Input2 Out Input1 Input2 Out Input1 x Input2 Out Input1 Input2 If Input2 0 Out 9999 Status Bad Out Instantaneous sum of all points in the group except this one and any channel that has been configured with operation group average group minimum group maxi mum group minimum latched group maximum latched channel maximum or chan nel minimum divided by the number of points in the group excluding this one Any point that has a status other than Good is excluded from the calculation lf the group contains no channels Out 9999 Status No data Out Instantaneous value of whichever point excep
203. de 8 Magenta 9 Dusky rose 10 Yellow 11 Powder blue 12 Dark red 13 Avocado 14 Indigo 15 Dark brown 16 Aegean 17 Cyan 18 Aubergine 19 Dark orange 20 Pale yellow 21 Hyacinth 22 Dark green 23 Sugar pink 24 Bluebell 25 Orange 26 Pink 27 Buttersilk 28 Terracotta 29 Blue babe 30 Lime 31 Blue jive 32 Cucumber 33 Eurogreen 34 Wheatgerm 35 Sea Blue 36 Ginger 37 Aqua pool 38 Pale red 39 Pale blue 40 Lilac 41 Sky blue 42 Wild moss 43 Turquoise 44 Pale green 45 Coffee 49 Dark Grey 53 Light grey Channel 1 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 1822 6178 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 1821 6177 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01b2 434 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 18d0 6352 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 18cb 6347 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount float32 18c8 6344 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 18ca 6346 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 2 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 18c2 6338 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change
204. ders nclude header details 0 No 1 Yes bool 111b 4379 Not applicable Network Archive CSVHeadings nclude headings 0 No 1 Yes bool Tite 4380 Not applicable Network Archive CSVIncludeValues nclude process values 0 No 1 Yes bool 1119 4377 Not applicable Network Archive CSVMessages nclude messages 0 No 1 Yes bool 111a 4378 Not applicable Network Archive CSVTabDelimiter Use Tab delimeter instead of comma 0 No 1 Yes bool 111e 4382 Not applicable Network Archive CVSDateFormat Date Time format 0 Text 1 spreadsheet numeric uint8 111d 4381 Not applicable Network Archive Destination Archive destination 0 USB 1 FTP Server uint8 1111 4369 Not applicable Network Archive FileFormat Archive file format 0 Binary 1 CSV 2 both uint8 1115 4373 Not applicable Network Archive MediaDuration Time in days until the USB is full float32 1118 4376 2dp Network Archive MediaFree Amount of unused USB memory remaining MB float32 1120 4384 2dp Network Archive MediaSize The size of the USB memory float32 1117 4375 2dp Network Archive OnFull Media full event strategy 0 Overwrite 1 Stop archiving uint8 1116 4374 Not applicable Network Archive Period Period of history to be archived uint8 1155 4437 Not applicable 0 None 1 last60mins 2 last 24hrs 3 last 7 days 4 last31 days 5 all history 6 all history since last archive Network Archive PrimaryPassword Primary FTP server password string_t 64
205. ditions which will be met in normal operation For example in a furnace or oven application a representative load should be included an extruder should be running etc OUTPUT HIGH OUTPUT LOW These Output menu heat and cool limits define the overall maximum and minimum power which may be delivered to the process by the control loop For a heat only controller the default values are 0 and 100 For a heat cool controller the defaults are 100 and 100 Although most processes are designed to work between these limits there may be instances where it is desirable to limit the power delivered to the process REM OUTPUT LOW REM OUTPUT HIGH If these Remote Output Limits parameters Output menu are used they are effective only if they lie within the Heat Cool Limits above CH2 DEADBAND Heat Cool Dead band If a second cool channel is configured a parameter Ch2 Deadband is also available in the Output menu which sets the distance between the heat and cool proportional bands The default value is 0 which means that heating will cease to be available at the same time as cooling becomes avail able The dead band may be set to ensure that there is no possibility of the heat and cool channels operating together particularly when cycling output stages are installed MINIMUM ON TIME If either or both of the output channels is fitted with a relay or logic output the parameter Min On Time ap pears in the output menu This is the c
206. dows Firewall Wireless Network p Wiz 2 Click on the Exceptions tab in the window that appears and check MMT that both FTPControl and FTPData are enabled ticked If not the _ Sea Ereptons Advances Windows Firewall is blocking incoming network connections except for the user s IT department should be contacted for advice Diouf end sates selected E econo slo come peyans to work better but might increase your security risk Programs and Services Name Group Policy m z ME EuroPRP M 4 McAfee Freno Service Microsoft Office Communicator 2005 M Mirrnentt M tica NneNnte Add Program Add Port What are the risks of allowing exceptions 3 Click on Add Program and browse to the Filezilla destination seie OS Fi Server defined in step 7 of the download section C2 1 Select FileZilla Dogs gt qa E i f riezila Server Interface exe server exe and click on Open My Recent reza ngere Documents M urinstal ex A Windows Firewall General Exceptions Advanced FileZilla server exe appears in the Exceptions list Windows Firewall is blocking incoming network connections except for the programs and services selected below Adding exceptions allows some programs to work better but might increase your security risk Cl ic k on OK Programs and Services Name Group Policy ca M M 4 EuroPRP M FileZi
207. dp UserLin 4 X19 User linearisation table 4 X value 19 oat32 2b65 11109 2dp UserLin 4 X20 User linearisation table 4 X value 20 joat32 2b67 11111 2dp UserLin 4 X21 User linearisation table 4 X value 21 oat32 2b69 11113 2dp UserLin 4 X22 User linearisation table 4 X value 22 oat32 2b6b 11115 2dp UserLin 4 X23 User linearisation table 4 X value 23 oat32 2b d 11117 2dp UserLin 4 X24 User linearisation table 4 X value 24 joat32 2b6f 11119 2dp UserLin 4 X25 User linearisation table 4 X value 25 joat32 2b71 11121 2dp UserLin 4 X26 User linearisation table 4 X value 26 oat32 2b73 11123 2dp UserLin 4 X27 User linearisation table 4 X value 27 oat32 2b75 11125 2dp UserLin 4 X28 User linearisation table 4 X value 28 joat32 2b77 11127 2dp UserLin 4 X29 User linearisation table 4 X value 29 joat32 2b79 11129 2dp UserLin 4 X30 User linearisation table 4 X value 30 oat32 2b7b 11131 2dp UserLin 4 X31 User linearisation table 4 X value 31 joat32 2b7d 11133 2dp UserLin 4 X32 User linearisation table 4 X value 32 oat32 2b7f 11135 2dp UserLin 4 Y1 User linearisation table 4 Y value 1 oat32 2b42 11074 2dp UserLin 4 Y2 User linearisation table 4 Y value 2 joat32 2b44 11076 2dp UserLin 4 Y3 User linearisation table 4 Y value 3 oat32 2b46 11078 2dp UserLin 4 Y4 User linearisation table 4 Y value 4 oat32 2b48 11080 2dp UserLin 4 Y5 User linearisation table 4 Y value 5 oat3
208. e time_t 214a 8522 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 2142 8514 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 2149 8521 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 2147 8519 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 2145 8517 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 2144 8516 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Inactive alarm source safe and ack d if necessary boo 214e 8526 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 2141 8513 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged alarm has not been acknowledged boo 214f 8527 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 2146 8518 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 014a 330 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 2143 8515 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 2140 8512 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Acknowledge acknowledge alarm boo 01d5 469 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Acknowledgeme
209. e As for Status Word 2 but for virtual channs 13 to 14 AlarmSummary System Alarm11D Most recent active system alarm uint8 1210 4624 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm21D 2nd most recent active system alarm uint8 1211 4625 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm31D 3rd most recent active system alarm uint8 1212 4626 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm4ID Ath most recent active system alarm uint8 1213 4627 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm5ID 5th most recent active system alarm uint8 1214 4628 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm lD 6th most recent active system alarm uint8 1215 4629 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm7ID 7th most recent active system alarm uint8 1216 4630 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm8lD 8th most recent active system alarm uint8 1217 4631 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm9ID 9th most recent active system alarm uint8 1218 4632 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm10ID Oth most recent active system alarm uint8 1219 4633 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm1 11D 1th most recent active system alarm uint8 121a 4634 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm12ID 2th most recent active system alarm uint8 121b 4635 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm13ID 3th most recent active system alarm uint8 121c 4636 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm14 D 4th most recent active system alarm uint8 121d 4637 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm15 D 5th most recent active
210. e 5th most recent channel alarm boo 119e 4510 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm5Num As Alarm1Num but for 5th most recent alarm uint8 119c 4508 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm5Status As Alarm Status but for 5th most recent alarm uint8 119d 4509 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm6Ac Acknowledge the 6th most recent channel alarm boo 11al 4513 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm Num As Alarm1Num but for 6th most recent alarm uint8 119 4511 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm Status As Alarm1 Status but for 6th most recent alarm uint8 11a0 4512 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm7Ac Acknowledge the 7th most recent channel alarm boo 11a4 4516 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm7Num As Alarm1Num but for 7th most recent alarm uint8 11a2 4514 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm7Status As Alarm Status but for 7th most recent alarm uint8 11a3 4515 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm8Ac Acknowledge the 8th most recent channel alarm boo 11a7 4519 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm8Num As Alarm1Num but for 8th most recent alarm uint8 11a5 4517 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm8Status As Alarm1 Status but for 8th most recent alarm uint8 11a6 4518 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm9Ac Acknowledge the 9th most recent channel alarm boo 11aa 4522 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm9Num As Alarm1Num but for 9th most recent alarm uint8 11a8 4520 Not app
211. e and wait for the value to stabilise Enter the Low Target Value the value that the recorder is to read for the applied input When all is steady use the scroll and up down arrow to set the Confirm Low field to Yes then operate the scroll button again Figure 4 1 7c Channel adjustment procedure 2 4 The display changes to the high value adjust page 5 Apply the known high value and wait for the value to stabilise Enter the High Target Value the value that the recorder is to read for the applied input When all is steady set Confirm High to Yes A ASES ETS Yes Unadjusted 2 12 Adjusted Unadjusted Figure 4 1 7d Channel adjustment procedure 3 REMOVAL PROCEDURE 1 Set Remove Adjust to Yes and operate the scroll button 2 Use the scroll and up down arrow buttons to change the required channel icons from crosses to ticks 3 Select Remove IP Adjust to Yes and operate the scroll key The adjustment is removed from all selected channels without further confirmation Adjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Unadjusted Figure 7 1 7e Channel adjustment removal HA030554 Page 34 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 2 NETWORK MENU Network Interface Archiving FTP Server Modbus Section 4 2 1 Section 4 2 2 Section 4 2 3 Section 4 2 4 MAC address Media size User name Prefmaster IP Client Id
212. e latent heat of evaporation When the area cools less or even no evap oration takes place and the cooling is less effective Setting Cool Type to Water delivers much shortened pulses of water for the first few percent of the cooling range when the water is likely to be flashing into steam This compensates for the transition out of the initial strong evaporative cooling FAN COOLING Cool Type Fan Fan cooling is much gentler than water cooling and not so immediate or decisive be cause of the long heat transfer path through the process mechanics With fan cooling a cool gain setting of three upwards is typical Delivery of pulses to the blower is non linear this non linearity being caused by a combination of forced air movement and fan efficiency as a function of air velocity e g the efficiency of a fan when producing a low speed laminar air flow is different from its efficiency when producing a high speed turbulent flow Appendix B HA030554 Page 158 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 6 8 Feed forward Feed forward is a method of adding an extra scalable component to the PID output before any limiting It can be used for example in the implementation of cascade loops and constant head control or it can be used to pre load the control signal with a value close to that which is required to achieve the setpoint thus improving system response Feed forward FF is applied such
213. e mV is taken and a short blast of compressed air is used to remove any soot and other particles that may have accumulated on the probe A minimum and maximum cleaning time can be set by the user If the probe mV has not recov ered to within 5 of the snapshot value within the maximum recovery time set then an alarm is given This indicates that the probe is ageing and replacement or refurbishment is due During the cleaning and recov ery cycle the PV is frozen thereby ensuring continuous furnace operation The Pv Frozen parameter can be used in an individual strategy for example to hold the integral action during cleaning ENDOTHERMIC GAS CORRECTION A gas analyser may be used to determine the carbon monoxide CO concentration of the endothermic gas Ifa 4 to 20mA output is available from the analyser this can be applied to the instrument to adjust the cal culated carbon reading automatically Alternatively this value can be entered manually CLEAN PROBE As these sensors are used in furnace environments they require regular cleaning Cleaning Burn Off is per formed by forcing compressed air through the probe Cleaning can be initiated either manually or automat ically using a timed period During cleaning PV Frozen is set to Yes OXYGEN CONCENTRATION In order to measure oxygen concentrations one end of the probe is inserted into the atmosphere to be measured whilst the other is subjected to a reference atmosphere
214. e na a is 5 MONITOR erario al o a ways ade aati 118 Tico PKODEa keno a Laced beds 71 Wiring editor items pis Seon ees 119 Failure system error 0 0 cece eee ees 10 Under Damped riai neiaa ine g apes seers cas ce 144 Software LU lato oer dise Se BAD Ade da al GeO DEAS TENET 113 Colours ilOols aiii Goa Be aad a 117 Unit Di Enablessei ete coho ee etd ott oe oe 39 aTe ified siade dev aids Pbeb ha trae Be aca ke ae 116 Units Remove wire user interface o o o oo o 127 Chad e Aa br der od 44 Usenintedad ci nta ds wg yeh and 126 A A AD 55 Working Maths channel 51 E A E ERE E A 69 A A AS CMe O N A 54 Out High Low o aa e Bele 63 Total Aa dde 54 QuUiPUt Lola a pea 57 Unlink Stroll eee e ee Ca ae 57 153 COMME le Pic 117 Z MONICGR 2 cpt a acetate nae die ens t ea pd eae AG 118 Zirconia block OPtiON viese Re Ae ee 67 Unpacking the recorder 0 1 ee cece eee 3 Wi Pa di 71 UP arrow KEY hei eaii annie Meena ae eRe eS 7 PAS 19 Nese Girona aoc tt Pare ect a lg igh Hee ge is 113 Update rat s sagin tiene esa iene ots 133 Upgrade sac sate da Ou Sees eed ie ted Bes SEO 31 USB Archive destination o ooocoocooooooooo 37 CON i ha raed ET a daa Ae Re ga S ER A E 11 OVErcUITE dr wees ssa ela kel odie barnes 10 PortiloGationis cis ce hei idas 5 PortispecificatiO Mes cacas cee Pee dad ees 132 USOT AGS ae sss aie rai AA 116 User linearisation tableS oooooooooooooooo 66 User WIND sponte ns Eigen eee een a aw
215. e recipe parameter oocccccccccccccccccoo 125 COM bae 55 Rename Wiring Editor diagram 119 Derivative type it fiat aks ee a ks 57 Re Route A O gt Shah des bred Sosa EE 65 WILL owed ean ameter amos ASES 116 Dl A A E d atta decai 64 A E sale Se See aio ete 119 BEV PE aes teh a eee a oe cece eins 62 Reset BROZOM i tutte RA 69 ESTOY Menta ti Ae thes nite oa wane at 24 LOO Piventioe kt aiuto aida Melee Saw 57 Virtual channels srecan osaman es 51 Maths channel sessi serie rrine terin odds 51 Resistance input ranges 0 0 c eee eee 134 PID Gain scheduling type 2000 143 Resolution Relay OP varita a baa dan 64 Chantel swr4 ds ssiea ar aei e ts ahaa ees 44 Schepens see era ab teary 59 COUNTS R25 a a Nao dde 55 Total Mth ae say eet ea kee ane 53 Maths channels 0 seas cagar sata cle aie colts 51 R Totali iii o deen hes 54 ReSYMDOl paa ds 11 Zirconia probe Opt ccoococccoccccionnco 69 is titi 129 145 PP Ae enacts ae I ieee 3 Omia Aa a nll aes te ON 151 RESty cakes eae oes PEERS ERE EO eA EEK HO REY EHS 61 R2G R2G2 R2G3 ARs a Bel ce Wy ta by Ao th AR gS 59 Restore factory settings EE O 32 Ras is rs ainia Cea Ma 61 RiseROC 6 eect 47 AO RA A ee gta 7 ROMOVER oia ita ie este ells 54 Range RIDA DSS vull need wate 134 HIG H LOW 24s id dos 60 S Uno E 44 Oi tie babe ei aa idee ease me eae 62 157 Rate Not Acke iis ee cae vile es ek ae eels 47 Auitomaticarchives2 su can he ue wd 37 O oo senna
216. e two icons allow compounds to be created and un cre ated flattened 6 3 2 Wiring editor operating details COMPONENT SELECTION Single wires are shown with boxes at corners when selected When more than one wire is selected as part of a group the wire colour changes to magenta All other items have a dashed line drawn round them when selected Clicking on a single item selects it An Item can be added to the selection by holding down the control key ctrl whilst clicking on the item A selected item can be deselected in the same way If a block is selected then all its associated wires are also selected Alternatively the mouse can be click dragged on the background to create a rubber band round the rele vant area anything within this area being selected when the mouse is released lt Ctrl gt lt A gt selects all items on the active diagram BLOCK EXECUTION ORDER The order in which the blocks are executed by the instrument depends on the way in which they are wired Each block displays its place in its sequence in a coloured block in the bottom left hand corner figure 6 3 2a HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 113 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 2 WIRING EDITOR OPERATING DETAILS Cont FUNCTION BLOCKS A Function Block is an algorithm which may be wired to and from other function blocks to make a control strategy Each function block has inputs and outputs Any parameter may be wired
217. e user back up the menu structure until the top level menu is reached when the scroll key can be used again to return to the Home page The scroll button is also used to initiate user wiring as described in section 7 RAISE LOWER BUTTONS EY Within trending displays the Raise and Lower keys can be used to scroll through the enabled display modes in the sequence vertical trend horizontal trend vertical bargraph horizontal bargraph numeric vertical trend and so on Within configuration pages these pushbuttons act as cursor keys allowing for example the user to high light menu items for selection using the scroll button and in many cases allowing the user to select one from a number of alternative values within menu items Theses keys are also used to navigate through the virtual keyboards section 3 6 and number pads used to enter text or numeric strings HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 7 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 2 PROCESS VARIABLE DISPLAY As discussed above the operator interface consists of a display screen and associated push buttons The display screen shows process variables in one of a number of formats or operational details notes or alarm history for example or configuration details for use in setting up the recorder to produce the required dis plays and history formats The remainder of section three discusses the process variable displays alarm dis plays and so on configuration details
218. e wire to the front ofthe diagram Push to Back Sends the wire to the back of the diagram Page 116 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 2 WIRING EDITOR OPERATING DETAILS Cont Wire Colours Black Red Magenta Purple Green COMMENTS Normal functioning wire The wire is connected to a non changeable parameter Values are rejected by the des tination block A normal functioning wire is being hovered over by the mouse cursor A red wire is being hovered over by the mouse cursor New Wire dashed green wire changes to solid black after being downloaded Comments are added to a wiring diagram by click dragging them from the Function Block tree onto the di agram As soon as the mouse is released a dialogue box opens to allow the comment text to be entered Carriage returns are used to control the width of the comment Once text entry is complete OK causes the comment to appear on the diagram There are no restrictions on the size of acomment Comments are saved to the instrument along with the diagram layout information Comments can be linked to function blocks and wires by clicking on the chain icon at the bottom right hand corner of the comment box and then clicking again on the required block or wire A dashed line is drawn to the top of the block or to the selected wire segment figure 6 3 2f Note Once the comment has been linked the Chain icon disappears It re appea
219. eUnitsC 0 Scale low value 6154 0 00 Scale high value 6155 100 00 Input offset 6167 0 00 Cold junction type 6156 CJTypelntemal 1 Filter time constant 6158 1 60 Y SensoBreakTyp Sensor break type 6159 1BreakTypeBreakLow 1 Y BreakResponse Sensor break response 6160 BreakDrvNone 0 CensorfiraalW al Cancer braal valia SS 3 Channel 1 Main 28 parameters Figure 6 4 1a Typical parameter table Notes 1 Parameters in blue are non editable Read only In the example above all the parameters are read only Read write parameters are in black and have a pencil symbol in the read Write access column at the left edge of the table A number of such items are shown in figure 6 4 1a above Columns The default explorer window figure 6 4a contains the columns Name Description Address Value and Wired From As can be seen from figure 6 4b the columns to be dis played can be selected to a certain extent using either the Explorer menu or the context menu Limits have been enabled for the example above Hidden Parameters By default Tools hides parameters which are considered irrelevant in the current context Such hidden parameters can be shown in the table using the Parameter availa bility settings item of the options menu figure 6 4 1b Such items are displayed with a shaded background The full pathname for the displayed parameter list is shown at the bott
220. eans that if the relevant value SP PV Error etc rises above this boundary the loop switches from PID set 1 to PID set 2 If it falls below the boundary value the loop switch es from set 2 to set 1 As above but for switching between sets 2 and 3 Proportional band for set one two three The proportional term in the units Engineer ing units or set in PBUnits in the Setup menu See Appendix B section B2 2 2 for more details Integral time constant for set one two three Valid entries are1 to 9999 9 seconds or Off If set Off then integral action is disabled Removes steady state control offsets by moving the output up or down at a rate proportional to the error signal Derivative time constant for set one two three Valid entries are 1 to 9999 9 seconds or Off If set Off then derivative action is disabled Determines how strongly the con troller reacts to a change in the PV Used to control overshoot and undershoot and to restore the PV rapidly if there is a sudden change in demand Relative cool gain for set one two three Appears only if cooling has been configured Ch2 Control not Off or OnOff in Setup menu Valid entries are 0 1 to 10 Sets the cooling proportional band which compensates for differences between heating and cooling power gains Cutback high for set one two three Valid entries Auto 3xPB or 0 1 to 9999 9 The number of display units above setpoint at which the controller out
221. eat er than 973K 700 C 4 10 1 Definitions TEMPERATURE CONTROL The sensor input of the temperature loop may come from the zirconia probe but it is common for a separate thermocouple to be used The controller provides a heating output which may be used to control gas burn ers In some applications a cooling output may also be connected to a circulation fan or exhaust damper CARBON POTENTIAL CONTROL The zirconia probe generates a millivolt signal based on the ratio of oxygen concentrations on the reference side of the probe outside the furnace to the amount of oxygen in the furnace The controller uses the temperature and carbon potential signals to calculate the actual percentage of car bon in the furnace This second loop generally has two outputs One output is connected to a valve which controls the amount of an enrichment gas supplied to the furnace The second output controls the level of dilution air SOOTING ALARM In addition to other alarms which may be detected by the controller the instrument can trigger an alarm when the atmospheric conditions are such that carbon will be deposited as soot on all surfaces inside the furnace The alarm may be wired to an output e g relay to initiate an external alarm AUTOMATIC PROBE CLEANING The instrument has a probe clean and recovery strategy that can be programmed to occur between batches or be manually requested At the start of the cleaning process a snapshot of the prob
222. ed Gateway path unavailable Gateway misconfigured or overloaded Gateway target device failed to respond Device not present on the network Table 5 2 1b Exception codes 5 2 2 Data types The following data types are supported 1 2 s complement signed 16 bit analogue values with implied decimal point The decimal point position must be configured in both the recorder and the host computer 16 32 and 64 bit signed integers 16 bit unsigned integer values 32 bit IEEE Floating point values Strings of limited size can be transferred across Modbus TCP in Unicode format using a single non multiplexed set of consecutive registers DATA ENCODING MODBUS uses what is called a Big endian representation for addresses and data items This means that when a numerical quantity larger than a single byte is transmitted the most significant byte is sent first For example a 32 bit hex value of 12345678 would be transmitted as 12 followed by 34 followed by 56 and finally 78 Sl N 5 2 3 Invalid multiple register writes When a recorder receives a multi register write request it is possible that one or more requests will be re jected Under such a circumstance the recorder accepts all valid write requests and ignores any invalid writes No error response is produced 5 2 4 Master communications timeout Whilst the instrument is archiving it is possible that communications responses slow sufficiently to cause communic
223. ed by the setpoint limits SP High Lim and SP Low Lim described in section 4 6 5 The actual working output value before being split into channel 1 and 2 outputs Select Yes or No Yes freezes the integral term at its current value IntHold ensures that the power is reapplied smoothly after the loop has been broken for service rea sons for example 4 6 2 Setup menu parameters Loop Name Ch1 Control Ch2 Control Control Action PB Units Deriv Type Setpoint Access Allows entry of an 11 character name for the loop Selects the type of control for channel one from Off Channel is turned off OnOff Channel uses on off control PID Proportional integral derivative three term control VPU Valve positioning unbounded VPB Valve positioning bounded Appendix B Section B2 2 provides more details As above but for loop channel two Select Reverse or Direct Reverse means that the output is on when the process value PV is below the target setpoint SP This is normal for heating control Direct means that the output is on when PV is above SP This is normal for cooling con trol Select Engineering or Percent Engineering displays values in for example temperature units e g C or F Percent displays values as a percentage of loop span Range Hi Range Lo Error means that changes to PV or SP cause changes to the derivative o
224. ed in at Engineer level KK Record icon even if the recorder is not being configured This is indicated by the Record icon at the bottom left corner of the process value display screen being replaced by the Configuration Configuration wrench icon icon LOGIN PROCEDURE From the top level menu use the up or down arrow keys as often as necessary in order to highlight Login and then operate the Scroll key to produce the Access Logged out display Note this procedure describes how to login to an access level with a password associated with it For non password protected logins the user needs only to select the required access level and press the scroll key To log in as Engineer password 100 Access 1 Operate the up arrow key three times to display Access i asswor oO password a Engineer 2 eh ala ols ale al to Access CNE de 2 Press the scroll key A PN E E E O cs to call the alpha keyboard with the Access letter q high lighted Access Password 3 Use the down A arrow key three times to highlight Numeric 4 Operate the scroll key to display the numeric keyboard numeral 1 highlighted 5 Operate the scroll key to enter 1 then use the up arrow key nine times to highlight numeral 0 and use the scroll key twice to enter 0 0 completing the password of 100 6 Use the Page key to call the confirmation disp
225. een probe cleaning cycles to be entered in hours and minutes Allows Probe clean time to be entered in hours and minutes The minimum recovery time after purging in hours and minutes The maximum recovery time after purging in hours and minutes Zirconia probe temperature input value Allows a temperature offset to be entered for the probe Zirconia probe mV input Allows an offset to be entered for the probe mV input Read only calculated oxygen value Read only The calculated carbon potential Read only The dew point value derived from temperature and remote gas reference inputs Read only Sooting alarm Active if sooting is likely to take place The sensitivity of the alarm can be adjusted by using the Tolerance parameter above Yes indicates a sensor break Read only Parameter set to Yes during Probe cleaning Read only Enable the Clean valve Read only The burn off state of the zirconia probe Waiting Cleaning or Recover ing Clean Probe Yes Initiate probe cleaning No Do not clean probe Read only The time remaining in hours and minutes until the next cleaning cycle is due Read only Current probe status OK Normal working mV Sensor Brk Probe input sensor break Temp Sensor Brk Temperature input sensor break Min Calc Temp Probe deteriorating This output goes true when a step change in the output occurs which requires an in tegral re balance if the readings are used
226. el 3 3 3 Goto View Operating the scroll key whilst the Goto view item is highlighted calls the Goto view submenu figure 3 3 3a This allows the user to view channel alarms system alarms messages or to select a different display mode Alarm Summary Alarm Summary System Alarms Message Summary Vertical Trend Horizontal Trend La Horizontal Trend Vertical Bargraph er rgra Horizontal Bargraph rizoma Bargrapn rm Numeric umeric Control Dual Loop Promote List Figure 3 3 3a Goto view submenu HA030554 Page 12 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 3 3 GOTO VIEW Cont ALARM SUMMARY For each active alarm this page displays the channel identifier with alarm number e g C1 2 channel 1 alarm 2 the channel descriptor the alarm threshold the current process value and an alarm type symbol To return to the top level menu operate the Page key Notes 1 The background colour to the channel ID is the same as that chosen for the channel 2 A prefix C in the channel ID means that this is a measuring channel A prefix V means that this is a virtual channel i e a totaliser counter or maths channel Alarm Threshold Channel descriptor Channel current process value Alarm Summary a Al Nate TEMA Furnace 1 temp 1750 00 798 39 Alem Type indicator C2 1 Furnace 1 temp 3 750 00 763 89 Page key C3 1 Furnace 1 temp 2 590 00 603 39 C4 1 Furnace 2 temp 00
227. el test waveform as for Channel 1 Main uint8 1902 6402 Not applicable Channel 3 Main Type Channel function as for Channel 1 Main Type uint8 1900 6400 Not applicable Channel 3 Main Units Channel units string string_t 494b 18763 Not applicable Channel 3 Trend Colour Trend colour as for Channel 1 Trend Colour uint8 1920 6432 Not applicable Channel 3 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 1922 6434 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 1921 6433 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01b6 438 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 19d0 6608 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 19cb 6603 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 19c8 6600 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 19ca 6602 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 4 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 19c2 6594 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 19c9 6601 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 19c7 6599 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 19c5 6597 Se
228. emp Min temp at which the calculation is valid oat32 2886 10374 Same as Zirconia Tempinput Zirconia MinRcovTime Minimum recovery time after a purge time_t 288b 10379 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia NumResolution Number of decimal places uint8 2881 10369 Not applicable Zirconia Oxygen Calculated Oxygen value oat32 2894 10388 Set by Zirconia Resolution Zirconia OxygenExp Exponent used by log oxygen calculations int16 288d 10381 Not applicable Zirconia OxygenType The oxygen equation being used uint8 28a0 10400 Not applicable 0 Nernst 1 Nernst Bosch 2 Nernst CP 3 Ferronova Zirconia ProbeFault Probe Clean Recovery Warning bool 2896 10390 Not applicable Zirconia Probelnput Probe input in mV float32 2890 10384 Odp Zirconia ProbeOffset Probe offset in mV float32 2891 10385 Set by Zirconia Resolution Zirconia ProbeState State of the probe measurement system uint8 289 10399 Not applicable 0 Measuring 1 Cleaning 2 Clean Recovery 3 Test impedance 4 Impedance recovery 5 Not ready Zirconia ProbeStatus Status of Probe uint8 289c 10396 Not applicable 0 OK 1 mVSbr 2 TempSbr 3 MincalcT Zirconia ProbeType Type of Probe uint8 2880 10368 Not applicable 25 MMI 26 AACC 27 Dray 28 Accu 29 SSI 30 MacD 31 Bosch 32 Barber 33 ferono 34 PrbmV 35 Eurotherm Zirconia ProcFactor Process Factor Value defined by probe manufacturer oat32 2888 10376 1dp Zirconia PVFrozen 1 PV frozen bool
229. en only numerals are re quired a special keyboard is presented which contains only numerals Figure 3 6 shows the three standard keyboards along with a scan direction for operations of both up arrow and down arrow keys To change keyboards use the arrow pushbuttons to highlight the keyboard name Numeric Symbols or Alpha and then operate the scroll button Generally to enter text the required character is highlighted using the up and down arrows and the scroll button is used as an Enter key Once text entry is complete the Page button is used to confirm the edit use the down arrow to select Yes then operate the scroll button Pressing and holding the scroll button and then immediately operating the up or down arrow causes the character insertion point to move to the left down arrow or to the right up arrow The user can press and hold the scroll key to display variations on certain characters the letter e in the fig ure Once displayed the up and down arrows can again be used to scroll through auxiliary list allowing cap ital letters and characters with diacriticals e g accents umlauts tildes cedillas to be selected and entered using the scroll button The backarrow key is used as a back space key i e it deletes the character to the left of the cursor position The Del key deletes the character to the right of the cursor Note Leading and trailing space characters are automatica
230. ent active system alarm uint8 122d 4653 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm31 D 31st most recent active system alarm uint8 122e 4654 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm32ID 32nd most recent active system alarm uint8 122f 4655 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 Acknowledge alarm bool 01b0 432 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1850 6224 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 184b 6219 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount float32 1848 6216 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 184a 6218 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 1 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1842 6210 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1849 6217 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value float32 1847 6215 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1845 6213 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 1 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value float32 1844 6212 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 184e 6222 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm1 Latch Alarm latch type uint8 1841 6209 Not applicable 0 None 1 Auto 2 Manual 3 Trigger
231. entifier Media free Password Address IP type Media duration Input timeout IP address ae ee Unit ID Enable Subnet mask File format Serial Mode Gateway On media full Time Format Remote path Pref Master Conn Primary server Response time Primary user Master Conn 2 Primary password Response time Secondary server Master Comm 4 2 1 Interface Secondary user Secondary password Response time Trigger Master Conn 4 Period Response time This area of configuration allows the user to set up an IP address for the instrument either by typing one in Fixed or automatically DHCP assuming a DHCP server is running MAC Client Identifier IP Type IP Address Subnet Mask Network nterface MAC Client identifier EA 0 00 IP Type IP Address eSa VER a 255 255 24380 Gateway Figure 4 2 1 Network Interface menu Read only Media Access Control A unique address for each instrument entered atthe factory The client identifier is a unique id used by DHCP servers that implement option 61 Each nano product will have a unique ID built up from their MAC address If the DHCP server is configured to use option 61 then it will use this id instead of the MAC address to assign a dynamic IP address If Fixed the user needs to enter an IP address and Subnet Mask in the following fields and a Gateway address if required If DHCP the subsequent fields become read only with the entries automatically gen erated by the DHCP
232. ep the user can set a manual output power value and on transition to manual the output will be forced to that value If Manual Mode is set to Track the output steps to the forced manual output and then subsequent edits to the output power are tracked back into the manual output value If Manual Mode is set to Last Man Out then when moving from automatic to manual mode the output adopts the last manual output value HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 157 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 6 6 Power Feed Forward Power feed forward is used when driving an electrical heating element It monitors the line voltage and com pensates for fluctuations before they affect the process temperature The use of this will give better steady state performance when the line voltage is not stable Itis mainly used for digital type outputs which drive contactors or solid state relays Because it only has value in this type of application it can be switched off using the parameter Pff En It should also be disabled for any non electric heating process It is not necessary when Eurotherm analogue thyristor control is used since compensation for power changes is included in the thyristor driver Consider a process running at 25 power with zero error and then the line voltage falls by 20 The heater power would drop by 36 because of the square law dependence of power on voltage A drop in temper ature would result After a time
233. er linearisation table 4 Y value 15 joat32 2a9e 10910 2dp UserLin 3 Y16 User linearisation table 4 Y value 16 joat32 2aa0 10912 2dp UserLin 3 Y17 User linearisation table 4 Y value 17 joat32 2aa2 10914 2dp UserLin 3 Y18 User linearisation table 4 Y value 18 joat32 2aa4 10916 2dp UserLin 3 Y19 User linearisation table 4 Y value 19 joat32 2aa6 10918 2dp UserLin 3 Y20 User linearisation table 4 Y value 20 oat32 2aa8 10920 2dp UserLin 3 Y21 User linearisation table 4 Y value 21 joat32 2aaa 10922 2dp UserLin 3 Y22 User linearisation table 4 Y value 22 joat32 2aac 10924 2dp UserLin 3 Y23 User linearisation table 4 Y value 23 joat32 2aae 10926 2dp UserLin 3 Y24 User linearisation table 4 Y value 24 joat32 2ab0 10928 2dp UserLin 3 Y25 User linearisation table 4 Y value 25 joat32 2ab2 10930 2dp UserLin 3 Y26 User linearisation table 4 Y value 26 oat32 2ab4 10932 2dp UserLin 3 Y27 User linearisation table 4 Y value 27 joat32 2ab 10934 2dp UserLin 3 Y28 User linearisation table 4 Y value 28 joat32 2ab8 10936 2dp UserLin 3 Y29 User linearisation table 4 Y value 29 oat32 2aba 10938 2dp UserLin 3 Y30 User linearisation table 4 Y value 30 oat32 2abc 10940 2dp UserLin 3 Y31 User linearisation table 4 Y value 31 joat32 2abe 10942 2dp UserLin 3 Y32 User linearisation table 4 Y value 32 joat32 2ac0 10944 2dp UserLin 4 NumberOfBreakpoints Number
234. er setup complete Installation Complete Setup was completed successfully Completed Create folder C Documents and Settings richardne Start MenulPrograms FileZilla S Documents and Settings richardne Start Menu Pragrams FileZil Documents and Settings richardne Start MenulProgramsiFileZill Documents and Settings richardne Start MenulPrograms FileZill Documents and Settings richardne Start MenulProgramsiFilezila C Documents and Settings richardne Desktop FileZilla Server Inter Execute C Program Files Filezilla Server Filezilla Server exe fadminport 14147 Execute C Program Files FileZilla Server FileZilla Server Interface exe fadminport 1 Installing Service Execute C Program Files FileZilla Server FileZilla Server exe finstall auto Put FileZilla Server Interface into registry Completed 9 Click on Close when Installation is complete Connect to Server 10 Click OK in the Connect to Server window Eros frio Administration password J Always connect to this server CR Cancel HA030554 Appendix C Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 165 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE C2 2 SERVER SETUP 1 Create a new folder directory called for this example Archive in a suitable location such as the C drive or the desktop In the Filezilla server window click on File and select Connect to Server The Logged on message appears In the Ed
235. er username has been changed or if the Comms Enable field has been edited Number of non volatile write operations for diagnostic purposes The instantaneous value of the supply voltage applied to the instrument Used in some control loop operations CNOMO Comit de normalisation des moyens de production Page 30 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 5 Upgrade CAUTION Power must not be removed from the unit whilst upgrade is in progress as to do so will cause per manent damage the unit This item allows the user to update the instrument firmware either from a memory stick in the USB socket at the rear of the unit or via FTP transfer from a host computer The upgrade file is downloaded from the re corder manufacturer and is transferred to the instrument by memory stick or by FTP transfer The unit restarts automatically after an upgrade Instrument Upgrade Upgrade Firmware FTP Instrument Upgrade Server IP Address Account Username a Upgrade Firmware USB Source Path release Initiate No Account Password Source Path Initiate Figure 4 1 5 Typical Upgrade menus Upgrade Select Firmware USB Firmware FTP or Bootrom USB as the source of the up grade CAUTION Bootrom is for factory use only and its unauthorized use can permanently damage the recorder Server IP Address For Upgrade Firmware FTP o
236. erformed the calculated PID values are written into the PID set that is active on completion of the tune Therefore the user may tune within the boundaries of a set and the values will be written into the appropriate PID set However if the boundaries are close be cause the range of the loop is not large then at the completion of the tune it cannot be guaranteed that the PID values will be written to the correct set particularly if the schedule type is PV or OP In this situation the scheduler Sched Type should be switched to Set and the active set chosen manually INITIAL CONDITIONS Configure the parameters described in sections B2 4 3 and B2 4 4 above Notes 1 The tighter power limit applies For example if High Output is set to 80 and Output High is set to 70 then the output power will be limited to 70 2 The PV must oscillate to some degree to allow the tuner to calculate the relevant values The lim its must be set so as to allow oscillation about the setpoint INITIATING THE AUTOTUNE In the Loop Tune menu for the relevant loop set TuneEn to On Appendix B HA030554 Page 146 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 5 AUTOTUNE Cont EXAMPLE 1 AUTOTUNE FROM BELOW SP HEAT COOL The point at which Automatic tuning is performed Tune Control Point lies just below the setpoint at which the process is normally expected to operate T
237. es the steady state error from the setpoint With PD control the integral term is set to OFF and the measured value will not settle precisely at the setpoint The Manual Reset parameter MR in the PID menu represents the value of the power output that will be deliv ered when the error is zero This value must be set manually in order to remove the steady state error HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 141 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 3 LOOP PARAMETERS Cont B2 3 4 Integral Hold If Integral Hold Main menu is set to Yes the integral component of the PID calculation is frozen that is it holds its current value but does not integrate any disturbances in the plant This is equivalent to switching into PD control with a manual reset value preconfigured Integral Hold may be used in a situation where the loop is expected to open For example it may be neces sary to turn heaters off for a short period or to switch into manual at low power In this case it may be advan tageous to wire Integral Hold to a digital input which activates when the heaters are turned off When the heaters are switched on again because the integral is at its previous value overshoot is minimised B2 3 5 Integral De bump This feature is not accessible to the user When changing from Manual to Auto control the integral compo nent is forced to out put value proportional component derivative component OP P
238. etpoint gt EN R2G correct NE R2G too large Ns R2G too small Temperature Time Figure 2 4 6a Relative Cool Gain CUTBACK VALUES The PID terms calculated from Table 2 4 6 above should be entered before the cutback values are set The above procedure sets up the parameters for optimum steady state control If unacceptable levels of overshoot or undershoot occur during start up or for large step changes in PV then the cutback parameters should be set manually as follows 1 Initially set the cutback values to one proportional bandwidth converted into display units This can be calculated by taking the value in percent that has been installed into the parameter PB and entering it into the following formula PB 100 x Span of controller Cutback High and Cutback Low For example if PB 10 and the span of the controller is 0 to 1200 C then Cutback High Cutback Low 10 100 x 1200 120 2 lf overshoot is observed following the correct settings of the PID terms increase the value of CBL by the value of the overshoot in display units If undershoot is observed increase the value of the parame ter CBH by the value of the undershoot in display units Display units PV approaching SP from above adjust CBH Initial overshoot Setpoint 7 U Ri approaching SP rom below iti adjust CBL Initial undershoot Time Figure 2 4 6b Manual Cutback set
239. etpoint Range Low Limit joat32 175a 5978 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP Rate Setpoint Rate Limit Value 0 Rate limit off oat32 1762 5986 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP RateDisable Setpoint Rate Limit Disable 0 No 1 Yes bool 1763 5987 Not applicable Loop 2 SP RateDone Setpoint Rate Limit Complete 0 No 1 Yes bool 028a 650 Not applicable Loop 2 SP ServoToPV Servo to PV Enable 0 No 1 Yes bool 176c 5996 Not applicable Loop 2 SP SP1 Setpoint 1 joat32 175c 5980 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP SP2 Setpoint 2 oat32 175d 5981 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP SPHighLimit Setpoint High Limit oat32 175e 5982 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP SPIntBal SP Integral Balance 0 Off 1 On bool 176b 5995 Not applicable Loop 2 SP SPLowLimit Setpoint Low Limit joat32 175f 5983 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP SPSelect Active Setpoint Select 0 SP1 1 SP2 uint8 175b 5979 Not applicable Loop 2 SP SPTrack Enables setpoint tracking 0 Off 1 On uint8 1768 5992 Not applicable Loop 2 SP SPTrim Setpoint Trim oat32 1764 5988 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP SPTrimHighLimit Setpoint Trim High Limit oat32 1765 5989 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP SPTrimLowLimit Setpoint Trim Low Limit joat32 1766 5990 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP TrackPV PV for Programmer to Track oat32 1769 5993 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 SP TrackSP Manual Tracking Value joat32 176a 5994 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 Tu
240. f values simultaneously ADDING PARAMETERS TO THE WATCH LIST 1 Parameters can be click dragged into the watch list from another area of the Tools window for exam ple the parameter explorer window the graphical wiring editor the browse tree The parameter is placed either in an empty row at the bottom of the list or if it is dragged on top of an already existing parameter itis inserted above this parameter with the remaining parameters being moved down one place 2 Parameters can be dragged from one position in the list to another In such a case a copy of the parameter is produced the source parameter remaining in its original position 3 Parameters can be copied lt Ctrl gt lt C gt and pasted lt Ctrl gt lt V gt either within the list or from a source external to it for example the parameter browse window or the graphical wiring editor 4 The Insert item tool button 4 the Insert Parameter item in the Recipe or context menu or the short cut lt Insert gt can be used to open a browse window from which a parameter is selected for insertion above the currently selected parameter DATA SET CREATION Once all the required parameters have been added to the list select the empty data set by clicking on the column header Fill the data set with current values using one of the following methods 1 Clicking on the Capture current values into a data set tool icon 81 also known as the Snapshot Val ues tool
241. ff MOI Preset Value 0 pe Disable E Figure 4 5 2 Typical totaliser configuration menu Rollover Totaliser Input 1 Rollover 1 to 106 Counter 1 Input 1 Rollover 10 to 1012 Counter 2 Input 1 Rollover 1012 to 1018 Using cascaded counters to expand the totalisation range Descriptor Allows the user to enter a descriptor 20 characters max for the totaliser Type Select Math Counter or Totaliser Operation Allows the user to enable On or disable Off the totaliser PV Read only Shows the dynamic value of the totaliser HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 53 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Status 4 5 2 TOTALISER CONFIGURATION Cont Read only Shows the status of the totaliser Notes 1 Because of the way in which the totaliser value is stored IEEE 32 bit floating point it is possible that if the current totaliser value is very large then very small input values can be smaller than the minimum that can be resolved In such a case the small value is not totalised and the status Over flow is set This should not be confused with Rollover described below 2 The incremental value ma PSF USF at the rollover point 1 000 000 should be 1 Resolution Units Units Scaler Low Cut Off High Cut Off Input Period Preset Preset Value Rollover Disable Allows the number of decimal places up to 6 to be selected for the totalise
242. fix IP Address 123 123 123 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway C Documents and Settings richardne gt Figure 6 1 2b IP Config command 3 In Network Interface configuration section 4 2 1 enter the selected IP address and the subnet mask as it appears in the command prompt window in the relevant parts of the menu 4 Check communications by pinging as described in section 6 1 1 above Once the link to the instrument has been verified iTools can be started or shut down and re started and the Scan toolbar icon used to find the instrument The scan can be stopped at any time by clicking on the Scan icon a second time See section 6 2 for more details of the scan procedure Subnet Masks and IP addresses Subnet Masks are most readily understood when looked at in binary format For example a mask of 255 255 240 10 can be re written as 11111111 11111111 11110000 00001010 In such a case IP addresses 11111111 11111111 1111xxxx xxxx1x1x would be recognised where x can be either a 0 or 00 001 01 0 Binary 21 11 1 1 1 1 1 11111 x x x x x x x x 11x 1 x IP E 5 235 240 to 255 10 1 141 26 27 30 31 42 43 46 47 etc Subnet mask p gt 1 1 1 1 11111 1 1 IP addresses VAAL Aa 1 1 111111 00 00 CA a A a HA030554 Page 110 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER U
243. float32 2022 8226 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 2021 8225 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d2 466 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 20d0 8400 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 20cb 8395 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 20c8 8392 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Average Time Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 20ca 8394 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 20c2 8386 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 20c9 8393 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 20c7 8391 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 20c5 8389 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 20c4 8388 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 20ce 8398 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 20c
244. for PID control The carbon activity for the surface gas reaction between Carbon monoxide CO and Oxygen 02 Read only The current state of the probe If Measuring then the outputs are updated For any other state Clean Clean Recovery Test impedance Impedance Recovery Waiting the outputs are not updated Oxygen equation being used Temperature units are those configured for the channel to which the temperature measuring transducer is connected HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 69 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 10 2 CONFIGURATION Cont GAS REFERENCES PARAMETERS CO Local CO Remote CO Remote En CO in Use H2 Local H2 Remote H2 Remote En H2 In Use CLEAN PARAMETERS Clean Frequency Clean Time Min Rcov Time Max Rcov time Clean Valve Clean Probe Time to Clean Clean Enable Clean Max Temp Clean Abort Clean Rcov Time Last Clean Clean Msg Reset Probe Fault Cant Clean Clean Abort Clean Temp Reference value for the carbon monoxide CO concentration in the atmosphere Remote reference value for the carbon monoxide concentration in the atmosphere al lows the value to be read remotely Yes allows remote CO measurement No uses the internal value The CO gas measurement value currently being used Reference value for the hydrogen H concentration in the atmosphere Remote reference value for the hydrogen concentration in the atmosphere allows the value to
245. for totalisers float32 2283 8835 1dp VirtualChannel 14 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 22a0 8864 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 22a2 8866 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 22a1 8865 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV Zirconia aC_CO_O2 Carbon Activity Between CO and O2 float32 289e 10398 4dp Zirconia Balancelntegral Balance Integral bool 289d 10397 Not applicable Zirconia CarbonPot Calculated Carbon Potential float32 2892 10386 Set by Zirconia Resolution Zirconia Clean AbortClean 1 Abort cleaning process bool 28b5 10421 Not applicable Zirconia Clean CantClean 1 can t clean bool 28c3 10435 Not applicable Zirconia Clean CleanAbort 1 Cleaning cycle has been aborted bool 28c4 10436 Not applicable Zirconia Clean CleanEnable 1 probe cleaning allowed bool 28b2 10418 Not applicable Zirconia Clean CleanFreq Interval between probe cleaning cycles time_t 28aa 10410 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 105 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Zirconia Clean CleanMaxTemp Maximum temperature for cleaning If during the clean
246. from but only parame ters that are alterable in Operator Mode may we wired to A function block includes any parameters that are needed to configure or operate the algorithm The inputs and outputs which are considered to be of most use are always shown In most cases all of these need to be wired before the block can perform a useful task If a function block is not faded in the tree left hand pane it can be dragged onto the diagram The block can be dragged around the diagram using the mouse A Channel block is shown below as an example When block type information is alterable as in this case click on the box with the down arrow in it to display a dialogue box allowing the value to be edited Position in execution order PPP Down arrow AbsHigh EE qe nano1 149 121 132 120 502 IDO01 nano TC 1 Current Value TC 1 New Value Main Status Alarm2 Active Figure 6 3 2a Function block example If it is required to wire from a parameter which is not shown as a recommended output click on the Click to Select Output icon in the bottom right hand corner to display a full list of parameters in the Et block figure 6 3 2c below Click on one of these to start a wire FUNCTION BLOCK CONTEXT MENU Right click in the function block to display the context menu Function block view Displays a list of parameters associated with the function block Hidden parameters can be disp
247. g period int32 1d8a 7562 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1d8c 7564 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main PresetValue The Preset value joat32 1d8d 7565 Set by VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Main PV The virtual channel output value oat32 012c 300 Set by VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 4 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1d8b 7563 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 1d82 7554 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 1d91 7569 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 012d 301 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 1d89 7561 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 4 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1d8e 7566 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 1d80 7552 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4b66 19302 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 1d83 7555 1dp VirtualChannel 4 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 1da0 7584 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 1da2 7586 Same as Vir
248. ge4 Custom Message No 4 string_t 5f2f 24367 Not applicable CustomMessage Message5 Custom Message No 5 string_t 5f94 24468 Not applicable CustomMessage Message Custom Message No 6 string_t 5ff9 24569 Not applicable CustomMessage Message7 Custom Message No 7 string_t 605e 24670 Not applicable CustomMessage Message8 Custom Message No 8 string_t 60c3 24771 Not applicable CustomMessage Message9 Custom Message No 9 string_t 6128 24872 Not applicable CustomMessage Message10 Custom Message No 10 string_t 618d 24973 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger1 Custom message No 1 trigger boo 28f0 10480 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger2 Custom message No 2 trigger boo 28f1 10481 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger3 Custom message No 3 trigger boo 28f2 10482 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger4 Custom message No 4 trigger boo 28f3 10483 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger5 Custom message No 5 trigger boo 28f4 10484 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger Custom message No 6 trigger boo 28f5 10485 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger7 Custom message No 7 trigger boo 28f6 10486 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger8 Custom message No 8 trigger boo 28f7 10487 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger9 Custom message No 9 trigger boo 28f8 10488 Not applicable CustomMessage Trigger10 Custom message No 10 trigger boo 2819 10489 Not applicable DigitallO 1 Invert Invert signal 0 Do not invert 1 Invert boo 1503 5379
249. gin Login allows the user to enter a password in order to gain access to areas of the unit s configuration which are not available when the user is logged out LOGGED OUT ACCESS LEVEL Logged out mode allows the user to select viewing mode to view history to view alarms to toggle faceplate cycling on and off to send notes to suspend resume USB archiving and to access the login process OPERATOR ACCESS LEVEL In addition to the logged out features Operator access level allows the user to acknowledge alarms to edit notes and to perform demand archive operations By default no password is required in order to enter Operator level but a password can be set either at Su pervisor level or at Engineer level HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 15 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 3 7 LOGIN Cont SUPERVISOR ACCESS LEVEL In addition to the logged out level function this access level allows the user to view the recorder s configu ration and to edit some values such as alarm thresholds By default there is no password required to enter Supervisor level but a password can be set in the Instrument area of configuration either at Supervisor level or at Engineer level ENGINEER ACCESS LEVEL This allows full access to all areas of the recorder configuration The default password is 100 but this can be edited in the Instrument area of configuration section 4 1 5 Note recording is stopped for as long as the user is logg
250. hFree Unused space in the internal flash in MBytes float32 1038 4152 2dp Group Recording FlashSize Size of the internal flash in MBytes float32 1037 4151 2dp Group Recording Interval Recording interval int32 1022 4130 Not applicable 0 8Hz 1 4Hz 2 2Hz 3 1Hz 4 2sec 5 5 sec 6 10sec 7 20sec 8 30 sec 9 1 min 10 2 min 11 5 min 12 10 min 13 20 min 14 30 min 15 1hr Group Recording Status Recording status int16 1036 4150 Not applicable 0 Not recording 1 Disabled 2 Messages only 3 Recording enabled 4 Recording paused Group Recording Suspend 1 Suspend recording boo 1035 4149 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan1En Virtual Channel 1 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1027 4135 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan2En Virtual Channel 2 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1028 4136 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan3En Virtual Channel 3 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1029 4137 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan4En Virtual Channel 4 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 102a 4138 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan5En Virtual Channel 5 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 102b 4139 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan En Virtual Channel 6 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 102c 4140 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan7En Virtual Channel 7 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 102d 4141 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan8En Virtual C
251. hannel 2 Alarm2 Type Alarn type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 18e0 6368 Not applicable Channel 2 Main CJType Cold junction compensation type as for Channel 1 Main uint8 188c 6284 Not applicable Channel 2 Main Descriptor Channel descriptor string_t 491b 18715 Not applicable Channel 2 Main ExtCJTemp External CJ temperature oat32 188d 6285 1dp Channel 2 Main FaultResponse Fault response as for Channel 1 Main uint8 1890 6288 Not applicable Channel 2 Main Filter Filter time constant joat32 188e 6286 1dp Channel 2 Main InputHigh nput range maximum value oat32 1884 6276 1dp Channel 2 Main InputLow nput range minimum value oat32 1883 6275 1dp Channel 2 Main InternalCJTemp Channel 2 internal cold junction temperature joat32 1895 6293 1dp Channel 2 Main IPAdjustState 0 Channel unadjusted 1 Channel adjusted bool 1896 6294 Not applicable Channel 2 Main LinType Linearisation type as for Channel 1 Main uint8 1886 6278 Not applicable Channel 2 Main MeasuredValue nput value before linearisation scaling adjust etc oat32 1894 6292 Set by Channel 2 Main Resolution Channel 2 Main Offset Fixed value to be added to subtracted from PV joat32 1897 6295 3dp Channel 2 Main PV The output displayed value of the channel joat32 0104 260 Set by Channel 2 Main Resolution Channel 2 Main RangeHigh Range high value oat32 1888 6280 Set by Channel 2 Main Resolution Channel 2 Main RangeLow Range low value oat32 1887 6279 Set by Cha
252. hannel 8 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 102e 4142 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan9En Virtual Channel 9 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 102f 4143 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan10En Virtual Channel 10 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1030 4144 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan11En Virtual Channel 11 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1031 4145 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan12En Virtual Channel 12 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1032 4146 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan13En Virtual Channel 13 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1033 4147 Not applicable Group Recording VirtualChan14En Virtual Channel 14 enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled boo 1034 4148 Not applicable Group Trend Descriptor Group descriptor string_t 5b00 23296 Not applicable Group Trend Interval Trend interval As Group Recording Interval above int32 1002 4098 Not applicable Group Trend MajorDivisions Number of major divisions uint8 1004 4100 Not applicable Group Trend Point1 1st point in the group VCh Virtual channel uint8 1006 4102 Not applicable 0 No trend 1 Channel 1 2 Channel 2 3 Channel 3 4 Channel 4 5 VCh1 6 VCh2 7 VCh3 8 VCh4 9 VCh5 10 VCh 6 11 VCh7 12 VCh8 13 VCh9 14 VCh10 15 VCh11 16 VCh12 17 VCH13 18 VCh14 Group Trend Point2 As Group Trend Point1 but for 2nd point in group uint8 1007 4103 Not applicable Group Trend Point3 As Gro
253. hannel descriptor string_t 4c44 19524 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 2223 8739 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 2205 8709 Set by VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 13 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 2207 8711 Set by VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 13 Main Input2 Input 2 value joat32 2208 8712 Set by VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 13 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 2204 8708 Set by VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 13 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value joat32 2206 8710 Set by VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 13 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 2201 8705 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 220a 8714 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 220c 8716 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Main PresetValue The Preset value oat32 220d 8717 Set by VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 13 Main PV The virtual channel output value joat32 0150 336 Set by VirtualChannel 13 Main Resolution Page 104 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont
254. he general properties of these buttons are described in the remainder of this section but some have addi tional context sensitive functions which for the sake of clarity are not described here but in the relevant sec tions e g Message summary of the manual PAGE BUTTON From any non configuration page pressing this push button causes the top level menu figure 3 1 2 to ap pear The figure shows the menu for a user logged in with Engineer level access Other access levels may have fewer menu items Within configuration pages the Scroll button can be used as an enter key to select lower menu levels In such cases the page button is used to reverse this action moving the user up one menu level per operation Figure 3 1 2 Top level menu Engineer level access SCROLL BUTTON SY From trending pages operation of the scroll pushbutton scrolls through the channels enabled in the group The Faceplate cycling Off selection can be used to keep a particular channel permanently displayed and the scroll pushbuttons can then be used to select channels manually In configuration pages the scroll key operates as an enter key to enter the next menu level associated with the highlighted item Once the lowest menu level is reached operation of the scroll key allows the value of the selected item to be edited by the relevant means for example the raise lower keys or a keyboard entry The Page key is used to move th
255. he integral and or derivative terms and control on proportional only on proportion al plus integral Pl or proportional plus derivative PD Pl control is often used when the PV is noisy and or subject to rapid variations where derivative action would cause the output power to fluctuate wildly PROPORTIONAL BAND The proportional band PB delivers an output which is proportional to the size of the error signal It is the range over which the output power is continuously adjustable in a linear fashion from 0 to 100 for a heat only controller Below the proportional band the output is full on 100 above the proportional band the output is full off 0 as shown in figure B2 2 2a The width of the proportional band determines the magnitude of the response to the error If PB is too nar row high gain the system oscillates if it is too wide low gain control is sluggish The ideal situation is when the proportional band is as narrow as possible without causing oscillation Figure B2 2 2a also shows the effect of narrowing proportional band to the point of oscillation A wide pro portional band results in straight line control but with an appreciable initial error between setpoint and ac tual temperature As the band is narrowed the temperature gets closer to setpoint until eventually it becomes unstable The proportional band may be set in engineering units or as a percentage of the controller range
256. her characters makes it necessary to use Escape codes e g Alt 0247 for the sign when trying to enter configuration mode from iTools for example 2 Restoring factory default configuration can also be carried out in iTools using the Engineer pass word reset and selecting Default Config to Yes Page 32 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 7 Input adjust Notes 1 Input adjust cannot be applied to input channels with input type of Digital Test or Off 2 Input adjustments can be carried out only by users logged in as Engineer see section 3 3 7 3 The instrument must be powered for a sufficient time e g 30 minutes for it to reach thermal equi librium before an input adjust is performed This facility allows the user to compensate for tolerance errors etc The technique used is to select those channels to which adjust is to be applied then for each channel to a apply a known low level signal at or close to the low input range value to the relevant input When the recorder reading is steady press Apply b apply a known high level signal at or close to the high input range value to the relevant input When the recorder reading is steady press Apply Figure 4 1 7a shows a typical display when Input adjust is selected from the Instrument menu and Apply adjust has been selected As can be seen channel 3 has previou
257. icon at the bottom right hand cor ner of the box and then clicking again on the required parameter A dashed line is drawn to the top of the block or the selected wire segment Note Once the monitor has been linked the Chain icon disappears It re appears when the mouse cursor is hovered over the bottom right hand corner of the monitor box Sample commi Channel 1 Test El Sine40Sec 70 None 0 El None 0 El Main PY Main Status VirtualChannel 1 Totaliser 2 El On 65 El E E cs ed main Pv 2998 04 a None 0 None 0 Main Inputl Main Py Main Disable Main Status 2 a From Main P 9 91 To Main Inputl 11 11 Figure 6 3 2f Comment and Monitor appearance Monitor Context Menu Show names Toggles parameter names on and off in the monitor box 4 td Unlink Deletes the current link from the monitor Cut Moves the monitor to the Clipboard ready to be pasted elsewhere M unink Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt X gt ie pdi Copy Copies the monitor from the wiring diagram to the Clipboard ready to be pasted elsewhere Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt C gt ic Del Paste Copies a monitor from the Clipboard to the wiring diagram Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt V gt Delete Marks the monitor for deletion at next download PIRE e i a N Undelete Undoes the Delete command if download has not taken place since Bring to Front Moves the item to the top layer of the diagram P
258. icular set of terminals at the rear of the instrument figure 2 2 as follows DIO 1 is the digital I O associated with terminals 1A1B DIO 2 is the relay associated with terminals 2A2B DIO 3 is the digital input associated with terminals LALC DIO 4 is the relay associated with terminals 3A3B DIO 5 is the digital input associated with terminals LBLC DIO 6 is the relay associated with terminals 4AC DIO 7 is the relay associated with terminals 5AC HA030554 Page 76 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution AlarmSummary AnyAlarm 0 No active alarms 1 one or more alarms active bool 01a2 418 Not applicable AlarmSummary AnyChanAlarm 0 No channel alarms uint8 01a0 416 Not applicable 1 Channel alarm s active but all ack d 2 Channel alarm s active but not all ack d AlarmSummary AnySystemAlarm 0 No system alarms 1 1 or more system alm s bool 01a1 417 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm1Ack Acknowledge the most recent channel alarm bool 1192 4498 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm1Num Channel and alarm number of most recent alarm uint8 1190 4496 Not applicable 0 No alarm 4 Ch1 Al1 5 Ch1 Al2 8 Ch2 Al1 9 Ch2Al2 2 Ch3 Al1 3 Ch3 Al2 6 Ch4 Al1 7 Ch4 Al2 32 VC1 Al1 33 VC1 Al2 36 VC2 Al1 37 VC2 Al2 40 VC3 Al1 41
259. igital 1 O 4AC Re Digital 1 O 4AC Re Digital I O 5AC Re Digital I O 5AC Re Digital Il O 5AC R Digital Il O LALC Digital Il O LALC Digital Il O LALC Digital O LBLC Digital Il O LBLC D Digital Il O LBLC D Relay Digital I O 2A2B Relay Type Digital 1 O 3A3B Relay Invert e D Di D D Digital 1 O 3A3B Relay Type Invert Min On Time Type Invert Min On Time Type ig In Invert g In Min On Time ig In Type ay ay ay ay ay ay ig In Invert ig In Min On Time ig In Type Group Recording ChannelN Group Recording Enable Group Recording Interval Group Recording UHH Compression Group Recording VirtualChanN Group Trend Descriptor Instrument Upgrade Server IP Address Instrument Upgrade Source Path Instrument Upgrade Upgrade Loop N Diagnostics Loop Mode Loop N Output Ch2 Deadband Loop N Output ChN OnOff Hyst Loop N Output ChN Travel Time Loop N Output Cool Type Loop N Output FF Gain Loop N Output FF Offset Loop N Output FF Trim Lim Loop N Output FF Type Loop N Output Manual Mode Loop N Output Manual Startup Loop N Output Output High Loop N Output Output Low Loop N Output Pff En Loop N Output Pot Brk Mode Loop N Output Rate Loop N Output Rate Disable Page 74 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 2 4 NON VOLATILE PARAMETERS IN EEPROM Cont Loop N Output Safe OP Loop
260. imit the output power of the loop and is derived from the gain scheduled limit the remote limit and the safety limit The high limit for the working output This is the value used to limit the output power of the loop and is derived from the gain scheduled limit the remote limit and the safety limit Loop Break Alarm Becomes active Yes if the loop break time LBT set in the PID menu section 4 6 4 is exceeded otherwise No is displayed Shows the proportional term contribution to the control output Shows the integral term contribution to the control output Shows the derivative term contribution to the control output Indicates sensor break status On tick symbol indicates a sensor break has occurred Off cross symbol shows that no sensor breaks have been detected The scheduled proportional band for the current PID set The scheduled integral time for the current PID set The scheduled derivative time for the current PID set The scheduled relative cool gain value for the current PID set The scheduled cutback high value for the current PID set The scheduled cutback low value for the current PID set The scheduled manual reset value for the current PID set The scheduled loop break time for the current PID set The scheduled output low limit for the current PID set The scheduled output high limit for the current PID set HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 63 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 7 DI
261. ing and cooling are switched off allowing the plant to respond naturally Meas urements over the period F to G are used to calculate the Relative Cool Gain R2G Cut back High is calculated from the equation CBH CBL x R2G H Autotune is turned off and the process is allowed to control at the target setpoint using the new control terms Note Controlling from above SP is identical except that heating and cooling are reversed HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 147 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 5 AUTOTUNE Cont EXAMPLE 2 AUTOTUNE FROM BELOW SP HEAT ONLY The sequence of operation for a heat only loop is the same as that described above for a heat cool loop except that the sequence ends at F since there is no need to calculate R2G R2G is set to 1 0 for heat only proces ses At F autotune is turned off and the process is allowed to control using the new control terms For a tune from below setpoint CBL is calculated on the basis of the size of the overshoot assuming it was not set to Auto in the initial conditions CBH is then set to the same value as CBL Note Autotune can also occur when the initial PV is above SP The sequence is the same as tuning from below setpoint except that the sequence starts with natural cooling applied at B after the first one minute settling time In this case CBH is calculated and CBL is then set to the same value as CBH
262. ing alarms on uint8 lec2 7874 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 lec 7881 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1ec7 7879 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t lech 7877 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1ec4 7876 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Inactive alarm source safe and ack d if necessary boo lece 7886 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 lec1 7873 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged alarm has not been acknowledged boo lecf 7887 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 lec 7878 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0136 310 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1ec3 7875 Same as VirtualChannel 6 Main PV VirtualChannel 6 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1ec0 7872 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Acknowledge acknowledge alarm boo O1cb 459 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Acknowledgement alarm acknowledged boo 1ef0 7920 Not applicable VirtualChannel 6 Alarm2 Active alarm source active or safe but not ack d boo leeb
263. ing cycle boo 289a 10394 Not applicable Zirconia CleanState Cleaning State 0 Waiting 1 Cleaning 2 Recovering uint8 2899 10393 Not applicable Zirconia CleanTime The time for which the probe is cleaned time_t 288a 10378 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia CleanValve Enable probe cleaning valve boo 2898 10392 Not applicable Zirconia DewPoint Calculated Dewpoint joat32 2893 10387 Set by Zirconia Resolution Zirconia GasRe Reference value for hydrogen concentration joat32 2882 10370 1dp Zirconia GasRefs CO_Ideal Gas ref value when Oxygen Type Nernst joat32 28a9 10409 1dp Zirconia GasRefs CO_InUse The CO gas measurement value being used joat32 28a4 10404 1dp Zirconia GasRefs CO_Local Reference value for CO concentration joat32 28a1 10401 1dp Zirconia GasRefs CO_Remote CO concentration from remote source joat32 28a2 10402 1dp Zirconia GasRefs CO_RemoteEn 1 Allow remote gas measurement bool 28a3 10403 Not applicable Zirconia GasRefs H2_InUse The hydrogen gas measurement value being used loat32 28a8 10408 1dp Zirconia GasRefs H2_Local Reference value for hydrogen concentration joat32 28a5 10405 1dp Zirconia GasRefs H2_Remote Hydrogen concentration from remote source joat32 28a6 10406 1dp Zirconia GasRefs H2_RemoteEn 1 Allow remote gas measurement bool 28a7 10407 Not applicable Zirconia MaxRcovTime Maximum recovery time after a purge time_t 288c 10380 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia MinCalT
264. ing float32 28b4 10420 Odp cycle the probe temperature exceeds this value cleaning is aborted Zirconia Clean CleanMsgReset Clear cleaning related alarms boo 28b3 10419 Not applicable Zirconia Clean CleanProbe Initiate a probe cleaning cycle boo 28b0 10416 Not applicable Zirconia Clean CleanRecoveryTime The time taken to recover from last clean time_t 28b6 10422 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat 0 max clean recovery time exceeded last time Zirconia Clean CleanTemp Clean cycle aborted because cleaning temperature was boo 28c5 10437 Not applicable too high Zirconia Clean CleanTime The time for which the probe is cleaned time_t 28ab 10411 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia Clean CleanValve Enable probe cleaning valve boo 28af 10415 Not applicable Zirconia Clean LastCleanMv Probe output after last clean in mV float32 28b7 10423 Odp Zirconia Clean MaxRcovTime Max recovery time after a purge time_t 28ad 10413 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia Clean MinRcovTime Min recovery time after a purge time_t 28ac 10412 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia Clean ProbeFault Probe failed to recover following the clean cycle boo 28ae 10414 Not applicable Zirconia Clean Time2Clean Time to next cleaning cycle time_t 28b1 10417 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia CleanFreq Interval between cleaning cycles time_t 2889 10377 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Zirconia CleanProbe Initiates a demand clean
265. int16 1094 4244 Not applicable Instrument Display HTrendScaling 0 hide horizontal trend scale 1 scale permanent uint8 109d 4253 Not applicable Instrument Display LoopControl Single loop control pages available for use boo 109a 4250 Not applicable Instrument Display LoopSetpointColour Loop setpoint colour As Channel 1 Trend Colour uint8 109f 4255 Not applicable Instrument Display Numeric Numeric mode enabled boo 1099 4249 Not applicable Instrument Display PromoteListView promote list display enabled boo 10ea 4330 Not applicable Instrument Display ScreenSaverAfter Screen saver time in minures 0 off int16 1091 4241 Not applicable Instrument Display ScreenSaverBrightness Screen saver brightness 10 10 20 20 etc uint8 1092 4242 Not applicable whole decades only Instrument Display TrendBackground Trend chart colour uint8 109c 4252 Not applicable 0 Black 1 Dark Grey 2 Light grey 3 White Instrument Display VerticalBar vertical bar mode enabled bool 1097 4247 Not applicable Instrument Display VerticalTrend Vertical trend mode enabled bool 1095 4245 Not applicable Instrument Info Bootrom BootROM version string_t 447a 17530 Not applicable Instrument Info CompanylD Always returns 1280 int16 0079 121 Not applicable Page 84 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont
266. int32 10e2 4322 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam3Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 3 string_t 632a 25386 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam4 Promote parameter No 4 eint32 10e3 4323 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam4Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 4 string_t 633f 25407 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam5 Promote parameter No 5 eint32 10e4 4324 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam5Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 5 string_t 6354 25428 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam Promote parameter No 6 eint32 10e5 4325 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 6 string_t 6369 25449 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam7 Promote parameter No 7 eint32 10e6 4326 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam7Desc Descriptor for promote parameterNo 7 string_t 637e 25470 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam8 Promote parameter No 8 eint32 10e7 4327 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam8Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 8 string_t 6393 25491 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam9 Promote parameter No 9 eint32 10e8 4328 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam9Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 9 string_t 63a8 25512 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam10 Promote paramete
267. iption Type Hex Dec Resolution UserLin 3 X29 User linearisation table 3 X value 29 joat32 2ab9 10937 2dp UserLin 3 X30 User linearisation table 3 X value 30 joat32 2abb 10939 2dp UserLin 3 X31 User linearisation table 3 X value 31 oat32 2abd 10941 2dp UserLin 3 X32 User linearisation table 3 X value 32 oat32 2abf 10943 2dp UserLin 3 Y1 User linearisation table 4 Y value 1 joat32 2a82 10882 2dp UserLin 3 Y2 User linearisation table 4 Y value 2 joat32 2a84 10884 2dp UserLin 3 Y3 User linearisation table 4 Y value 3 joat32 2a86 10886 2dp UserLin 3 Y4 User linearisation table 4 Y value 4 joat32 2a88 10888 2dp UserLin 3 Y5 User linearisation table 4 Y value 5 joat32 2a8a 10890 2dp UserLin 3 Y6 User linearisation table 4 Y value 6 joat32 2a8c 10892 2dp UserLin 3 Y7 User linearisation table 4 Y value 7 joat32 2a8e 10894 2dp UserLin 3 Y8 User linearisation table 4 Y value 8 joat32 2a90 10896 2dp UserLin 3 Y9 User linearisation table 4 Y value 9 joat32 2a92 10898 2dp UserLin 3 Y10 User linearisation table 4 Y value 10 oat32 2a94 10900 2dp UserLin 3 Y11 User linearisation table 4 Y value 11 joat32 2a96 10902 2dp UserLin 3 Y12 User linearisation table 4 Y value 12 oat32 2a98 10904 2dp UserLin 3 Y13 User linearisation table 4 Y value 13 joat32 2a9a 10906 2dp UserLin 3 Y14 User linearisation table 4 Y value 14 joat32 2a9c 10908 2dp UserLin 3 Y15 Us
268. irtualChannel 10 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 2084 8324 Set by VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 10 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value joat32 2086 8326 Set by VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 10 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 2081 8321 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Period Averaging period int32 208a 8330 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Preset nitiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 208c 8332 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main PresetValue The Preset value joat32 208d 8333 Set by VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 10 Main PV The virtual channel output value joat32 0144 324 Set by VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 10 Main Reset nitiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 208b 8331 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 2082 8322 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 2091 8337 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0145 325 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 2089 8329 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 10 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 208e 8334 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 2
269. is envelope icon appears when a message is generated and it remains on display until the Message Sum mary is accessed when it is removed from the display until the next new message is generated AUTOTUNE ICON AF For instruments fitted with the Loop option this symbol appears during the Autotune process HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 11 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 3 TOP LEVEL MENU This menu appears when the page key is operated from any non configuration page The menu items dis played depend on the access permission of the user One of the menu items is highlighted and if the scroll key is operated then it is the highlighted item that is entered Figure 3 3 shows the top level menu for Engineer level access Section 3 3 1 Section 3 3 2 Section 3 3 3 Section 3 3 4 Section 3 3 5 Section 3 3 6 Section 3 3 7 Section 3 3 8 Page key Scroll key O Figure 3 3 Top level menu 3 3 1 Home Operating the scroll key whilst Home is highlighted causes a return to the Home page By default this is the vertical trend mode but the mode can be changed in Instrument Display configuration section 4 1 3 3 3 2 Configuration Operating the down arrow key highlights the Configuration item Operating the Scroll key enters the con figuration submenu described in section 4 of this manual Note Configuration appears only if the user has an appropriate access lev
270. is page is deliberately left blank Appendix A HA030554 Page 136 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Appendix B CONTROL LOOPS B 1 Note See section 4 6 for Loop configuration details INTRODUCTION With this recorder two control loops are available each loop containing two outputs Channel 1 and Chan nel 2 which can be individually configured for PID On Off or valve position For temperature control chan nel 1 is normally configured for heating and channel 2 for cooling B1 1 EXAMPLE HEAT ONLY Controller simplified Process under control fe era rk ee ee a a a ee e i Control i Control algorithm po output gt Power l PID On Off VP OP regulator i i i Error l i ras Temperature i 00 A P transducer l l i Heater PV Measured i l i temperature A SE ee ee ee ee ee ES eee Sr eS SS ST eS eS Figure B1 1 Control loop example The measured temperature process variable or PV is connected to the input of the controller where it is compared with the Setpoint SP the target temperature If there is a difference between the PV and the SP the controller calculates and outputs a heating demand This output is applied to the process heating device which in turn causes a change in the PV in a direction intended to result in a zero error B2 CONTROL LOOP DEFINITIONS B2 1
271. iser configuration 0ooooooocccccccnccccr ees 4 5 3 Counter configuration 2 0 0 cece nett tenet ees 4 6 LOOP CONFIGURATION cessan aaa pe e daa hei E eE i s i iea 4 6 1 Main menu parameters 0 0 ee eee eee 4 6 2 Setup menu parameters 6 cece 4 6 3 Tune menu parameters 0 cc eee 4 6 4 PID menu parameters 2 cece eee eee ee 4 6 5 Setpoint menu parameters eee eee 4 6 6 Output menu items vio aldo Scud Pe ds 4 6 7 Loop diagnostics ii a A el ea 47 DIGITALO ie id E EAEE 4 7 1 Digital input output cee ne eed eel eee a Sead dene eee 4 7 2 Relay QU PUES ia psico AELE RAE TEE SE ados 473 Digital inputs sto iinr a a snes sel E OEA SIR E a A eden le ae 4 8 USER LIN meirar n A ai 4 8 1 User linearisation table rules 0 0 NO 01 B WD ly 1 ll 1 1 1 LESS HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page iii nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE List of Contents Cont Section 4 9 CUSTOM MESSAGES es were 4 10 ZIRCONIA BLOCK OPTION 0000 0200 e eee eee A101 DefiNiti ONS nesne to aetna es leia T mperature Control wc sone a ees aeons wets Carbon Pot ntial Controli sses e Sooting Ala rnc ca tios hs Automatic Probe Cleaning 00 cece eee Endothermic Gas Correction 0 00 cece eee eee eee Cl an Probes ac hess gee adie Hee eee a a A OXYGEN CONCENTRATION 000000 eee eee 4 102 Configuration ss vinos odie ee aed E ee een s ZIRC
272. iser is 1 000 000 If for example the current totaliser value is 999 999 and Input 1 10 then the next sample will set the totaliser value to 999 999 10 1 000 000 9 and Rollover is set to Yes for one iteration period This can be used to increment a counter by wiring the totaliser Rollover parameter to the Trigger parameter of the counter The maximum capacity of each counter is also 1 mil lion and if necessary counters can be cascaded in a similar way the first counter count ing in millions the second in units of 1 012 the third in units of 1018 and so on Allows the user temporarily to suspend totalising action The output retainsthe pre dis abled value until the totaliser is re enabled when it resumes from that value The total iser is toggled between being enabled cross symbol and disabled tick symbol by means ofthe scroll key Page 54 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 5 3 Counter configuration This allows the user to set up a counter to count trigger inputs or it may be incremented from the Configu ration page Maximum count is 1 000 000 Counters can be cascaded by wiring from Rollover of one coun ter to trigger of the next Wiring is carried out from the operator interface section 7 or in iTools section 6 For Trend Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 configurations please see the relevant parts of section 4 4 Virtual Chan
273. ises above the value Reference Deviation and remains active until the PV falls below Ref erence Deviation Hysteresis For deviation low alarms the alarm becomes active if the process value PV falls below the value Reference Deviation and remains active until the PV rises above Reference Deviation Hysteresis For deviation band alarms the alarm is active whenever the process value PV lies out side the value Reference Deviation and remains active until the PV returns to within the band minus or plus Hysteresis as appropriate For deviation alarms only Deviation defines the width of the deviation band each side of the Reference value as described immediately above For absolute and deviation alarms this provides a means of preventing multiple alarm triggering if the process value is drifting close to the trigger value HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 47 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 3 ALARM 1 MENU Cont Amount Change Time Average Time Latch Block Dwell Acknowledge Active Inactive N acknowledged For rate of change alarms only The alarm becomes active ifthe process value rises Rise ROC or falls Fall ROC by more than the specified Amount within the time peri od defined in Change Time below The alarm remains active until the rate of change falls below the value Amount Change Time in the relevant sense Settable to 1 second 1
274. it menu select Users and in the General page click on Add and enter a name for the user then click OK For this example GeneralUser has been used but it may be more advantageous to use Anonymous because this is the default name in the recorder controller Click on OK In the Edit menu select Users and in the Shared Folders page click on Add A browse window opens allowing the user to select the new folder Archive created in step 1 above When OK has been clicked to confirm the selec tion the new folder appears in the centre window with an h next to it to indicate that this is the home folder for this ftp user setup Click on all the File and Directory enable tick boxes then click OK General Shared folders Speed Limits IP Filter OK Cancel Page General Speed Li IP Filter Page General Shared Folders Speed Limits IP Filter FileZilla Server File Server Edit jes CA Fa FileZilla Server 127 0 0 1 File Server Edit 158 RS FileZilla Server versi n 0 9 34 beta icf CA Connecting to server Connected waiting for authentication Logged on Account settings V Enable account Group membership lt none gt IT Password J Bypass userlimit of server Maximum connection count 9 o Connection limit per IP T Force SSL For user login Description
275. ive or rate action provides a sudden change in output linked to the rate of change in error whether this is caused by PV alone derivative on PV or by a change in the SP as well derivative on error selection If the measured value falls quickly derivative provides a large change in output in an attempt to correct the perturbation before it goes too far It is most beneficial in recovering from small perturbations Temperature gt Time Figure B2 2 2c Proportional Integral Derivative Action Derivative is used to improve the performance of the loop There are however situations where derivative may be the cause of instability For example if the PV is noisy then derivative can amplify that noise and cause excessive output changes in these situations it is often better to disable the derivative and re tune the loop HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 139 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 2 TYPES OF CONTROL LOOP Cont Derivative should not be used to curb overshoot in situations when the output is saturated at Op High or Op Low for extended periods such as process start up since to do so degrades the steady state performance of the system Overshoot inhibition is best left to the approach control parameters High and Low Cutback If Derivative is set to Off no derivative action will be applied Derivative can be calculated on change of PV or change of Error If configured on erro
276. k The outputs Ch1 Output and Ch2 Output are normally wired to a digital I O where they are converted into analogue or time proportioned signals for electrical heating cooling or valve movement B2 6 2 Output Limits Figure B2 6 2 shows where output limits are applied PID Menu Including Gain Scheduling output limits Output High 100 Output Low 100 Output High 2 100 A Output Low 2 100 Output High 3 100 a A Output Low 3 100 Output Menu Rem Output High A Rem Output Low Writable and wirable Diag Menu Sched Out High Sched Out Low Output Menu Writable not wirable Writable not Output High wirable t a Min gt a gt Output Low Tune Menu OPL limiting to ve High Output y 7 4 Low Output Diagnostics Menu Read only Working Out Low Working Working Out High output Figure B2 6 2 Output Limits Notes 1 Individual output limits may be set in the PID list for each set of PID parameters when gain sched uling is in use 2 Limits may also be applied from an external source These are Rem Output High and Rem Out put Low found in the Output menu These parameters are wireable for example they may be wired to an analogue input module so that a limit may applied through some external strategy If these parameters are not wired 100 limit is applied every time the instrument is powered up Continued
277. l or data will be lost Isolate the supply voltage and secure it against accidental operation Remove supply voltage wiring from the rear terminals Remove all signal wiring Remove the Ethernet cable and USB device if fitted Remove the two securing springs using a small screwdriver if necessary Prise the two chassis retaining bungs using a small screwdriver if necessary Ease the latching ears outwards whilst pulling forwards on the bezel until the chassis is free of the sleeve Replace the battery Recycle the exhausted battery according to local procedures Reinsert the chassis into the sleeve and secure it using the chassis retaining bungs previously removed Reinstall the chassis into the panel and secure it using the retaining springs previously removed Reinstall all wiring the Ethernet cable and USB device if any Reset the date and time as described in section 4 1 1 Retaining spring two places Remove retaining bungs two places 3 Remove Signal wiring Remove USB device Ly and Ethernet cable Remove supply voltage wiring Oo A A Replace battery Remove the chassis from the sleeve din HA030554 Appendix C Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 163 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE C2 SETTING UP AN FTP SERVER USING FILEZILLA C2 1 DOWNLOADING FileZilla is a free download from the internet search for FileZilla server download 1 Download the latest version fol
278. l 12 Main Input2 Input 2 value oat32 2188 8584 Set by VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 12 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 2184 8580 Set by VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 12 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value oat32 2186 8582 Set by VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 12 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 2181 8577 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 218a 8586 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 218c 8588 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main PresetValue The Preset value oat32 218d 8589 Set by VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 12 Main PV The virtual channel output value oat32 014c 332 Set by VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 12 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 218b 8587 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 2182 8578 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 2191 8593 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 014d 333 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 2189 8585 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 12 Main Trigger Increment decre
279. larm Average time time_t 1fea 8170 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1fe2 8162 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1fe9 8169 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1fe7 8167 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1fe5 8165 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1fe4 8164 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool lfee 8174 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1fe1 8161 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1fef 8175 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1fe 8166 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 013f 319 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1fe3 8163 Same as VirtualChannel 8 Main PV VirtualChannel 8 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1fe0 8160 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4bbd 19389 Not applicable VirtualChannel 8
280. larm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1f46 8006 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 013a 314 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1f43 8003 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1140 8000 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01cd 461 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1170 8048 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1f6b 8043 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1f68 8040 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1f6a 8042 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1f62 8034 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1169 8041 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1f67 8039 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1f65 8037 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1f64 8036 Same as VirtualChan
281. larm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1865 6245 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 1 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1864 6244 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 186e 6254 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 Latch As channel 1 Alarm 1 Latch uint8 1861 6241 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 186f 6255 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1866 6246 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm2 Status As channel 1 Alarm 1 Status uint8 0103 259 Not applicable Channel 1 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 1863 6243 Same as Channel 1 Main PV Channel 1 Alarm2 Type As channel 1 Alarm 1 Status uint8 1860 6240 Not applicable HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 79 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Channel 1 Main CJType Cold junction compensation type uint8 180c 6156 Not applicable 0 Internal 1 External 2 Remote Ch1 3 Remote Ch2 4 Remote Ch3 5 Remote Ch4 Channel 1 Main Descriptor Text string to describe the channel string_t 4900 18688 Not applicable Channel 1 Main ExtCJTemp External CJ temperature float32 180d 6157 1dp Channel 1 Main FaultResponse
282. lay 7 Ifthe password entry is as required use the up arrow twice or the down arrow once to highlight the word Yes and operate the scroll key to confirm The top level configuration menu appears Other wise Cancel can be used to clear the entry in order to start again or No can be used to quit login HA030554 Page 16 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 3 8 Demand Archive This allows a user with a high enough access level to archive a selected portion of the recorder history ei ther to a memory stick plugged into the USB port at the rear of the recorder Local Archiving or to a pc by means of the FTP protocol Remote Archiving The archived data remains in the flash memory of the instru ment When the flash memory is full new data causes the oldest file s to be discarded The up and down arrow keys are used to navigate to the required field ARCHIVE MENU Archive To USB Archive None Suspend Schedule P Cancel All No Eoaea 02 02 2010 11 37 09 Demand Archiving Demand Archiving Archive To FTP Server Archive None Cancel All No a Pri Status 6 Sec Status 6 Last Written On 02 0 Status PIN Figure 3 3 8 Demand Archive menu Local Archiving on left Remote Archiving on right Archive To Archive Suspend Schedule Cancel All Last Written on With this item highlighted the scroll button and the up down arrows can be used to se lect US
283. layed by de select ing Hide Parameters and Lists when not Relevant in the op tions menu Parameter availability setting item Re Route wires Redraws all wiring associated with the function block Re route input wires Redraws all input wiring associated with the function block Re route output wires Redraws all output wiring associated with the function Cut Ctrl x block Copy Ctrl C Show wiring using tags amp Paste Ctrl Wires are not drawn but their start and end destinations Delete Del are indicated by tags instead Reduces wire clutter in dia Undelete grams where source and destination are widely separated E E Bring To Fromt Hovering the cursor over the tag shows both its source and Push To Back destination parameters and their values Channel 1 TC 1 E DigitallO RELAY_2A2B OnoOffOutput 61 E PY g Em From Channel 1 Alarm2 Active Yes 1 To DigitallO RELAY_242B PY 1 00 Channel 1 Alarm2 Active Digitall RELAY 2428 48 E Function Block Yiew Re Route Wires Re Route Input Wires Re Route Output Wires Show Wires Using Tags Hide Unwired Connections Edit Parameter Value Parameter Properties EY Parameter Help Figure 6 3 2b Function block context menu Page 114 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 2 WIRING EDITOR OPERATING DETAILS Cont FUNCTION BLOCK CONTEXT MENU Cont Hide unwanted connections
284. ld oo Hysteresis A Latch te Block AA Dwell 00 00 00 Acknowledge A gt Active B Inactive a N acknowledged e Acknowledgement N Figure 7 1a Channel 2 Alarm 1 set up Note the channel alarm areas of configuration become accessible only once the channel with which they are associated has been configured with a suitable Type section 4 4 1 HA030554 Page 126 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 7 1 DRIVE RELAY EXAMPLE Cont User Wiring 2 Highlight the Active field and press and hold the scroll button for Channel 2 Alarm1 Active a few seconds until the top level User Wiring page appears O Dan The name of the selected parameter appears at the top of the page Any already existing wires from this parameter would appear below the Add new wire area 3 With Add new wire highlighted operate the Scroll button User Wiring Channel 2 Alarm1 Active amp Instrument amp Network Group amp Channel 4 Use the down arrow to highlight Digital I O and press the scroll irte button 2 Loop Eo User Wiring Channel 2 Alarm1 Active E Loop Digital I O ee E 1A1B Dig lO 5 Use the down arrow to highlight 3A3B Relay and press the scroll 2A2B Relay button LALC Dig In amp 3A3B Relay LBLC Dig In User Wiring Channel 2 Alarm1 Active Loop Digital I O 1A1B Dig lO Note If this parameter
285. le OR 9 Input2 OR Block 9 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d81 11649 Not applicable OR 9 Input3 OR Block 9 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d82 11650 Not applicable OR 9 Input4 OR Block 9 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d83 11651 Not applicable OR 9 Input5 OR Block 9 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d84 11652 Not applicable OR 9 Input OR Block 9 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d85 11653 Not applicable OR 9 Input7 OR Block 9 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d86 11654 Not applicable OR 9 Input8 OR Block 9 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d87 11655 Not applicable OR 9 Output OR Block 9 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d88 11656 Not applicable OR 10 Input1 OR Block 10 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d90 11664 Not applicable OR 10 Input2 OR Block 10 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d91 11665 Not applicable OR 10 Input3 OR Block 10 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d92 11666 Not applicable OR 10 Input4 OR Block 10 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d93 11667 Not applicable OR 10 Input5 OR Block 10 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d94 11668 Not applicable OR 10 Input OR Block 10 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d95 11669 Not applicable OR 10 Input7 OR Block 10 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d96 11670 Not applicable OR 10 Input8 OR Block 10 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d97 11671 Not applicable OR 10 Output OR Block 10 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d98 11672 Not applicable OR 11 Input1 OR Block 11 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2da0 11680 Not applicable
286. le between the RJ45 con nector at the rear of the unit to a host computer either directly or via a network A straight through cable can be used in either case i e a cross over cable is not required 5 2 INTRODUCTION MODBUS TCP allows the instrument to act as a slave device to one or more host computers connected via the RJ45 connector at the rear of the recorder Each recorder must have a unique Internet Protocol IP ad dress set up as described in Section 4 2 1 Network Interface MODBUS TCP Transmission Control Protocol is a variant of the MODBUS family of communications proto cols intended for supervision and control of automated equipment specifically covering the use of MODBUS messaging in an intranet or internet environment using TCP IP protocols Much of the MODBUS detail in this manual is derived from the document openmbus doc available at http www modbus org default htm The above mentioned document also includes implementation guidelines for users Note The Modbus protocol allows a maximum of 255 data bytes to be read from or written to in one transaction For this reason the maximum number of standard 16 bit registers that can be accessed in one transaction is 255 2 127 and the maximum number of IEEE 32 bit registers is 127 2 63 5 2 1 Function Codes MODBUS function codes 3 4 6 8 and 16 defined in table 8 2 1a below are supported and are fully de scribed in section 5 5 below Modbus defi
287. ledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 2070 8304 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 206b 8299 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount t joat32 2068 8296 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 206a 8298 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 2062 8290 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 2069 8297 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 2067 8295 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 2065 8293 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 2064 8292 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 206e 8302 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 2061 8289 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 206f 8303 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 2066 8294 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8
288. licable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm9Status As Alarm Status but for 9th most recent alarm uint8 11a9 4521 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm10Ac Acknowledge the 10th most recent channel alarm boo 11ad 4525 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm10Num As Alarm1Num but for 10th most recent alarm uint8 11ab 4523 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm10Status As Alarm1Status but for 10th most recent alarm uint8 11ac 4524 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm1 1Ac Acknowledge the 11th most recent channel alarm boo 11b0 4528 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm11Num As Alarm1Num but for 11th most recent alarm uint8 11ae 4526 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm11Status As Alarm1Status but for 11th most recent alarm uint8 11af 4527 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm12Ac Acknowledge the 12th most recent channel alarm boo 11b3 4531 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm12Num As Alarm1Num but for 12th most recent alarm uint8 11b1 4529 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm12Status As Alarm1Status but for 12th most recent alarm uint8 11b2 4530 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm13Ac Acknowledge the 13th most recent channel alarm boo 11b6 4534 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm13Num As Alarm1Num but for 13th most recent alarmr uint8 11b4 4532 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm13Status As Alarm1Status but for 13th most recent alarm uint8 11b5 4533 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chan
289. limit to be imposed whilst autotune is running The value must be less than or equal to the Output High value specified in the Output menu section 4 6 6 Read only display of autotune progress Off Autotune not running Ready Fleeting display Changes immediately to Running Running Autotune is in progress Complete Autotune completed successfully This is a fleeting display which changes immediately to Off Timeout Tl Limit and R2G Limit are error conditions described in Appendix B section B2 4 5 If any of these occurs tuning is aborted and the PID settings remain unchanged A read only display showing the progress of the autotune Settling Displayed during the first minute whilst loop stability is checked Appendix B section B2 4 5 To SP Heating or cooling switched on Wait min Power output off Wait max Power output on Timeout Tl Limit and R2G Limit are error conditions described in Appendix B section B2 4 5 Time into the current stage of the autotune process 0 to 99999 seconds Autotune at R2G Yes means that the control loop uses the R2G value calculated by autotune No causes the loop to use the R2G value entered by the user PID menu calculated as described in Appendix B section B2 4 5 Page 58 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 6 4 PID menu parameters Note If control type is set to Off or OnOff in the Setup menu the
290. lin gee Pale di 159 OYSTERESIS simi cis sica ista daa 159 DEADBAND Sonrisa A eave E ee ah er he a 159 B26 10 Valve nuda AA he eo a a EES 161 B2 6 11 Time Proportioning arene nene p o ee Bede S 162 B27 DIAGNOSTIG S ii A A le EA Se 162 Appendix C REFERENCE occcccccccccccccccccccccc 163 C1 BATTERY REPLACEMENT r a liada 163 C2 SETTING UP AN FTP SERVER USING FILEZILLA 00 0 cee 164 2 1 DOWNLOADING eha carni ete ld sa it de Abele pal de 164 C2 2 SERVER SETUP 3 tiie A da 166 CLIP SETUP St o ae a dah es ila PES eo Pallet nc 167 C2 4 RECORDER CONTROLLER SET UP 0 0 0000 cee eee eee 167 C25 ARGHIVE ACTIMINY td ata dt edad 168 C3 FUNCTION BLOCK DETAILS taces tivie exes eae feta EE A RE E 169 CS EIGHT INPUT OR BLOCK arora drodh iae rotar ad eae 169 C4 TCP PORFNUMBERS 50000 dat 170 ES ISOLATION DIAGRAM casey pees dene E NE EEEE alta 170 WAAC erase toreo acia Di e ake wins td tte i HA030554 Page vi Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE SAFETY NOTES WARNINGS 1 Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside the apparatus or disconnection of the protective earth terminal is likely to make the apparatus dangerous under some fault condi tions Intentional interruption is prohibited 2 Live sensors The unit is designed to operate if the temperature sensor is connected directly to an electrical heating element It must be ensured that service personnel do not touch connec
291. ll Alarm dwell time time_t 20e5 8421 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 20e4 8420 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 20ee 8430 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 20e1 8417 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 20ef 8431 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 20e6 8422 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0147 327 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 20e3 8419 Same as VirtualChannel 10 Main PV VirtualChannel 10 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 20e0 8416 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4bf3 19443 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main Disable 1 Virtual channel disabled bool 20a3 8355 Not applicable VirtualChannel 10 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 2085 8325 Set by VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 10 Main Input1 nput 1 value joat32 2087 8327 Set by VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 10 Main Input2 nput 2 value oat32 2088 8328 Set by VirtualChannel 10 Main Resolution V
292. lla server exe M M McAfee Framework Service No ft Nfice Corners ie ter 2005 Na Add Program Add Port J _ dt __Delete of allowi C2 4 RECORDER CONTROLLER SET UP In Network Archiving section 4 2 2 1 Enter the IP address of the pc in which the FTP server has been enabled in the Primary Server field 2 Enter the Primary User name as entered in step three of the Server setup procedure section C2 2 above GeneralUser in this example 3 Enter the IP address of another suitable pc which has been configured as an ftp server in the Sec Server field and enter the relevant Sec User name 4 Configure the other unattended archive parameters as required section 4 2 2 Note For the example above Password was not enabled in the User Accounts setup page section C2 2 so for this example any Primary Sec password entry is ignored Ifa password had been entered in the User Accounts setup then the Primary Sec Password field would have to contain this password HA030554 Appendix C Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 167 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE C2 5 ARCHIVE ACTIVITY Once a demand or unattended archive is initiated the FileZilla Server page shows the activity status as the archive progresses Figure C2 5 shows a typical page The top of the page shows the transaction details between the server and any clients to which it is connected The bottom portion shows detai
293. lly removed from text strings Press and hold scroll button for alternative character set a e a AA Numeric lt Del em a R ae Re A SP EN A EP Sy Symbols es R ld PARE oe Figure 3 6 Standard Keyboards 3 6 1 Numeric keyboard As mentioned previously for functions which can take only numerals a special numeric keyboard appears as depicted in figure 3 6 1 Figure 3 6 1 Numeric keyboard HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 25 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 CONFIGURATION Entered from the top level menu section 3 1 this allows the recorder configuration to be accessed and ed ited Engineer access level required for full editing CAUTION Recording is stopped for as long as the recorder login is at Engineer level This means that Input output circuits are switched off during configuration As shown in figure 4 below the recorder configuration is arranged in a number of areas each of which is allocated its own sub section within section 4 Instrument Section 4 1 Wewoe m Section 4 2 Configuration Section 4 3 Goto View Section 4 4 Mistery Section 4 5 Faceplate ITAM Section 4 6 perator Notes Section 4 7 MAGA rei Section 4 8 ogon Clstom Message Section 4 9 roe Section 4 10 Westie Section 4 11 ome Figure 4 Top level configuration menu The factory default configuration can be returned to if required
294. lock 5 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d40 11584 Not applicable OR 5 Input2 OR Block 5 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d41 11585 Not applicable OR 5 Input3 OR Block 5 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d42 11586 Not applicable OR 5 Input4 OR Block 5 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d43 11587 Not applicable OR 5 Input5 OR Block 5 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d44 11588 Not applicable OR 5 Input OR Block 5 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d45 11589 Not applicable OR 5 Input7 OR Block 5 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d46 11590 Not applicable OR 5 Input8 OR Block 5 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d47 11591 Not applicable OR 5 Output OR Block 5 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d48 11592 Not applicable OR 6 Input1 OR Block 6 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d50 11600 Not applicable OR 6 Input2 OR Block 6 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d51 11601 Not applicable OR 6 Input3 OR Block 6 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d52 11602 Not applicable OR 6 Input4 OR Block 6 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d53 11603 Not applicable OR 6 Input5 OR Block 6 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d54 11604 Not applicable OR 6 Input OR Block 6 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d55 11605 Not applicable OR 6 Input7 OR Block 6 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d56 11606 Not applicable OR 6 Input8 OR Block 6 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d57 11607 Not applicable OR 6 Output OR Block 6 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d58 11608 Not applicable OR 7 Input1 OR Block 7 input 1 0 off
295. loop is operating outside its linear control region If the output remains saturat ed at the same output power for a significant duration then this might be symptomatic of a fault in the con trol loop The source of the loop break is not important but the loss of control could be catastrophic Since the worst case time constant for a given load is usually known a worst case time can be calculated over which the load should have responded with a minimum movement in temperature By performing this cal culation the corresponding rate of approach towards setpoint can be used to determine if the loop can no longer control at the chosen setpoint If the PV was drifting away from the setpoint or approaching the set point at a rate less than that calculated the loop break condition would be met If an autotune is performed the loop break time is automatically set to Ti x 2 for a Pl or PID loop or to 12 x Td for a PD loop For an On Off controller loop break detection is based on loop range settings as 0 1 x Span where Span Range High Range Low Therefore if the output is at limit and the PV has not moved by 0 1Span in the loop break time a loop break will occur If the loop break time is 0 off the loop break time can be set manually Then if the output is in saturation and the PV has not moved by gt 0 5 x Pb in the loop break time a loop break condition is considered to have occurred Appendix B HA030554 Page 142 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac REC
296. lowing the instructions on the screen Security Warning 3 Do you want to view only the webpage content that was delivered securely 2 Answer No to the question Do you wantto view only the This webpage contains content that will not be delivered using a secure HTTPS connection which could compromise the security of the entire webpage webpage content that was delivered securely 3 If necessary enable file download jo W w ohloh net pil A File Edit View Favorites Tools Help x yconvert PE select 4 Inthe Do you want to run or save this file Security Warning window click on Run si Favorites 3 suggested Sites E Free Hotmail 2 Get More Add ons Best of the Web E Channel Guide Customize Links Ef Fitezila Download e To help protect your security Internet Explorer blocked this site from downloading files to your computer Click here Fon q the Risk Information Bar Help 5 Inthe The Publisher could not be verified Security Warning win dow click on Run Your FileZilla_Server 0_9_34 exe download has begun Click here to download manually File Download Security Warning Do you want to run or save this file Internet Explorer Security Warning Name FileZilla_Server 0_9_34 exe Type Application 1 55MB From d10xg4506p6dbl cloudfront net Run Save Cancel The publisher could not be verified
297. ls of the files currently being transferred These files are archived to the Archive folder FileZilla Server 127 0 0 1 File Server Edit FA BBS oca 00001 4 20 04 2010 10 01 12 not logged in 149 121 132 60 gt 220 written by Tim Kosse Tim Kosse gmx de 00001 4 20 04 2010 10 01 12 not logged in 149 121 132 60 gt 220 Please visit http sourceforge net projects filezilla 00001 4 20 04 2010 10 01 12 not logged in 149 121 132 60 gt USER GeneralUser 00001 4 20 04 2010 10 01 12 not logged in 149 121 132 60 gt 331 Password required for generaluser 00001 4 20 04 2010 10 01 12 generaluser 149 121 132 60 gt 200 Port command successful 00001 4 20 04 2010 10 01 12 generaluser 149 121 132 60 gt STOR Group 1 20100419_0190293000000062 uhh 00001 4 20 04 2010 10 01 12 generaluser 149 121 132 60 gt 150 Opening data channel for file transfer 000015 20 04 2010 10 01 13 not logged in 149 121 132 60 gt 220 Please visit http sourceforge net projects filezilla 000015 20 04 2010 10 01 13 not logged in 149 121 132 60 gt USER GeneralUser 000015 20 04 2010 10 01 13 not logged in 149 121 132 60 gt 331 Password required for generaluser 000015 20 04 2010 10 01 13 generaluser 149 121 132 60 gt 227 Entering Passive Mode 149 121 134 223 5 199 000015 20 04 2010 10 01 13 generaluser 149 121 132 60 gt STOR Group 1 19 04 10 11 31 04 E 000015 20 04 201
298. lst rate limiting is taking place the new value takes immediate effect on the direction of the rate limit and in determining whether the rate limit has completed The rate limiter is self correcting such that if the increment is small it is accumulated until it takes effect The output rate limit is active when the loop is in both auto and manual modes and during autotune B2 6 4 Sensor Break Mode If a Sensor break is detected by the measurement system the loop reacts in one of two ways according to the configuration of Sbrk Mode Safe or Hold On exit from sensor break the transfer is bumpless the power output starts controlling again from the current operating setpoint and moves under PID closed loop control from its pre set value to the control value SAFE If set to Safe the output adopts a pre set level Sbrk OP If rate limit is not configured the output steps to the Sbrk OP value otherwise it ramps to this value at the rate limit HOLD If set to Hold the output remains at its current value If Output Rate Limit Rate has been configured a small step may be seen as the working output will limit to the value existing two iterations ago B2 6 5 Forced Output This feature enables the user to specify what the output of the loop should do when moving from automatic control to manual control The default is that the output power is maintained but it is then adjustable by the user If Manual Mode is set to St
299. ly Suspend Ignored unless the user has wired to this field If wired then when set to No recording is active when set to Yes recording is paused HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 41 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 INPUT CHANNEL CONFIGURATION Select channel number Main Section 4 4 1 Descriptor Type PV Status IP adjust state Resolution Units Test signal Input low high Shunt value Linearisation type Range low high Scale low high Offset CJ type Filter Sensor break type Break response Sensor break value Measured value Internal CJ Temp Figure 4 4 Trend Section 4 4 2 Colour Span low Span high Alarm 1 2 Section 4 4 3 Type Status Threshold Hysteresis Latch Block Dwell Acknowledge Active Inactive Not acknowledged Acknowledgement Channel configuration menu Page 42 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 4 1 Channel Main This section describes all possible menu items but it should be noted that some items are context depend ent e g Cold Junction settings appear only for Type Thermocouple Channels one to four in the configuration relate to An In 1 terminals 11 1 and 1 to An In 4 terminals 4l 4 and 4 respectively see figure 2 2 Channel 1 Main Descriptor Thanet mm Type Thermocouple PV MAA Status PT IP Adjust State PATA Resolution p Units T Test Signal mange srr Input Low a Input High E
300. ly 7 August 8 September 9 October 10 November 11 December Instrument Locale EndOn Week for changing to from DST uint8 10b9 4281 Not applicable 0 First 1 Second 2 Third 3 Fourth 4 Last 5 Second to last Instrument Locale EndTime DST end time in hours minutes seconds and milliseconds time_t 10b8 4280 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Instrument Locale Language Language 0 English uint8 10b0 4272 Not applicable Instrument Locale StartDay DST start day As Instrument Locale EndDay above uint8 10b6 4278 Not applicable Instrument Locale StartMonth DST start month As Instrument Locale EndMonth above uint8 10b7 4279 Not applicable Instrument Locale StartOn Start DST on As Instrument Locale EndOn above uint8 10b5 4277 Not applicable Instrument Locale StartTime DST start time As Instrument Locale EndTime above time_t 10b4 4276 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Instrument Locale TimeZone Time zone uint8 10b2 4274 Not applicable 0 GMT 12 hours 1 GMT 11 hours 2 GMT 10 hours 3 GMT 9 hours 4 GMT 8 hours 5 GMT 7 hours 6 GMT 6 hours 7 GMT 5 hours 8 GMT 4 hours 9 GMT 3 5 hours 10 GMT 3 hours 11 GMT 2 hours 12 GMT 1 hour 13 GMT 14 GMT 1 hour 15 GMT 2 hours 16 GMT 3 hours 17 GMT 3 5 hours 18 GMT 4 hours 19 GMT 4 5 hours 20 GMT 5 hours 21 GMT 5 5 hours 22 GMT 5 75 hours 23 GMT 6 hours 24 GMT 6 5 hours 25 GMT 7 hour
301. m Average time time_t 204a 8266 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 2042 8258 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 2049 8265 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 2047 8263 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 2045 8261 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 2044 8260 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 204e 8270 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 2041 8257 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 204f 8271 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 2046 8262 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0142 322 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 2043 8259 Same as VirtualChannel 9 Main PV VirtualChannel 9 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 2040 8256 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d1 465 Not applicable VirtualChannel 9 Alarm2 Acknow
302. m Change Time uint8 1d49 7497 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1d47 7495 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1d45 7493 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1d44 7492 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1d4e 7502 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1d41 7489 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1d4f 7503 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1d46 7494 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 012a 298 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold oat32 1d43 7491 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1d40 7488 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c5 453 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1d70 7536 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1d 6b 7531 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount
303. m Reference value joat32 22c6 8902 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0156 342 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 22c3 8899 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm1 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 22c0 8896 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Acknowledge acknowledge alarm boo 01db 475 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Acknowledgement alarm acknowledged boo 22f0 8944 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Active alarm source active or safe but not ack d boo 22eb 8939 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 22e8 8936 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 22ea 8938 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 22e2 8930 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 22e9 8937 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 22e7 8935 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 22e5 8933 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 14 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 22e4 8932 Same as VirtualChannel 14 Main PV Virtu
304. m acknowledged bool 18f0 6384 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 18eb 6379 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 18e8 6376 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 18ea 6378 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 2 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 18e2 6370 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 18e9 6377 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 18e7 6375 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 18e5 6373 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 2 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 18e4 6372 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 18ee 6382 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Latch Alarm latch type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 18e1 6369 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 18ef 6383 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 18e6 6374 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Alarm2 Status Alarm status as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 0107 263 Not applicable Channel 2 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 18e3 6371 Same as Channel 2 Main PV C
305. ment counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 218e 8590 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 2180 8576 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4c3e 19518 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 2183 8579 1dp VirtualChannel 12 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 21a0 8608 Not applicable VirtualChannel 12 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 21a2 8610 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 21a1 8609 Same as VirtualChannel 12 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d8 472 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 2250 8784 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 224b 8779 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 2248 8776 Same as VirtualChannel 13 Main PV VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 224a 8778 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 2242 8770 Not applicable VirtualChannel 13 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 2249 8777 Not applicable VirtualChannel
306. min 8 Group max 9 Modbus i p 11 Copy 20 Grp min latch 21 Grp max latch 34 Chanmax 35 Chan min 36 Chan avg 43 Config rev 64 Off 65 On 80 Off 81 On VirtualChannel 1 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 1c0a 7178 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1c0c 7180 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main PresetValue The preset value float32 1c0d 7181 Set by VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 95 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 1 Main PV The virtual channel output value float32 0120 288 Set by VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 1 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1c0b 7179 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 1c02 7170 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 1c11 7185 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main Status Virtual Channel output status uint8 0121 289 Not applicable 0 Good 1 Off 2 Over range 3 Under range 4 HW error 5 Ranging 6 Overflow 7 bad 8 HW exceeded 9 No data 12 Comms channel error VirtualChannel 1 Main TimeRemaining Time
307. n Off Figure 4 5 1 shows a typical maths channel configuration Descriptor Type Operation PV Status Resolution Units Input Input 2 Reset Time Remaining Virtual Channel 1 Main Descriptor Virtua Chant Type ea Operation ECC PV Status Resolution a Uie o 1 Figure 4 5 1 Maths channel configuration typical expanded Allows the user to enter a descriptor 20 characters max for the maths channel Math selected for this example See sections 4 5 2 and 4 5 3 for totalisers and counters respectively Allows the user to select the required maths function See Maths Functions below Read only Shows the dynamic value of this channel in the units entered in Units below Read only Shows the status of this channel reflecting the status of the input sources Enter the number of decimal places required Allows a five character string to be entered to be used as the channel units The value of input 1 May be entered manually or it may be wired from another param eter section 7 Uses the resolution of the source As for Input 1 Appears only when the operation requires two inputs Allows the user to reset latching functions e g Channel Max or averaging functions e g Channel Avg Reset is carried out by setting the field to Yes then operating the scroll key The display returns to No Alternatively the function can be reset by another parameter wired to Reset The perio
308. n e g condensation carbon dust is likely adequate air conditioning filter ing sealing etc must be installed in the enclosure 5 The mains supply fuse within the power supply is not replaceable If it is suspected that the fuse is faulty the manufacturer s local service centre should be contacted for advice 6 Whenever it is likely that protection has been impaired the unit shall be made inoperative and secured against accidental operation The manufacturer s nearest service centre should be contacted for advice 7 Ifthe equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer the protection provided by the equipment might be impaired 8 The unit must be wired according to the instructions in this manual 9 Before any other connection is made the protective earth terminal shall be connected to a protective conductor The mains supply voltage wiring must be terminated in such a way that should it slip the Earth wire would be the last wire to become disconnected The protective earth terminal must remain connected even if the equipment is isolated from the mains supply if any of the I O circuits are con nected to hazardous voltages The protective earth connection must always be the first to be connected and the last to be discon nected Wiring must comply with all local wiring regulations e g in the UK the latest IEEE wiring regulations BS7671 and in the USA NEC class 1 wiring methods 10 Signal and supply
309. n Modbus Input Modbus input value joat32 1c86 7302 Set by VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 2 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 1c81 7297 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 1c8a 7306 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1c8c 7308 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main PresetValue The Preset value oat32 1c8d 7309 Set by VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution Page 96 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 2 Main PV The virtual channel output value float32 0124 292 Set by VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 2 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1c8b 7307 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Resolution Specifies the resolution number of decimal places uint8 1c82 7298 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 1c91 7313 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0125 293 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 1c89
310. n PV under start up conditions for example They are independent of the PID terms which means that the PID terms can be set for optimal steady state response and the cut back parameters used to modify any overshoot which may be present Cutback involves moving the proportional band towards the cutback point nearest the measured value whenever the latter is outside the proportional band and the power is saturated at 0 or 100 for a heat only controller The proportional band moves downscale to the lower cutback point and waits for the measured value to enter it Itthen escorts the measured value with full PID control to the setpoint In some cases it can cause a dip in the measured value as it approaches setpoint as shown in figure B2 3 2 but generally de creases the time to needed to bring the process into operation The action described above is reversed for falling temperature If cutback is set to Auto the cutback values are automatically configured to 3 x PB Upper cutback point CBH lt 0 output 100 output Proportional band Temperature Lower cutback point CBL Time Figure B2 3 2 Cutback operation Briefly if PV lt CBL then the output is set to its maximum If PV gt CBH then the output is set to its minimum If PV lies within the range CBH CBL then PID calculations take control B2 3 3 Manual Reset With PID control the integral term automatically remov
311. n table 2 X value 22 oat32 29eb 10731 2dp UserLin 2 X23 User linearisation table 2 X value 23 oat32 29ed 10733 2dp UserLin 2 X24 User linearisation table 2 X value 24 joat32 29ef 10735 2dp UserLin 2 X25 User linearisation table 2 X value 25 oat32 29f1 10737 2dp UserLin 2 X26 User linearisation table 2 X value 26 oat32 29f3 10739 2dp UserLin 2 X27 User linearisation table 2 X value 27 oat32 29f5 10741 2dp UserLin 2 X28 User linearisation table 2 X value 28 joat32 29f7 10743 2dp UserLin 2 X29 User linearisation table 2 X value 29 oat32 29f9 10745 2dp UserLin 2 X30 User linearisation table 2 X value 30 oat32 29fb 10747 2dp UserLin 2 X31 User linearisation table 2 X value 31 oat32 29fd 10749 2dp UserLin 2 X32 User linearisation table 2 X value 32 joat32 29ff 10751 2dp UserLin 2 Y1 User linearisation table 2 Y value 1 joat32 29c2 10690 2dp UserLin 2 Y2 User linearisation table 4 Y value 2 joat32 29c4 10692 2dp UserLin 2 Y3 User linearisation table 4 Y value 3 joat32 29c6 10694 2dp UserLin 2 Y4 User linearisation table 4 Y value 4 oat32 29c8 10696 2dp UserLin 2 Y5 User linearisation table 4 Y value 5 joat32 29ca 10698 2dp UserLin 2 Y6 User linearisation table 4 Y value 6 joat32 29cc 10700 2dp UserLin 2 Y7 User linearisation table 4 Y value 7 joat32 29ce 10702 2dp UserLin 2 Y8 User linearisation table 4 Y value 8 oat32 29d0 10704 2dp UserLin 2 Y9 U
312. n the Instrument Display area of configuration section 4 1 3 Faceplate Current point name gt E UE A Current point value Current point scale B gt Wy 20 00 40 00 50 00 Current trace pen lt 4 Time date stamp Recording symbol gt Instrument name A A Status icons lt Current time date Figure 3 4 Vertical trend mode display elements One of the channels is said to be the current or scale channel This channel is identified by its pen icon being displayed and by the channel descriptor dynamic value and its scale being displayed on a faceplate across the width of the display above the chart Each channel in the Group becomes the current channel in turn for approximately five seconds i e the channels are cycled through starting with the lowest numbered channel Once the final channel in the Group has ben displayed for five seconds the first channel is returned to and the process repeats This scrolling behaviour can be enabled disabled from the top level menu Faceplate Cycling Off item de scribed in section 3 3 5 The scroll button can be used to cycle through the channels manually in both Faceplate cycle on and off modes Use of the up arrow button causes the next enabled display mode to be entered default horizontal trend Use of the page key calls the top level menu HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 19 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE
313. na ei aa ope Oaia RAEE E aS 3 Triangle derisi eee eect eee eee 126 A ea EENE E E E 39 Green wiring editor items 00048 119 Integral Greyed out wiring editor items 008 120 Holt ta a ee a 57 142 Grid show hide sc cai ia riada 113 O a ety eN 139 GIP VY EET 52 A dec Aeterna E dees he GAG ees eg 35 GPM axe sens oe da 52 Internal GrpMaxlateniv c lt 48 sano wd ee Ses aes 52 CR Saha oia AR 45 AA a a titling Bagels et a E a 52 OA rn nes dd da tO ten ee Ae era 45 GrpMinlatch 00 1 6 e eee cr Der A A 40 41 H Record esme di dais 41 HiMrend Scala id tease ahaa 30 Invert H2 Local Remote etc mita da 70 DUDO 716 22d ias ds It ecos 65 Half page scroll Relay OPa ian anan nE slain wale atels 64 Trace history caida A 24 IMPARES ua de 35 Hidden parameters ooococcccccccccooocc 122 IPPAGJUSEState s of og tt 2 es betes Mie ad sa 44 High IP TY Peet end A O a hued ota a etels 35 COMPrESSION sitas assets aden Gebel ooo ds 41 Isolation diagram 000 000s 170 Cutbacks ia ps 141 Tools Connection 5 20 04 coria e ON 108 Cut Paria daa as tia 54 L Output Label symbolin iia a E 2 Tune menu coccion 58 LANGUAGE es brs sate dial ni Ronee 28 f TURING E A E 145 Last Cea LE E AE oy ae ene is an oats 70 High Cut Off 2 eects 55 Last Day Hour Month Week 220200 17 ls ooooocccconcnnr cnn ner ner 15 Last Written Oui a Ns 17 IO SU te op as 20 A sul Oh Stes Moana ase na 62 157 Options menu 2 6 e
314. nable a Interval eel UHH Compression NE o Channel 1 LT Channel 2 Channel 3 a VirtualChan 14 o Suspend f Figure 4 3 2 Group trend recording configuration Flash Size Read only Shows the size of the Flash memory fitted in MB Flash Duration Read only Shows the time it will take to fill the Flash memory if the recorder configura tion remains unchanged Enable Yes enables group recording so that all points set to Yes are stored in the recorder s flash memory No disables group recording Interval Defines the rate at which data is saved to the recorder s Flash memory The value af fects how much trace history appears on the screen in trend history mode UHH Compression Select Normal or High Normal compresses the data but still previa an exact copy High compresses more but values are saved only to 1 part in 108 resolution Note Where very high values are involved such as in some totaliser values High compression may cause the value displayed at the recorder and held in the history file to be incorrect The problem may be resolved by changing to Normal compression or in the case of a totaliser by re scaling it for example from MegaWatt hours to TeraWatt hours Channel 1 to VirtualChan14 Read only greyed yes for points being trended these are automatically recorded For non trending points the user may enable or disable each point individual
315. nce the selection is enabled the following previously hidden fields appear allowing the start and end dates for Daylight Saving Time DST to be configured DST affects only the displayed time Archiving recording etc times remain in GMT Appears only when DST Enable above is set to Yes With this field highlighted the scroll button is used to enter edit mode which allows the user to use the up and down arrows to scroll through the following Last First Sec ond Third or Fourth Once the required week is displayed operate the Scroll button to select it and at the same time to quit edit mode Used in conjunction with the Start Day and Start Month entries following Use the normal selection and scroll techniques to select the day of the week on which DST is to commence Use the normal selection and scroll techniques to select the month in which DST is to commence End Time End On End Day End Month As for Start Time etc above but specifies the end time and date for daylight savings Page 28 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 3 Display configuration This allows the user to set display brightnesses and screen saver details to select a display mode as the Home page and to enable disable the various display modes The normal Select Scroll Enter editing technique is used as has been previously described Instrume
316. nces Should this result in more in stances of a block than are available a Paste error display appears showing details of those items which could not be copied Save Print No Details Message Log Status Description Information Paste Information Paste Block Channel Error There aren t enough Channel blocks Information Finished C Auto close on successful completion Marks all selected items for deletion Such items are shown dashed until next down load after which they are removed from the diagram Short cut lt Del gt Reverses Delete and Cut operations carried out on selected item s since the last download Brings selected items to the front of the diagram Sends the selected items to the back of the diagram This menu item is active if the cursor is hovering over an editable parameter Selecting this menu item causes a pop up window to appear which allows the user to edit the pa rameter value This menu item is active if the cursor is hovering over an editable parameter Selecting this menu item causes a pop up window to appear which allows the user to view the parameter properties and also to view the parameter Help by clicking on the Help tab Produces Parameter Properties and Help information for the selected function block or parameter depending on the hover position of the cursor when the right click occurs HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 115 nanodac RECORD
317. nd or channel 2 alarm 1 channels goes active In such a case the Active parameter for the two channel alarms would be wired to the same relay s PV parameter OR blocks are invisible to the user interface but the iTools graphical wiring page for this configuration fig ure C3 1b shows that an OR block has been introduced to OR the two alarm outputs together Channel 2 Output On 1 Test 7 al Triangle40Sec 3 AbsLow 2 None 0 DigitallO RELAY_2A2B Main P z OnOffOutput 1 Main Status Py Alarm Active 4 Q Alarm1 Active Yes 1 Channel 1 Test 7 Sine40Sec 7 AbsHigh 1 None 0 Main P Main Status Alarm Active F Figure C3 1b Tools representation of OR block usage HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Appendix C Page 169 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE C4 TCP PORT NUMBERS The following TCP ports are made use of by the instrument Usage File Transfer protocol FTP data FTP control Modbus TCP communications C5 ISOLATION DIAGRAM Cc Single 150V ac Ethernet comms Double 250V ac NS Relays ey Double 250V ac gt _ py f PV1 A Micro S processor Double 250V ac and system _ lt gt circuits m Double 250V ac PV2 A Line gt SN1 Rectifi ee Double 250V ac Neutral Caton lt gt e PV3 Y
318. nded to prevent the output from repeated switching on and off chattering at the control setpoint Ifthe hysteresis is set to 0 then even the smallest change in the PV when at setpoint will cause the output to switch Hysteresis should be set to a value which provides an acceptable life for the output con tacts but which does not cause unacceptable oscillations in the PV If this performance is unacceptable it is recommended that PID control be used instead DEADBAND Deadband Ch2 Deadband can operate on both on off control or PID control where it has the effect of ex tending the period when no heating or cooling is applied In PID control the effect is modified by both the integral and derivative terms Deadband might be used in PID control for example where actuators take time to complete their cycle thus ensuring that heating and cooling are not being applied at the same time Deadband is likely to be used therefore in on off control only Figure B2 6 9b below adds a deadband of 20 to the first example in figure B2 6 9a HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 159 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 6 9 EFFECT OF CONTROL ACTION HYSTERESIS AND DEADBAND Cont Heating and cooling type both On Off Setpoint 300 C Control action Rev Heating hysteresis 8 C Cooling hysteresis 10 C Heating off at Cooling Cooling Heating Heating off S
319. ne AutotuneEnable Initiate autotune 0 Autotune Off 1 on bool 1731 5937 Not applicable Loop 2 Tune AutoTuneR2G Enable autotue of R2G 0 Yes 1 No uint8 1734 5940 Not applicable Loop 2 Tune OutputHighLimit Autotune High Output Power Limit oat32 1732 5938 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 Tune OutputLowLimit Autotune Low Output Power Limit oat32 1733 5939 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 Tune Stage Stage of Tune uint8 0288 648 Not applicable 0 Reset 1 None 2 Monitor 3 Current SP 4 NewSP 5 ToSp 6 Max 7 Min Loop 2 Tune StageTime Time in this Stage of Tune float32 0289 649 Odp Loop 2 Tune State Autotune state uint8 0287 647 Not applicable 0 Off 1 Ready 2 Complete 3 Timeout 4 TiLmit 5 R2g limit Loop 2 Tune Type Autotune Algorithm Type uint8 1730 5936 Not applicable HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 89 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution nano_ui Access Access level uint8 2c00 11264 Not applicable 0 Logged out 1 Operator 2 Supervisor 3 Engineer nano_ui Password Password string_t 5400 21504 Not applicable Network Archive ArchiveRate Rate at which to archive history files uint8 1114 4372 Not applicable 0 None 1 Every minute 2 Hourly 3 Daily 4 Weekly 5 Monthly 6 Automatic Network Archive CSVHea
320. ned by highlighting the relevant item in the top level menu and then clicking on the Flatten Compound tool bar icon All the items previously contained within the compound appear on the top level diagram 4 Wiring between top level and compound parameters is carried out by clicking on the source parame ter then clicking on the compound or the compound tab and then clicking on the destination param eter Wiring from a compound parameter to a top level parameter or from compound to compound is carried out in similar manner 5 Unused function blocks can be moved into compounds by dragging from the tree view Existing blocks can be dragged from the top level diagram or from another compound onto the tab associated with the destination compound Blocks are moved out of compounds to the top level diagram or to another compound ina similar way Function blocks can also be cut and pasted 6 Default compound names e g Compound 2 are used only once so that if for example Compounds 1 and 2 have been created and Compound 2 is subsequently deleted then the next compound to be created will be named Compound 3 7 Top level elements can be click dragged into compounds TOOL TIPS Hovering the cursor over the block displays tooltips describing that part of the block beneath the cursor For function block parameters the tooltip shows the parameter description its OPC name and if download ed its value Similar t
321. nel 1 Main Descriptor Wituslchent o Type EA Operation WIN PV SUS Good Resolution _ _ ee Units IN ON CUOR e High Cut OF Counter 1 Counter 3 Preset Value a Input AEB Preset o eel Input 1 Rollover 1012 to 1018 Cascading counters Trigger ol Rollover No Disable Fa Figure 4 5 3 Typical Counter configuration Descriptor Allows the user to enter a descriptor 20 characters max for the counter Type Select Math Counter or Totaliser Operation Allows the user to enable On or disable Off the counter PV Read only Shows the dynamic value of the counter Status Read only Reflects the status of the input channel Resolution Allows the number of decimal places up to six to be defined for the channel Units Allows a units string of up to five characters to be entered for the counter value Low Cut Off Specifies a value below which the counter will not decrement High Cut Off Specifies a value above which the counter will not increment Input1 The amount by which the counter is incremented each time Trigger goes high The val ue may be entered manually or wired from another parameter Negative values cause the counter to decrement Preset Setting this to Yes causes the counter to adopt its Preset Value The field returns im mediately to No The counter can also be preset by wiring from another parameter Preset Val Allows the entry
322. nel 11 Main PV The virtual channel output value joat32 0148 328 Set by VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 11 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 210b 8459 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 2102 8450 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 2111 8465 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0149 329 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 2109 8457 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 11 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 210e 8462 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 2100 8448 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4c23 19491 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers joat32 2103 8451 1dp VirtualChannel 11 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 2120 8480 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed joat32 2122 8482 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed joat32 2121 8481 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 12 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01d6 470 Not appli
323. nel 3 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4b36 19254 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 1d23 7459 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 1d05 7429 Set by VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 3 Main Input1 nput 1 joat32 1d07 7431 Set by VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 3 Main Input2 nput 2 oat32 1d08 7432 Set by VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 3 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 1d04 7428 Set by VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 3 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value oat32 1d06 7430 Set by VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 3 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 1d01 7425 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 1d0a 7434 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Preset nitiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1d0c 7436 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main PresetValue The Preset value joat32 1d0d 7437 Set by VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 3 Main PV The virtual channel output value oat32 0128 296 Set by VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 3 Main Reset nitiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1d0b 7435 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 1d02 7426 No
324. nel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1f6e 8046 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1161 8033 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1f6f 8047 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1f66 8038 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChanneAlarm trigger thresholdAlarm threshold joat32 1f63 8035 Same as VirtualChannel 7 Main PV VirtualChannel 7 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1f60 8032 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4ba2 19362 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Disable 1 Virtual channel disabled bool 1123 7971 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 1f05 7941 Set by VirtualChannel 7 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 7 Main Input1 nput 1 value joat32 1f07 7943 Set by VirtualChannel 7 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 7 Main Input2 nput 2 value joat32 1f08 7944 Set by VirtualChannel 7 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 7 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 1f04 7940 Set by VirtualChannel 7 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 7 Main Modbusinput Modbus input value joat32 1f06 7942 Set by VirtualChannel 7 Main Resol
325. nel Alarm 1 4Ac Acknowledge the 14th most recent channel alarm boo 11b9 4537 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm14Num As Alarm1Num but for 14th most recent alarmr uint8 11b7 4535 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm14Status As Alarm1Status but for 14th most recent alarm uint8 11b8 4536 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm15Ac Acknowledge the 15th most recent channel alarm boo 11bc 4540 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm15Num As Alarm1Num but for 15th most recent alarm uint8 11ba 4538 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm15Status As Alarm1Status but for 15th most recent alarm uint8 11bb 4539 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm16Ac Acknowledge the 16th most recent channel alarm boo 11bf 4543 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm16Num As Alarm1Num but for 16th most recent alarm uint8 11bd 4541 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm16Status As Alarm1 Status but for 16th most recent alarm uint8 11be 4542 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm17Acl Acknowledge the 17th most recent channel alarm boo 11c2 4546 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm17Num As Alarm1Num but for 17th most recent alarm uint8 11c0 4544 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm17Status As Alarm1Status but for 17th most recent alarm uint8 11c1 4545 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm18Ac Acknowledge the 18th most recent channel alarm boo 11c5 4549 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm18Num As Alarm1Num bu
326. nition Description Reads the binary contents if holding registers In this imple Read holding registers a j See A greg mentation codes 3 and 4 are identical in operation Reads the binary contents if holding registers In this imple Read input registers j 3 mentation codes 3 and 4 are identical in operation Preset single register Writes a single value to a single register Diagnostics Performs a simple loop back test Preset multiple registers Writes values to multiple holding registers Table 5 2 1a MODBUS Function code definition DIAGNOSTIC CODES Function code 08 subfunction 00 Return query data echoes the query Loop back HA030554 Page 72 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 2 1 FUNCTION CODES Cont EXCEPTION CODES MODBUS TCP provides reserved codes used for exceptions These codes provide error information relat ing to failed requests Exceptions are signalled by hex 80 being added to the function code of the request followed by one of the codes listed in table 8 2 1b below pil Modbus definition Description see Modbus specification for full details Illegal function An invalid function code was received Illegal Data Address An invalid data address was received Illegal Data Value An invalid data value was received Slave Device Failure An unrecoverable error occurred in the recorder Illegal Sub Function An invalid sub function was receiv
327. nly this field must contain the IP address of the pc which is to supply the upgrade file Account Username For Type Firmware FTP only the username set up in the host ftp server Account Password For Type Firmware FTP only the password set up in the host ftp server Source Path The name of the directory from which the upgrade file is to be read This is only the name of the directory without any path elements e g included unless the path is re lease upgrade files Initiate Select Yes to initiate the upgrade HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 31 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 6 Security menu This allows the user to enter passwords for all security levels except logged out and to enable disable se rial communications security Engineer Pass Supervisor Pass Operator Pass Feature Pass Comms Pass Default Config Instrument Security kkkkkkkkkk Engineer Pass Supervisor Pass Operator Pass Feature Pass GE Comms Pass EE Appears only if Engineer oefauteCon o MI MEET only if Figure 4 1 6 Security menu Gives access to configuration menus Set to 100 when despatched but can be edited here if required by entering an alternative of up to 20 characters note 1 If reset case sensitive is entered as the Engineer Password the Default Config field appears allowing the instrument default configuration to be restored note 2 A
328. nnel 2 Main Resolution Channel 2 Main RangeUnits Range units as channel 1 Main uint8 1889 6281 Not applicable Channel 2 Main Resolution Specifies the resolution number of decimal places uint8 1881 6273 Not applicable Channel 2 Main ScaleHigh Scale high value oat32 188b 6283 Set by Channel 2 Main Resolution Channel 2 Main ScaleLow Scale low value oat32 188a 6282 Set by Channel 2 Main Resolution Channel 2 Main SensorBreakType Sensor break type as for Channel 1 Main uint8 188f 6287 Not applicable Channel 2 Main SensorBreakVal A diagnostive indication ofthe input impedance uint8 1891 6289 Not applicable Channel 2 Main Shunt Shunt value in Ohms joat32 1885 6277 1dp Channel 2 Main Status Channel status as for Channel 1 Main Status uint8 0105 261 Not applicable Channel 2 Main TestSignal Channel test waveform as for Channel 1 Main uint8 1882 6274 Not applicable Channel 2 Main Type Channel function as for Channel 1 Main Type uint8 1880 6272 Not applicable Channel 2 Main Units Channel units string string_t 4930 18736 Not applicable Channel 2 Trend Colour Trend colour as for Channel 1 Trend Colour uint8 18a0 6304 Not applicable Channel 2 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed joat32 18a2 6306 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 2 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed joat32 18a1 6305 Same as Channel 2 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool
329. nnel 4 Main InputHigh Input range maximum value loat32 1984 6532 1dp Channel 4 Main InputLow Input range minimum value oat32 1983 6531 1dp Channel 4 Main InternalCJTemp Channel internal cold junction temperature oat32 1995 6549 1dp Channel 4 Main IPAdjustState 0 Channel unadjusted 1 Channel adjusted bool 1996 6550 Not applicable Channel 4 Main LinType Linearisation type as for Channel 1 Main LinType uint8 1986 6534 Not applicable Channel 4 Main MeasuredValue Input value before linearisation scaling adjust etc oat32 1994 6548 Set by Channel 4 Main Resolution Channel 4 Main Offset Fixed value to be added to subtracted from PV joat32 1997 6551 3dp Channel 4 Main PV The output displayed value of the channel joat32 010c 268 Set by Channel 4 Main Resolution Page 82 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Channel 4 Main RangeHigh Range high value loat32 1988 6536 Set by Channel 4 Main Resolution Channel 4 Main RangeLow Range low value loat32 1987 6535 Set by Channel 4 Main Resolution Channel 4 Main RangeUnits Range units as channel 1 Main RangeUnits uint8 1989 6537 Not applicable Channel 4 Main Resolution Specifies the resolution number of decimal places uint8 1981 6529 Not applicable
330. nnel alarm boo 11f8 4600 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm35Num As Alarm1Num but for 35th most recent alarm uint8 116 4598 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm35Status As Alarm1Status but for 35th most recent alarm uint8 11f7 4599 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm36Ac Acknowledge the 36th most recent channel alarm boo 11fb 4603 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm36Num As Alarm1Num but for 36th most recent alarm uint8 119 4601 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm3 6Status As Alarm1Status but for 36th most recent alarm uint8 11fa 4602 Not applicable AlarmSummary GlobalAck Acknowledge all alarms 0 No 1 yes boo 01a3 419 Not applicable AlarmSummary StatusWord1 A summary of Channel 1 4 alarms int16 01a4 420 Not applicable Bit 0 1 Channel 1 Alarm 1 active Bit 1 1 Channel 1 Alarm 1 not acknowledged Bit 2 1 Channel 1 Alarm 2 active 1 Alarm 2 not acknowledged 2 Alarm 1 active Bit 5 1 Channel 2 Alarm 1 not acknowledged Bit 6 1 Channel 2 Alarm 2 active Bit 7 1 Channel 2 Alarm 2 not acknowledged Bit 8 1 Channel 3 Alarm 1 active Bit 9 1 Channel 3 Alarm 1 not acknowledged Bit 10 1 Channel 3 Alarm 2 active Bit 11 1 Channel 3 Alarm 2 not acknowledged Bit 12 1 Channel 4 Alarm 1 active Bit 13 1 Channel 4 Alarm 1 not acknowledged Bit 14 1 Channel 4 Alarm 2 active Bit 15 1 Channel 4 Alarm 2 not acknowledged AlarmSummary StatusWord2 A summary of Virtual Channel 1
331. nst future transport requirements 2 INSTALLATION 2 1 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION Figure 2 1 gives installation details 2 1 1 Installation procedure 1 2 3 For the sake of clarity the panel is shown as though transparent If it is not already in place fit the IP65 sealing gasket behind the front bezel of the instrument Insert the instrument through the panel cutout from the front of the panel Spring the retaining clips into place and secure the instrument by holding it firmly in place whilst push ing both clips towards the rear face of the panel The protective membrane can now be removed from the display Figure 2 1 1 Securing the instrument 2 1 2 Demounting 2 3 WARNING Before removing the supply voltage wiring isolate the supply voltage and secure it against unin tended operation Isolate the mains supply and secure it against accidental operation Remove all wiring and the USB device and Ethernet cable if any Remove the retaining springs by unhooking them from the sides using a small flat blade screwdriver Pull the instrument forwards out of the panel Note See section C1 Battery replacement for a more detailed description HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 3 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION Cont 96mm 3 78in 90mm 3 54in m 2 ga ra D Ii I I z i i z E Ib ES IF D Ii D D BA A a Panel cutou
332. nt alarm acknowledged boo 2170 8560 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Active alarm source active or safe but not ack d boo 216b 8555 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 2168 8552 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 216a 8554 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 2162 8546 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 2169 8553 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value oat32 2167 8551 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 2165 8549 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 2164 8548 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 216e 8558 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 2161 8545 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 216f 8559 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 2166 8550 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status ui
333. nt Display Brightness 70 Save After MAR A Saver Brightness 50 Home Page VIE Home page HPage Timeout always enabled Vertical Trend wa Horizontal Trend x Mode disabled Vertical Bar kal Horizontal Bar ka Mode enabled Promote List Ea Trend Backgrnd History Backgrnd EC H Trend Scaling Aide Faceplate Cycling Setpoint colour PRE Figure 4 1 3 Display menu expanded to show all fields Brightness Allows the user to select a normal operating brightness for the screen from 10 to 100 in 10 steps Save After The elapsed time since last button press before the screen switches from Brightness to Saver Brightness Off saver function disabled Saver Brightness The screen saver brightness Valid entries are 10 to 100 inclusive in 10 steps Us ing a lower power when not in use not only saves power but also increases display life Typical screen power consumption is 0 5W at 100 falling in a linear fashion to 0 05W at 10 Home page Allows any display mode to be chosen as the Home page This is the page that the recorder displays at power up and also the page displayed when the Home key is se lected from the top level menu section 3 3 The selected display mode vertical trend in figure 4 1 3 is always enabled in the following display mode enable fields its tick is greyed out and cannot be edited See section 3 4 for a description ofthe available modes HPage Timeou
334. nt8 014b 331 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 2163 8547 Same as VirtualChannel 11 Main PV VirtualChannel 11 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 2160 8544 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4c0e 19470 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 2123 8483 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main HighCutOff The highest input value that will be totalised counted joat32 2105 8453 Set by VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 11 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 2107 8455 Set by VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 11 Main Input2 Input 2 value joat32 2108 8456 Set by VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 11 Main LowCutOff The lowest input value that will be totalised counted oat32 2104 8452 Set by VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 11 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value joat32 2106 8454 Set by VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 11 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 2101 8449 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 210a 8458 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 210c 8460 Not applicable VirtualChannel 11 Main PresetValue The Preset value joat32 210d 8461 Set by VirtualChannel 11 Main Resolution VirtualChan
335. o Point Group Trend Descriptor Group 1 Interval III Major Divisions ee Point vanne Point2 anne Point3 anne Point4 anne Point5 No m Point TELE Figure 4 3 1 Group Trend Configuration Allows the user to enter a descriptor 20 characters max for the group The trending interval which defines how much data appears on one screen height or width A number of discrete intervals can be chosen between 0 125 seconds to 1 hour The selection should be made according to how much detail is required and how much data is to be visible on the screen Allows the user to select the number of divisions into which the scale is divided and how many gridlines are displayed Setting the value to 1 results in just the zero and full scale values appearing Setting the value to 10 the maximum results in a scale with zero full scale and nine intermediate values appearing with associated grid lines Allows the user to select which channels and virtual channels are to be traced The max imum number of traces is six Page 40 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 3 2 Group Recording configuration Similar to Trend configuration above but for saving the data to Flash memory history files Each point can individually be enabled or disabled for recording or recording can be disabled for the whole group Figure 4 3 2 shows a typical page Group Recording LT Flash Size Flash Duration E
336. o inhibit this scrolling action such that the currently active channel remains active permanently or until a manual scroll is per formed using the scroll button or until Faceplate Cycling is re enabled Faceplate Cycling is highlighted by using the up down arrow buttons Once highlighted the status can be changed from On to Off or vice versa using the scroll button Operation of the Page button returns the user to the trend display 3 3 6 Operator Notes This area allows up to 10 notes to be created when logged in as Engineer using either the text entry tech niques described in section 3 6 or iTools described in section 6 Once logged out operating the scroll but ton whilst a note is highlighted calls a selection box allowing the user either to send that note to the chart or to write a Custom Note CUSTOM NOTE The Custom Note is written using the text entry techniques described in section 3 6 Once the note is com plete operation of the page button calls a confirmation display The down arrow is used to highlight Yes and when the scroll key is then operated the message is sent to the chart This custom message is not re tained for further use so if it is required on a regular basis it is suggested that one of the Operator Notes 1 to 10 be configured Engineer access level required so that it may be used instead A arm Summary Note Each note can contain up to 100 characters 3 3 7 Lo
337. oat32 0204 516 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 Main AutoMan Auto Manual Mode 0 Auto 1 Man bool 0201 513 Not applicable Loop 1 Main Inhibit Control Inhibit 0 No 1 Yes bool 0205 517 Not applicable Loop 1 Main IntHold Integral action inhibit 0 No 1 Yes uint8 0206 518 Not applicable Loop 1 Main TargetSP Target Setpoint joat32 0202 514 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 Main WorkingSP Working Setpoint joat32 0203 515 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 OP Ch1OnOffHysteresis Ch1 On Off Hysteresis in Engineering Units oat32 1672 5746 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 OP Ch1Out Channel 1 Output Value joat32 020b 523 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 OP Ch1PotBreak Ch1 Potentiometer Break 0 Off 1 On uint8 1679 5753 Not applicable Loop 1 OP Ch1PotPosition Ch1 Valve Position joat32 1678 5752 Odp Loop 1 OP Ch1TravelTime Channel 1 Travel Time joat32 1674 5748 1dp Loop 1 OP Ch2Deadband Channel 2 Deadband oat32 166f 5743 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 OP Ch20nOffHysteresis Ch2 On Off Hysteresis in Eng Units oat32 1673 5747 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 OP Ch20ut Channel 2 Cool Output Value joat32 020c 524 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 OP Ch2PotBreak Ch2 Potentiometer Break 0 Off 1 On uint8 167b 5755 Not applicable Loop 1 OP Ch2PotPosition Ch2 Valve Position oat32 167a 5754 Odp Loop 1 OP Ch2TravelTime Channel 2 Travel Time joat32 1675 5749 1dp Loop 1 OP CoolType Cooling Algorithm
338. ocations and pinouts 0oocccccocccc 5 Scale High Low Type 44 Cantet menu O DAN COM Meta dit da it A 117 AS cise o aaa ade seal meee debut 7 Diagram AA 119 Shunt Vales innata ed e 44 Monitor rt fed etek eee ths o AS Viena 118 MN raae cuir tack A A E ayo indeed ey tk 44 Trend fi ti 46 Wife e a Sele ee 116 RT A RR ANT RAR Control Action 0 0 cee eee 57 159 Pd os Bebe A nee ee 44 Control Loop 1 2 AIS tas adios 44 54 55 Enabler sinus di 29 Chat cOlOUr a a e Lal SS 30 Control loops ia dt creed c ds ats 137 CJC TYPO ics ati a 45 7 f PESO or it Ga ene wn hae ee E Ea 138 ean Cool Type 62 158 ADOTE tsi LS A RAE depen 70 oa eee ee ee Freg aces ges selene a aa vas AEE ga 70 Ce le a ae ada Paak 117 egUe NO aetna Sate Se aa i 69 Di f lAGrAMTAGMENE iyoni p a a ERNIA 113 Max Temp tate sal ici did 70 F ragmentto filene a oido 119 MEN tates dete ee de ea dee Reade bg 70 Function block context menu oo oooooo o o 119 Parametros te 70 G FAD MICA c tech ence ated dea est EI S 5 Bice 2 119 RCOV TIME cad Micaela ES She eB E O 70 Tools components oooccccccco 113 A E NS 69 f Tools diagram items 0 0 0000000 119 TEMP ssa Fite ahs tapa 70 Maths HUNCtiO ise aisla ds 52 MVE A ata de Sa eye Se 69 70 Montt Feat ie des 118 Wales az se ah arg a ea 69 70 Click to Select O 116 AA Raatiee ales an a ESA 123 HO LD OSI SCE AUS E A Pes iene Wire context menu 0 eee eee eee 116 Cln
339. od apate 60 Target TRACKIM A O 155 OQUTPUB is hae dp A 63 Setting time and date 0 27 SEO Mt odios setae os ee nea Aces 57 SSttlinGe ois doo cond Gebel eee Mare A 58 TER POS ada Hut Luke mata dae al 170 Show Namesai cd ta e 118 TiO A ete 145 Show Hide Grid ri cocoa od Hela dias 113 TATA AB teks ate ek alae heaters ae ot 59 SMUNEVAlUGs ett hax esis A 44 Temp Sigmal WINNGs soii te Lea lee es Es 5 WA OU ada 69 Sha pS Tue ond E a Abeta tall aimee E deans 124 Offset ic nb A a r a a Ee oe deids 69 Soot alan ii SS a ae OS ha a es ee es 69 SA em RE 69 Sooting AA A A AR A 67 Temperature Canta 67 SOULS ar da dade dd tdt 31 Terminal TOQUE recia 5 eE AE A E E O eae WERE een oo Md aoe 62 Termination details ooooooooooccoooro eee 5 High Lowy Lidia rar ote eles 60 Testsignal e A haara e E ath Ade oes 44 INE Balances scstensidyantedel end ote EEE ED 60 Thermocouple data ani sa buratina e eee eden eens 134 Rate Disable sit a bite eee eas 60 Threetermi controls riro iria at E toto 138 A EEEE eda Mae E E 60 ANE ae o EA TEER T aes 47 TAN a ee tec a a ele eae e decade 60 a EEE dd E A 145 MIMI GH LOW S irratian saditi oa 60 TETIT o ra a ak Pte a wate ek reo 59 SPANCSP2 a a A 60 TEET e tie acer t exis clea EA I EE EET t51 Space Evenly cscs i EEE AREE NEE EEA AENA 119 AAA et a A AN CA 25 SPAN SEA EEE E E E SE 46 Time Specification a r ates baled BES E 131 Format Mod bu seco ett oie dened vers 39 Stage A sate es tees Ate Sele eel Se
340. of a value from which the counter is to start incrementing or decre menting Trigger Setting this to 1 causes the current value of the input source to be added to the Coun ter value This function can be carried out manually or the input can be wired from an other parameter section 7 2 Rollover The maximum capacity of the counter is 1 000 000 If for example the current value is 999 999 and Input 1 15 then the next sample will set the totaliser value to 14 999 999 15 1 000 000 and Rollover is set to Yes for one iteration period This can be used to increment a further counter by wiring Rollover to Trigger Disable Allows the user temporarily to suspend counting The output retains the pre disabled value until the counter is re enabled when it resumes counting from that value The counter is toggled between being enabled cross symbol and disabled tick symbol by means of the scroll key HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 55 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 6 LOOP CONFIGURATION This configuration area allows the user to set up two control loops This description refers to temperature control loops but the configuration parameters apply equally to other types of control For each loop chan nel 1 is assumed to be a heating channel channel 2 a cooling channel The configuration is divided into a number of areas as shown in the overview below Loop N N
341. of points in user linearisation table 4 uint8 2b40 11072 Not applicable UserLin 4 X1 User linearisation table 4 X value 1 oat32 2b41 11073 2dp UserLin 4 X2 User linearisation table 4 X value 2 oat32 2b43 11075 2dp UserLin 4 X3 User linearisation table 4 X value 3 oat32 2b45 11077 2dp UserLin 4 X4 User linearisation table 4 X value 4 oat32 2b47 11079 2dp UserLin 4 X5 User linearisation table 4 X value v5 loat32 2b49 11081 2dp UserLin 4 X6 User linearisation table 4 X value 6 oat32 2b4b 11083 2dp UserLin 4 X7 User linearisation table 4 X value 7 joat32 2b4d 11085 2dp UserLin 4 X8 User linearisation table 4 X value 8 oat32 2b4f 11087 2dp UserLin 4 X9 User linearisation table 4 X value 9 joat32 2b51 11089 2dp UserLin 4 X10 User linearisation table 4 X value 10 loat32 2b53 11091 2dp UserLin 4 X11 User linearisation table 4 X value 11 oat32 2b55 11093 2dp UserLin 4 X12 User linearisation table 4 X value 12 oat32 2b57 11095 2dp UserLin 4 X13 User linearisation table 4 X value 13 loat32 2b59 11097 2dp UserLin 4 X14 User linearisation table 4 X value 14 oat32 2b5b 11099 2dp UserLin 4 X15 User linearisation table 4 X value 15 oat32 2b5d 11101 2dp UserLin 4 X16 User linearisation table 4 X value 16 joat32 2b5f 11103 2dp UserLin 4 X17 User linearisation table 4 X value 17 oat32 2b61 11105 2dp UserLin 4 X18 User linearisation table 4 X value 18 oat32 2b63 11107 2
342. om left hand corner of the window Page 122 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 4 1 PARAMETER EXPLORER DETAIL Cont A Options Window Help Parameter Availability Settings amp Scaling Loac Show Device Names Hide Parameters and Lists when Not Relevant v Show Labels on Toolbars 5 Xara i e Note it may be necessary to manually refresh Tools to Panel Views Position reflect current settings This can be done by pressing 133 1 Shift F5 Cloning Update Rates Decimal Places C Parameter Value Selections Restricted by Current Limits Parameter Availability Settings Parameter List Cursor Options chow Parameters in RrowicelFined Figure 6 4 16 Show Hide parameters 6 4 2 Explorer tools A number of tool icons appear above the parameter list gt Back to and Forward to The parameter explorer contains a history buffer of up to 10 lists that have ER been browsed in the current instance of the window The Back to list name and Forward to list name icons allow easy retracing or repeating of the parameter list view sequence Ifthe mouse cursor is hovered over the tool icon the name of the parameter list which will appear if the icon is clicked on appears Clicking on the arrow head displays a pick list of up to 10 previously visited lists which the user can select Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt B gt for Back to or lt Ctrl gt lt F gt f
343. on 12 Use the down arrow button to highlight Active Operate the Scroll button again and create the new wire 13 Use the Page button twice to return to the Virtual Channel 3 menu User Wiring User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Trigger Virtual Channel 3 Main Trigger To Destination From Source Channel 1 CEET Trend Aart Alarm2 User Wiring User Wiring Virtual Channel 3 Main Trigger Virtual Channel 3 Main Trigger Instrument 8 Alarm1 Network Type amp Group Status B Channel Threshold E Virtual Channel Dwell Loop Acknowledge Digital I O SL Virtual Channel 3 Main Trigger Cancel e Instrument a Q Network User Wiring G Sage Virtual Channel 3 Main Trigger Channel To Destination From Source G2 Channel 1 Alarm1 Acktive 83 Figure 7 2b Wiring a counter part 2 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 129 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 7 2 COUNTER EXAMPLE Cont 14 At Virtual Channel 3 Main use the down arrow to select Preset Press and hold the scroll key The top level User Wiring page appears 15 Use the up or down arrow button to select the From Source tab if not already selected 16 Operate the Scroll key to highlight Add new wire then again to display the top level parameter list 17 Use the down arrow button to highlight Channel and operate the scroll button 18 Use the down arrow
344. on Order 0 ccc ccc eee 113 Not ack d ii Pale a ee Re a 47 Blue SEN sales Faia ee A Ea Rew hes 59 Arrow Acute accent ii ees net Per ees 25 DOWN Seer cattle Sha eat PE Sieh 125 A 52 Let Rig accio agi e errors tot ae Inge godos 123 New Wire o ooocccoooo ee ee eee ee es 127 ParameterS e dor eds sacs se tanta gets tddi oie 122 Adding parameters to the Watch list 124 Wiring editor items 000008 119 AGA ESS it bea a 39 Bootrom upgrade 0 6 cece eens 31 Alarm BOth turas tate ada la id fits 37 Acknowledgement A AA 13 Boundary A A RN 59 Config ratioN i ctm a nad eds 47 Bounded mode VPB osriisaosa rr tare ss 140 ICONS oc cc cece cece bck bebe bebe bbb ebebenbnnes 8 NI so a e aera E nats 29 Message filteri ae iori ss una be ees 14 Bring to Dates auian e da E a i 17 Stats aa a a a is 47 Bring to Front Summary display auteur er eee ane e ee wees 13 MONTO vs os ns A edie 118 GMO Gln utes ute A poked 11 Monitor context MENU 6 eee 118 E E EETA E te ao el eR 47 49 VIE A ere ave acai ie 116 Align Tops Lefi nica 119 C All Messages 06 cece eee eee eee e eee eee Va CanelAllt mast cenit seat wae er eke tes 17 A eo ott a E 60 CantCleam eo ccc soe dr dota 70 Enablers dt 60 Capture current values into a dataset 125 AMOUNT aa dehy deck he aed 48 Cabal 69 Any Alarm Channel Alarm Sys AlarM o 71 Carbon Potential 0 0 0 cece eee e tenes 69 Application
345. on table 1 Y value 21 joat32 292a 10538 2dp UserLin 1 Y22 User linearisation table 1 Y value 22 oat32 292c 10540 2dp UserLin 1 Y23 User linearisation table 1 Y value 23 oat32 292e 10542 2dp UserLin 1 Y24 User linearisation table 1 Y value 24 oat32 2930 10544 2dp UserLin 1 Y25 User linearisation table 1 Y value 25 oat32 2932 10546 2dp UserLin 1 Y26 User linearisation table 1 Y value 26 loat32 2934 10548 2dp UserLin 1 Y27 User linearisation table 1 Y value 27 oat32 2936 10550 2dp UserLin 1 Y28 User linearisation table 1 Y value 28 loat32 2938 10552 2dp UserLin 1 Y29 User linearisation table 1 Y value 29 joat32 293a 10554 2dp UserLin 1 Y30 User linearisation table 1 Y value 30 oat32 293c 10556 2dp UserLin 1 Y31 User linearisation table 1 Y value 31 oat32 293e 10558 2dp UserLin 1 Y32 User linearisation table 1 Y value 32 oat32 2940 10560 2dp UserLin 2 NumberOfBreakpoints Number of points in user linearisation table 2 uint8 29c0 10688 Not applicable UserLin 2 X1 User linearisation table 2 X value 1 joat32 29c1 10689 2dp UserLin 2 X2 User linearisation table 2 X value 2 joat32 29c3 10691 2dp UserLin 2 X3 User linearisation table 2 X value 3 oat32 29c5 10693 2dp UserLin 2 X4 User linearisation table 2 X value 4 joat32 29c7 10695 2dp UserLin 2 X5 User linearisation table 2 X value 5 joat32 29c9 10697 2dp UserLin 2 X6 User linearisation table 2 X
346. only this allows the user to select None Internal Ex ternal or Remote 1 to Remote 4 None No Cold junction compensation applied Internal uses the recorder s internal cold junction temperature measurement External means that the cold junction is to be maintained by the user at a fixed known temperature This temperature is entered in the External CJ Temp field which appears when External is selected Remote 1 2 3 4 means that the cold junction temperature is being measured by in put channel 1 2 3 4 respectively This must be a different channel from that current ly being configured Appears only if CJC type is set to External and allows the user to enter the tempera ture at which the external cold junction is being maintained Defines whether the sensor break becomes active for circuit impedances greater than expected Off disables Sensor Break detection Break Low Sensor break active if measured impedance is greater than the Break Low impedance value given in table 4 4 1 Break High Sensor break active if measured impedance is greater than the Break High Impedance value given in table 4 4 1 Specifies the behaviour of the recorder if a sensor break is detected or if the input is over driven saturated high or low None means that the input drifts with the wiring acting as an aerial Drive High means that the trace moves to Scale
347. ooltips are shown when hovering over inputs outputs and over many other items on the iTools screen A Function Block is enabled by dragging the block onto the diagram wiring it and finally downloading it to the instrument Initially blocks and associated wires are drawn with dashed lines and when in this state the parameter list for the block is enabled but the block is not executed by the instrument The block is added to the instrument function block execution list when the Download icon is operated and the items are redrawn using solid lines If a block which has been downloaded is deleted it is shown on the diagram in a ghosted form until the download button is pressed This is because it and any wires to from it are still being executed in the instru ment On download it will be removed from the instrument execution list and the diagram A ghosted block can be undeleted as described in Context menu above When a dashed block is deleted it is removed immediately HA030554 Page 120 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 4 PARAMETER EXPLORER ES Parameter Explorer This view can be displayed by clicking on the Parameter Explorer toolbar icon by double clicking on the relevant block in the tree pane or in the graphical wiring editor by selecting Function Block View from the Function block context menu in the Graphical wiring Editor PONS by selecting parameter Explorer from
348. or Forward to Go Up a Level Go Down a Level For nested parameters these buttons allow the user to navigate ver tically between levels Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt U gt for Go Up a Level or lt Ctrl gt lt D gt for Go Down a Level Push pin to give the window global scope Clicking on this icon causes the current parameter list to be permanently displayed even if another instrument becomes the current device er HE 6 4 3 Context Menu Copy Parameter Ctrl C Parameter Properties D Parameter Help Shift F1 Edit Wire Paste Wire Delete Wire Follow Wire Columns gt Copy Parameter Copies the clicked on parameter to the clipboard Parameter properties Displays parameter properties for the clicked on parameter Parameter Help Displays help information for the clicked on parameter Edit Paste Delete Follow Wire Not used in this application Columns Allows the user to enable disable a number of parameter table columns figure 6 1 4b HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 123 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 5 WATCH RECIPE EDITOR amp watch Recipe The watch recipe editor is opened by clicking on the Watch Recipe tool icon by selecting Watch Recipe in the Views menu or by using the short cut lt Ctrl gt lt A gt The window is in two parts the left part containing the watch list the right hand part containing one or more data sets initially empty and unn
349. orer G3 watch Recipe I OPC Scope iTools Secure Wnano1 149 121 132 120 502 ID001 nanoc lt Y Browse OQ Find a Instrument S E Network aE Group a Channel a VirtualChannel A Loop Da mata 121 132 120 502IDOC Level 2 Engineer nanodac v E2 18 Scanning 3 Figure 6 2b Tools initial window with one instrument detected Once the instrument has been detected stop the scan When the instrument has synchronised click on the Access button to enter configuration mode a password might be required Once the editing session is complete click on the Access button again to quit configuration mode HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 111 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 GRAPHICAL WIRING EDITOR E Graphical wiring Clicking on the Graphical wiring Editor tool bar icon causes the Graphical wiring window for the current in strument configuration to open DoR File Device Wiring View Options Window Help U amp h P X en 3 2 New File Open File Load Save Print Scan Add Remove views Help E Graphical wiring Function Block ES Parameter Explorer 3 watch Recipe 2 OPC Scope s iTools Secure E nano 149 121 132 120 502 10001 nano AAA Graphical Wiring O OHEA BE IX amp Es e H pate 5 3wires used 247 free 4 lt I E Browse I Find F Blocks NAH comen E DigitallO RELAY_2A2B 12 Monitor Channel 1 Alarm2 Active OnOff
350. ounted configuration port interface CPI clip for iTools use Parameters Baud rate 19 200 Parity none Number of data bits 8 Number of stop bits 1 no flow control Can be set to Modbus Slave or Off The unit must be restarted before any change takes effect Allows the user to choose milliseconds seconds minutes or hours as the time format Sets the resolution for the reading and writing of time format parameters Read only Shows the IP address of the preferred master when connected Read only Shows the response time for a single communications request to the rele vant master Master Conn 1 to 4 Read only Shows the IP addresses of any other masters connected to this recorder HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 39 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 3 GROUP CONFIGURATION Group configuration is separated into two areas one which defines trending characteristics for display channels the other defining the recording characteristics for saving data to the Flash memory ready for ar chiving 4 3 1 Group Trend configuration This allows the user to define which points are to be traced on the display and at what interval and also al lows the number of chart divisions to be set up Figure 4 3 1 shows a typical configuration page Note The background chart colour is set up as a part of Instrument Display configuration section 4 1 3 Descriptor Interval Major Divisions Point t
351. owledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1c f 7279 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1c66 7270 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0123 291 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1c63 7267 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1c60 7264 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4b00 19200 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main Disable 1 Virtual channel disabled bool 1c23 7203 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Main HighCutOff High cut off value for totalisers and counters joat32 1c05 7173 Set by VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 1 Main Input1 Input 1 value joat32 1c07 7175 Set by VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 1 Main Input2 Input 2 value joat32 1c08 7176 Set by VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 1 Main LowCutOff Low cutoff value for totalisers and counters joat32 1c04 7172 Set by VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 1 Main ModbusInput Modbus input value joat32 1c06 7174 Set by VirtualChannel 1 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 1 Main Operation Specifies the operation of the virtual channel uint8 1c01 7169 Not applicable 0 Off 2 Add 3 Subtract 4 Multiply 5 Divide 6 Group avg 7 Group
352. p Shunt OO Lin Type oer CTO el Range Low PU Range High oo Range Units ss Scale Low MOOO Scale High A eee Offset OOO CJ Type enw me Ext CJ Temp II Filter O Sensor Break Type Seria Fault Response Drive Low Sensor Break Val Measured Value e Internal CJ Temp Figure 4 4 1a Channel main menu expanded Note For the sake of completeness the figure above shows all possible fields even though many are mutually exclusive For example Test signal appears only when Test is selected as Type It would never appear when Type thermocouple as shown Similarly Shunt would appear only for Type mA HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 43 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Descriptor PV Status IP Adjust State Resolution Units Type Test signal Input Low Input High Shunt value Lin type Range Low Range High Range Units Scale Low High Offset 4 4 1 CHANNEL MAIN Cont Allows a 20 character max descriptor to be entered for the channel Some thought should be given to ensure that the descriptor is meaningful because in some display screens it is truncated For example Furnace 1 area 1 and Furnace 1 area 2 might both appear as Furnace 1 a and thus be indistinguishable from one another except in background colour Read only Displays the current value of the channel Read only Shows the channel status as one of Good Channel Off
353. played on the screen System Shows only system alarms Alarm Shows only channel alarms Power up Shows only power up messages Login out Limits the display to Log in and Log out events HA030554 Page 14 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 3 3 GOTO VIEW Cont DISPLAY MODE SELECTION Use the up down arrow buttons to highlight the required display mode Once the required display mode is highlighted operation of the scroll button causes the recorder to leave the Go to menu and to display chan nel values in the selected mode See section 3 4 for a description of the various display modes Alternatively the up and down arrow buttons can be used from any of the display modes to cycle through the available modes in the order listed in the figure 3 3 4 History This top level menu item allows the user to switch from real time trending to review mode where channel values messages alarm triggers etc can be viewed back as far as the last significant configuration change History mode is fully discussed in section 3 5 3 3 5 Faceplate Cycling on off For the purposes of this document the channel whose faceplate is currently displayed and whose pen sym bol is visible is called the Active channel By default the recorder scrolls through all the channels in the display group with each channel becoming the active channel in turn This top level menu Faceplate Cycling item allows the user t
354. put is forced to 0 or 100 OP min in order to modify undershoot on cool down See section B2 3 2 for more details Cutback low for set one two three Valid entries Auto 3xPB or 0 1 to 9999 9 The number of display units below setpoint at which the controller output is forced to 100 OP max in order to modify overshoot on heat up See section B2 3 2 for more details Manual reset for set one two three Valid entries 0 to 100 Introduces a fixed addi tional power level to the output in order to eliminate steady state error from proportion al only control Applied instead of the integral component when Ti is set to Off Loop break time for set one two three valid entries are 1 to 99999 seconds or Off See section B2 3 6 for more details Output low limit for set one two three Valid entries are in the range Output High 2 3 to 100 Output high limit for set one two three Valid entries are in the range Output Low 2 3 to 100 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 59 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE Range High Low SP select SP1 SP2 SP Low Limit SP High Limit Alt SP Enable Alt SP Rate RateDone SP Rate Disable Servo To PV SPTrim SP Trim High Low Manual Track Setpoint Track Track PV Track Value SP Int Balance 4 6 5 Setpoint menu parameters Range limits Valid entries from 99999 to 99999 Range limits set absolute maxima and minima for control loop setpoints If the proportion
355. r Allows a units string of up to five characters to be entered for the totalised value Allows a units scaler to be selected If for example the input channel has units of litres per hour then if the Units Scaler is set to one the totalised value will be in litres If the Units Scaler is set to 1000 then the totalised value will be in thousands of litres Setting the Units Scaler to a negative value causes the totaliser to decrement rather than increment Used to restrict the input operating range of the totaliser Minimum value 100 000 Used to restrict the input operating range of the totaliser Maximum value 100 000 The value of the source May be entered manually or this parameter can be wired from an external channel PV The totaliser equation works in seconds If the totalised channel units are other than per second a period scaler different from the default 1 sec must be used The Peri od field presents a number of fixed periods from 0 125 seconds to 24 hours for selec tion Setting this to Yes causes the totaliser to adopt the Preset Value The field returns im mediately to No The totaliser can also be preset by an external source wired to this parameter Allows the entry of a value from which the totaliser is to start incrementing or decrem enting The direction of the count is set by the sign of the units scaler positive incre ment negative decrement The maximum capacity of the total
356. r then changes in the setpoint will be transmitted to the output For applications such as furnace temperature control it is com mon practice to select Derivative on PV to prevent thermal shock caused by a sudden change of output as a result of a change in setpoint B2 2 3 Motorised valve control Designed specifically for driving motorised valves this type of control can operate in Unbounded mode VPU or Bounded mode VPB Relay outputs are used to drive the valve motor VPB Position Velocity Mechanical linkage VPU Velocity Mechanical linkage PID Time Motor Valve Load PID Time Motor Valve Load propor GO D se O O e H SP H propor tionin tionin ChN 9 9 Temp Temp sensor Manua pa Manual input sensor ot input Pulses Figure B2 2 3 VPB and VPU comparison Unbounded valve positioning VPU does not require a position feedback potentiometer in orderto operate because it controls directly the direction and velocity of the movement of the valve in order to minimise the error between the setpoint SP and the process variable PV Control is performed by delivering a raise or lower pulse to control the velocity of the valve in response to the control demand signal Bounded VP VPB control uses PID or any other combination of
357. r No 10 eint32 10e9 4329 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam10Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 10 string_t 63bd 25533 Not applicable Instrument Security CommsPass 1 Password required for comms access bool 10c1 4289 Not applicable HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 85 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Instrument Security DefaultConfig 1 set all parameters to factory settings bool 10c2 4290 Not applicable Instrument Security EngineerAccess 1 Engineer access required bool 10c0 4288 Not applicable Instrument Security EngineerPassword Engineer pass phrase default 100 string_t 63d3 25555 Not applicable Instrument Security FeaturePass Option enable code manufacturer supplied int32 10c3 4291 Not applicable Instrument Security OperatorPassword Operator pass phrase default blank string_t 6437 25655 Not applicable Instrument Security PassPhrase The password required if CommsPass 1 string_t 444a 17482 Not applicable Instrument Security SupervisorPassword Supervisor pass phrase default blank string_t 6405 25605 Not applicable Loop 1 Diag DerivativeOutContrib Derivative Output Contribution joat32 0212 530 Odp Loop 1 Diag Error Calculated error joat32 020d 525 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 Diag IntegralO
358. rate ec ahs tnt ies at es BP ad 62 PID tes ait tee ee Heke ie vg hats 61 Safety notes a cee eesie Ea EE EE E aoa gee de 1 Working setpoint 2 eee 60 Save RateDone 2 peta Lines Chel poh ila flee nae 60 Adrada ar ra arte ita cotas ada 29 Recorder Current watch recipe list 00000 8 125 DIMENSIONS si taria saws Valin Vaasa A eas 4 rapid Ana 119 Panel installation o oooooooocoooooo momo 3 Saver Brightness tud da en AE de 29 UnpackinG eriscia ada ea 3 SBrk Recording Mode a et ha aed aye ds 62 Channels included 20202200000 41 OD stewed Seid wis aig ela ON adie gd 62 Enable a Sok eS Se ees 41 Scale Failure alarm 00000000 0000s 10 DIVISION Saa aah wares Meee aaron 40 GON Sateen AA AAA AA 11 HIS MLOWE acts ova yl ke ee ae tae fad 44 tal is osos iia Barbieri 41 SCAN il ls Raed ri pa daa 111 Red wiring editor items 0 cee ee eee eee 119 all device addresses 0 00000008 111 REGO vk s5 sire sheet ah IR E a tes 113 Sched Reference hes a bes 47 Loop diagnostic parameters 63 Relative cool gain R2G 0 eee eee 141 TP iia 59 Relay Screen brightness it vigo sha td aca lea 29 Configura retar e a 64 Scroll ciar aro da 7 PUE con O ote a 5 Sec Specification imita alles 135 Pas WO No 38 ta dd ic dayne 59 SONE er ea os does Be hs a eyo a ooo Rained 38 PID Gain scheduling type 000 143 SAUS a oa eames gre ieee
359. rced Output Manual Startup Pff En Power In Cool Type FF Type FF Gain FF Offset FF Trim lim FF OP Track Output Track Enable Reluctantly Forced Manual output value When Manual Mode Step this is the output value adopted when changing from Auto to Manual mode When set to off cross symbol the controller powers up in the same auto or manual mode that obtained when it was switched off When set to on tick symbol the control ler always powers up in manual mode Power feed forward enable Yes enables power feed forward adjusts the output sig nal to compensate for variations is supply voltage No disables Pff See section B2 6 6 for further details Read only display of the current supply voltage Appears only if Ch2 Control PID in the setup menu section 4 6 2 and allows the user to enter the appropriate type of cooling section B2 6 7 Linear For use when controller output changes linearly with PID demand Oil For oil cooled applications Water For water cooled applications Fan For forced air cooling Feed forward type section B2 6 8 None No signal fed forward Remote A remote signal fed forward SP Setpoint is fed forward PV PV is fed forward For FF types PV and SP this scales the feed forward signal For FF types PV and SP this defines the offset of the scaled feed forward signal For FF types PV and SP defines
360. rs when the mouse cursor is hovered over the bottom right hand corner of the comment box Comment Context Menu Edit Opens the Comment dialogue box to allow the comment text to f Edit be edited Unlink Deletes the current link from the comment Unanik Cut Moves the comment to the Clipboard ready to be pasted else ceo antx where Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt X gt a ee Copy Copies the comment from the wiring diagram to the Clipboard SC Dets ta ready to be pasted elsewhere Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt C gt i Paste Copies a comment from the Clipboard to the wiring diagram Short cut lt Ctrl gt lt V gt Figure 6 3 2e Delete Marks the comment for deletion at next download Comment context menu Undelete Undoes the Delete command if download has not taken place since HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 117 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 2 WIRING EDITOR OPERATING DETAILS Cont MONITORS Monitor points are added to a wiring diagram by click dragging them from the Function Block tree onto the diagram A monitor shows the current value updated at the iTools parameter list update rate of the param eter to which itis linked By default the name of the parameter is shown To hide the parameter name either double click on the monitor box or Show Names in the context right click menu can be used to toggle the parameter name on and off Monitors are linked to function blocks and wires by clicking on the chain
361. s 26 GMT 8 hours 27 GMT 9 hours 28 GMT 9 5 hours 29 GMT 10 hours 30 GMT 11 hours 31 GMT 12 hours 32 GMT 13 hours Instrument Notes Note Operator Note string_t 5500 21760 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note1 Operator note 1 string_t 5580 21888 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note2 Operator note 2 string_t 5600 22016 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note3 Operator note 3 string_t 5680 22144 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note4 Operator note 4 string_t 5700 22272 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note5 Operator note 5 string_t 5780 22400 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note Operator note 6 string_t 5800 22528 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note7 Operator note 7 string_t 5880 22656 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note8 Operator note 8 string_t 5900 22784 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note9 Operator note 9 string_t 5980 22912 Not applicable Instrument Notes Note10 Operator note 10 string_t 5a00 23040 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam1 Promote parameter No 1 eint32 10e0 4320 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam1 Desc Descriptor for promote parameterNo 1 string_t 6300 25344 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam2 Promote parameter No 2 eint32 10e1 4321 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam2Desc Descriptor for promote parameter No 2 string_t 6315 25365 Not applicable Instrument PromoteList PromoteParam3 Promote parameter No 3 e
362. s com GERMANY Limburg Eurotherm Deutschland GmbH Telephone 49 6431 2980 Fax 49 6431 298119 E mail info eurotherm de invensys com INDIA Chennai Eurotherm India Limited Telephone 91 44 2496 1129 Fax 91 44 2496 1831 E mail info eurotherm in invensys com IRELAND Dublin Eurotherm Ireland Limited Telephone 353 1 469 1800 Fax 353 1 469 1300 E mail info eurotherm ie invensys com ITALY Como Eurotherm S r l Telephone 39 031 975111 Fax 39 031 977512 E mail info eurotherm it invensys com KOREA Seoul Eurotherm Korea Limited Telephone 82 31 2738507 Fax 82 31 2738508 E mail info eurotherm kr invensys com NETHERLANDS Alphen a d Rijn Eurotherm B V Telephone 31 172 411752 Fax 31 172 417260 E mail info eurotherm nlGinvensys com NORWAY Oslo Eurotherm A S Telephone 47 67 592170 Fax 47 67 118301 E mail info eurotherm no invensys com POLAND Katowice Invensys Eurotherm Sp z 0 0 Telephone 48 32 218 5100 Fax 48 32 218 5108 E mail info eurotherm plGinvensys com SPAIN Madrid Eurotherm Espa a SA Telephone 34 91 661 6001 Fax 34 91 661 9093 E mail info eurotherm es invensys com SWEDEN Malmo Eurotherm AB Telephone 46 40 384500 Fax 46 40 384545 E mail info eurotherm se invensys com SWITZERLAND Wollerau Eurotherm Produkte Schweiz AG Telephone 41 44 787 1040 Fax 41 44 787 1044 E mail info eurotherm ch invensys com UNITED KI
363. s controlled by the single wire In a heat cool appli cation channel one is the heat valve and channel two is the cool valve B2 4 4 Other tuning considerations B2 4 Ifa process includes adjacent interactive zones each zone should be tuned independently with the adjacent zones at operating temperature It is recommended that a tuning process be initiated when the PV and setpoint are far apart This allows start up conditions to be measured and cutback values to be calculated more accurately Cutback is not set for Tune at setpoint In a programmer controller tuning should only be attempted during dwell periods and not during ramp stages Ifa programmer controller is tuned automatically the controller should be placed in Hold during each dwell period whilst autotune is active Note Tuning carried out in dwell periods which are at different extremes of temperature may give different results owing to non linearity of heating or cooling This may provide a convenient way to establish values for Gain Scheduling If an auto tune is initiated there are two further parameters High Output and Low Output which need to be set These are found in the Tune menu High Output Sets a high output limit to be imposed during autotune Must be lt Output High set in the Output menu Low Output Sets a low output limit to be imposed during autotune Must be gt Output Low set in the Output menu The above values m
364. se Time Master Conn 3 Response Time Master Conn 4 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt D gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Response Time Figure 4 2 4 Modbus TCP configuration menu The IP address of the relevant Modbus master The Preferred master is guaranteed to be able to connect even if all slave connections max 4 for TCP are in use The Modbus address for this slave This address must be unique for the network to which it is attached The recorder will respond to this address and to Address 255 Allows a value of between 0 and 3600 seconds to be entered to set the timeout period for modbus input channels If a modbus input is not written to within this period the val ue of the channel is set to 9999 0 with a No Data status A value of 0 disables the com ms inactivity timeout feature Enables Disables the checking of the Modbus TCP unit identity field Strict The Modbus TCP Unit Identity Field UIF does not have to match the instru ment address The instrument responds only to Hex value FF in the UIF iTools finds this instrument only at location 255 and then stops scanning Loose The Modbus TCP Unit Identity Field UIF does not have to match the instru ment address The instrument responds to any value in the UIF Instrument The Modbus TCP Unit Identity Field UIF must match the instrument ad dress or no response will be made to messages Slave communications via the side m
365. se for the relays not applicable if Type Valve Raise Inertia For Type Valve Raise only this allows a value to be entered in seconds to take into account valve run on Backlash For Type Valve Raise only this allows a value to be entered in seconds in order to compensate for backlash in the valve linkage Standby action For Type Valve Raise only this specifies the valve action when the instrument is in standby mode Continue Output continues at the demanded level Freeze The valve stops being driven Output Off relay contacts open On relay contacts closed Note If 2A2B relay is set to Valve Raise then 3A3B is set to Valve Lower Similarly if relay 4AC is set to Valve Raise then relay 5AC is set to Valve Lower When the loop channel output is wired to the PV input of a Valve Raise relay then the PV input of the associated Valve Lower relay becomes unavailable for wiring and both relays are controlled by the loop as a pair using only the single wire HA030554 Page 64 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 7 3 Digital inputs This applies to terminals pairs LALC LBLC figure 2 2 Type Contact I P PV 0 contact is open 1 contact is closed Invert Inverts the sense of the input Note See section B2 6 11 for a description of time proportioning HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 65 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 8 U
366. ser linearisation table 1 Y value 3 oat32 2906 10502 2dp UserLin 1 Y4 User linearisation table 1 Y value 4 oat32 2908 10504 2dp UserLin 1 Y5 User linearisation table 1 Y value 5 joat32 290a 10506 2dp UserLin 1 Y6 User linearisation table 1 Y value 6 joat32 290c 10508 2dp UserLin 1 Y7 User linearisation table 1 Y value 7 oat32 290e 10510 2dp UserLin 1 Y8 User linearisation table 1 Y value 8 oat32 2910 10512 2dp UserLin 1 Y9 User linearisation table 1 Y value 9 joat32 2912 10514 2dp UserLin 1 Y10 User linearisation table 1 Y value 10 joat32 2914 10516 2dp UserLin 1 Y11 User linearisation table 1 Y value 11 joat32 2916 10518 2dp UserLin 1 Y12 User linearisation table 1 Y value 12 oat32 2918 10520 2dp UserLin 1 Y13 User linearisation table 1 Y value 13 joat32 291a 10522 2dp UserLin 1 Y14 User linearisation table 1 Y value 14 joat32 291c 10524 2dp UserLin 1 Y15 User linearisation table 1 Y value 15 oat32 291e 10526 2dp UserLin 1 Y16 User linearisation table 1 Y value 16 oat32 2920 10528 2dp UserLin 1 Y17 User linearisation table 1 Y value 17 joat32 2922 10530 2dp UserLin 1 Y18 User linearisation table 1 Y value 18 joat32 2924 10532 2dp UserLin 1 Y19 User linearisation table 1 Y value 19 oat32 2926 10534 2dp UserLin 1 Y20 User linearisation table 1 Y value 20 joat32 2928 10536 2dp UserLin 1 Y21 User linearisati
367. ser linearisation table 4 Y value 9 oat32 29d2 10706 2dp UserLin 2 Y10 User linearisation table 4 Y value 10 oat32 29d4 10708 2dp UserLin 2 Y11 User linearisation table 4 Y value 11 oat32 29d6 10710 2dp UserLin 2 Y12 User linearisation table 4 Y value 12 loat32 29d8 10712 2dp UserLin 2 Y13 User linearisation table 4 Y value 13 joat32 29da 10714 2dp UserLin 2 Y14 User linearisation table 4 Y value 14 joat32 29dc 10716 2dp UserLin 2 Y15 User linearisation table 4 Y value 15 oat32 29de 10718 2dp UserLin 2 Y16 User linearisation table 4 Y value 16 oat32 29e0 10720 2dp UserLin 2 Y17 User linearisation table 4 Y value 17 oat32 29e2 10722 2dp UserLin 2 Y18 User linearisation table 4 Y value 18 oat32 29e4 10724 2dp UserLin 2 Y19 User linearisation table 4 Y value 19 oat32 29e6 10726 2dp UserLin 2 Y20 User linearisation table 4 Y value 20 oat32 29e8 10728 2dp UserLin 2 Y21 User linearisation table 4 Y value 21 joat32 29ea 10730 2dp UserLin 2 Y22 User linearisation table 4 Y value 22 joat32 29ec 10732 2dp UserLin 2 Y23 User linearisation table 4 Y value 23 oat32 29ee 10734 2dp UserLin 2 Y24 User linearisation table 4 Y value 24 joat32 29f0 10736 2dp UserLin 2 Y25 User linearisation table 4 Y value 25 joat32 29f2 10738 2dp UserLin 2 Y26 User linearisation table 4 Y value 26 joat32 29f4 10740 2dp UserLin 2 Y27 User linearisation table 4
368. serLin 4 Y20 User linearisation table 4 Y value 20 oat32 2b68 11112 2dp UserLin 4 Y21 User linearisation table 4 Y value 21 oat32 2b a 11114 2dp UserLin 4 Y22 User linearisation table 4 Y value 22 joat32 2b6c 11116 2dp UserLin 4 Y23 User linearisation table 4 Y value 23 oat32 2b6e 11118 2dp UserLin 4 Y24 User linearisation table 4 Y value 24 oat32 2b70 11120 2dp UserLin 4 Y25 User linearisation table 4 Y value 25 joat32 2b72 11122 2dp UserLin 4 Y26 User linearisation table 4 Y value 26 joat32 2b74 11124 2dp UserLin 4 Y27 User linearisation table 4 Y value 27 oat32 2b76 11126 2dp UserLin 4 Y28 User linearisation table 4 Y value 28 oat32 2b78 11128 2dp UserLin 4 Y29 User linearisation table 4 Y value 29 oat32 2b7a 11130 2dp UserLin 4 Y30 User linearisation table 4 Y value 30 joat32 2b7c 11132 2dp UserLin 4 Y31 User linearisation table 4 Y value 31 oat32 2b7e 11134 2dp UserLin 4 Y32 User linearisation table 4 Y value 32 oat32 2b80 11136 2dp VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c0 448 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1c50 7248 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1c4b 7243 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1c48 7240 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 A
369. server When set to DHCP it takes several seconds before the IP address is obtained from the DHCP server Read only if IP Type DHCP If IP Type Fixed the user may enter an IP address IPV4 dot notation This would normally be supplied by the user s IT department or from the Network supervisor Read only if IP Type DHCP If IP Type Fixed this sets a range of IP addresses that can be accessed Normally supplied by the user s IT department or from the Network supervisor HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 35 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 2 1 INTERFACE Cont Gateway Read only if IP Type DHCP If IP Type Fixed this allows the user to enter a gateway address for use when the unit is to communicate outside the local network Normally supplied by the user s IT depart ment or from the Network supervisor 4 2 2 Archiving This area of configuration is used to set up the parameters for use during unattended archiving Some of the fields appear only if other fields are set to a particular value For example the CSV fields appear only if File Format is set to CSV or to Both The archived data is not removed from the flash memory of the instrument When the flash memory is full new data causes the oldest file s to be discarded Network Archiving Media Size Media Free 901 3 o VK ee MEE mn LOG gt Rate Mifomen
370. sions 0 0 0 0 0c ae eee 40 Virtual Channel 7 0 2 6 e even etter ees 100 Man Virtual Channel s eta keene ade e 100 Virtual Channel Qey terssa a 101 On IE Virtual Channel10 2 2 0 0 eee eee eee 102 AA ae TY NTA o Virtual Channel a c203 e irrita 102 Manual Virtual Channel12 0 00 eee ee eee 103 Output Siar RAN ray Se as SAS eels ERAN Siw E a 62 Virtual Channel13 ccc cece cee aaa auauua 104 Rida ta a ox 59 141 Minus Channel TAS tones de iba ie ade cd hos 105 Start P32 awd A E tas 62 Zirconia block xiii cia 105 A AS E 155 TCP Port numbers 2 266 cee es centers 170 TUNING rita Td 151 Model saa sceetact que ia eet ore 61 Master communications timouts 0005 73 Moni Erotic naa 118 Master Conn 20 Dior a ee ed ee ee ga 39 Monthly a o dad A 37 Maths channel Motorised valve control 0 eee eee eee 140 Configuration gatas Sica Pr ieee beaks 51 Mouse A A S aia a Bete 10 Pan s i r ade va A Sate ds 113 Max RCOW TINE seco aia nd Od eee Ae 69 A ON 113 MarxcReOvitiine rns O 70 Move selected item Maximum number of traces 0 eee 40 Watch Recipes rar sre SE 125 Measured Valuer ai che ee A a 45 MRIMR2 MR3 s 2 Someta sad a 59 Mechanical installation 0 0 cee eee eee eee 3 4 Multi Besant leh Ahk Coes Atte Mek eta hl te had aa 52 Media Duration Free Size 2 2 cee eee eee 36 DIVISA ated ota aed aaa see Les 69 Media system alarms 0 000000 e ee eee eee ee 10 HA030
371. sly been adjusted Instrument Input Adjust Channel 1 Channel 2 o larly Adjustec Channel 4 Apply Adjust No Remove Adjust No Figure 4 1 7a Input adjust top level display Channel 1 to 4 Shows the adjust status of each channel Apply Adjust Selecting Yes initiates the adjustment procedure described below Remove Adjust Selecting Yes initiates the adjustment removal procedure described below Abort Allows the user to abandon input adjustment at any point in the procedure ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 1 As shown in figure 4 1 7b highlight the Apply Adjust field and operate the scroll key to enter edit mode Use the up or down arrow key to select Yes Use the scroll button to change Channel 1 cross to a tick check mark Similarly select any other channels which require adjustment Instrument Input Adjust Instrument Input Adjust eN Unadjusted Channel 1 Ll e IIA Unadjustec Channel 2 xX ETE Adjusted 00 Channel 3 Xv EN Unadjusted ssi Channel 4 Fa one Apply Adjust Nes Start IP Adjust Remove Adjust a Abort NI Figure 4 1 7b Channel adjustment procedure 1 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 33 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 7 INPUT ADJUST Cont ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE Cont 2 Highlight the Start IP Adjust field and use the scroll and up down arrow to select Yes Use the scroll key again to enter the low value adjust page 3 Apply the known low valu
372. sted bool 1916 6422 Not applicable Channel 3 Main LinType Linearisation type as for Channel 1 Main LinType uint8 1906 6406 Not applicable Channel 3 Main MeasuredValue nput value before linearisation scaling adjust etc joat32 1914 6420 Set by Channel 3 Main Resolution Channel 3 Main Offset Fixed value to be added to subtracted from PV joat32 1917 6423 3dp Channel 3 Main PV The output displayed value of the channel oat32 0108 264 Set by Channel 3 Main Resolution Channel 3 Main RangeHigh Range high value oat32 1908 6408 Set by Channel 3 Main Resolution Channel 3 Main RangeLow Range low value joat32 1907 6407 Set by Channel 3 Main Resolution Channel 3 Main RangeUnits Range units as channel 1 Main Units uint8 1909 6409 Not applicable Channel 3 Main Resolution Specifies the resolution number of decimal places uint8 1901 6401 Not applicable Channel 3 Main ScaleHigh Scale high value joat32 190b 6411 Set by Channel 3 Main Resolution Channel 3 Main ScaleLow Scale low value joat32 190a 6410 Set by Channel 3 Main Resolution Channel 3 Main SensorBreakType Sensor break type as for Channel 1 Main uint8 190f 6415 Not applicable Channel 3 Main SensorBreakVal A diagnostive indication ofthe input impedance uint8 1911 6417 Not applicable Channel 3 Main Shunt Shunt value in Ohms joat32 1905 6405 1dp Channel 3 Main Status Channel status as for Channel 1 Main Status uint8 0109 265 Not applicable Channel 3 Main TestSignal Chann
373. symmetrical limits about the PID output which are ap plied to the scaled feed forward signal For FF types PV and SP this is the calculated scaled offset and trimmed feed for ward signal FF OP FF gain input FF Offset If Track Enable below is set to Yes this is the value for the control output PID re mains in Auto mode and tracks the output The Track OP value can be wired to an ex ternal source or can be entered via the front panel Similar to entering manual mode When set to Yes the output follows the Track OP value above When subsequently set to Off the loop makes a bump less return to control Used to limit the output using a remote source These limits cannot exceed the Output Low and Output High values described earlier in this section Page 62 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 6 7 Loop diagnostics These parameters are read only unless otherwise stated Error Target Output Working Out Low Working Out High Loop Break Prop Output Integral Output Deriv Output Sensor Break Sched PB Sched Ti Sched Td Sched R2G Sched CBH Sched CBL Sched MR Sched Loop Break Sched Out Low Sched Out High The difference in value between the setpoint and the PV The requested control output The target of the active output if rate limiting is active The low limit for the working output This is the value used to l
374. system alarm uint8 121e 4638 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm16ID 6th most recent active system alarm uint8 121f 4639 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm171D 7th most recent active system alarm uint8 1220 4640 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm18ID 8th most recent active system alarm uint8 1221 4641 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm19 D 9th most recent active system alarm uint8 1222 4642 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm20ID 20th most recent active system alarm uint8 1223 4643 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm21 D 21st most recent active system alarm uint8 1224 4644 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm22ID 22nd most recent active system alarm uint8 1225 4645 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm23ID 23rd most recent active system alarm uint8 1226 4646 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm24 D 24th most recent active system alarm uint8 1227 4647 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm25 D 25th most recent active system alarm uint8 1228 4648 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm26ID 26th most recent active system alarm uint8 1229 4649 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm27 D 27th most recent active system alarm uint8 122a 4650 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm28ID 28th most recent active system alarm uint8 122b 4651 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm29ID 29th most recent active system alarm uint8 122c 4652 Not applicable AlarmSummary System Alarm30ID 30th most rec
375. t configuration mode as otherwise it will not subsequently be possible to quit from the operator inter face Figure 3 4 7 shows typical displays w s piu juas w PromoteList E Network pa Group EA Channel Na 1 Mair a Tei nano1 149 121 132 60 502 1D001 Nano Parameter Explorer Instrument PromoteList BAE EQ Alarmi Type T Status Name Description Value Wired From lt Threshold Fd PromoteParam1 Promote parameter 1 3942646018 Channel 1 Main P 42 Reference Y PromoteParam2 Promote parameter 2 4321 3942646016 Channel 1 Main Descriptor 42 Deviation PromateParam3 Promote parameter 3 3942646021 Channel 1 Main Units 4 Amount PiomoteParam Promote parameter 4 Group Recording Enable 42 Changer PromoteParam5 Promote parameter 5 ne ane PrtomoteParam6 Promote parameter 6 j oe 4 PromoteParam Promote parameter 7 ones PromoteParam8 Promote parameter 8 a Y Latch PromoteParam9 Promote parameter 9 P romote L Ist Y Block Y PromoteParaml Promote parameter 10 i A gt T Dwell Y PiomoteParaml Descriptor for promote p r sl lt Acknowledge i Chan 1 Tmp a rtp Tompie Y Inactive i p T C 157A 42 NotAcknowledged Z lt Acknowledgement gt Channel 1 Main Units al mie Lae F gt Group Recording Enable vm 03 a i Channel 1 Alarm1 Active a E VirtualChannel 9 Loop v Promote list iTools Promote list Operator interfa
376. t 92mm x 92mm both 0 0 8mm 3 62 in x 3 62 in both 0 00 0 03in D Minimum inter unit spacing Horizontal x 10mm 0 4in Vertical y 38mm 1 5in o oe y Figure 2 1 Mechanical installation details HA030554 Page 4 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 2 2 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION Figure 2 2 shows the locations of the various user terminations along with signal and supply wiring pinouts An In 1 EtherNet RJ45 An In 2 An In 3 Brown Blue An In 4 Supply voltage wiring M Oe Safety Earth R gt 500R inactive R lt 150R active Relay switching details per terminal 2A max at 264Vac 100mA min at 12Vdc Both resistive Each wire connected Sees anes active to LA LB and LC must be less than 30 metres R gt 600R inactive in length R lt 300R active Internal Link OV com noj Relay output An In1 An In2 An In3 An In4 T C a EH h Oto 1V She Oto 10V R lt 200R active R gt 350R inactive T C Volts millivolts Milliamps RTD three wire RTD two wire Digital Figure 2 2 Connector locations and pinouts rear panel 2 2 1 Termination details The screw terminals accept single wires in the range 0 21 to 2 08 mm 24 to 14 AWG inclusive or two wires each in the range 0 21 to 1 31 mm 24 to 16
377. t VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1e64 7780 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool lebe 7790 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1e61 7777 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1e6f 7791 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value oat32 1266 7782 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV Page 98 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Status As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Status uint8 0133 307 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 1e63 7779 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm2 Type As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Type uint8 1e60 7776 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Descriptor Virtual Channel descriptor string_t 4b 6c 19308 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main Disable Virtual channel disabled bool 1e23 7715 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Main HighCutOff The highest input value th
378. t Contribution joat32 0291 657 Odp Loop 2 Diag LoopBreakAlarm Loop Break 0 No break 1 Break bool 028f 655 Not applicable Loop 2 Diag LoopMode Loop mode 0 Auto 1 Man 2 Off uint8 1791 6033 Not applicable Loop 2 Diag PropOutContrib Proportional Output Contribution joat32 0290 656 Odp Loop 2 Diag SBrk Sensor break status 0 No break 1 Break bool 0293 659 Not applicable Loop 2 Diag SchedCBH The Scheduled Cutback Hi 0 Auto joat32 1795 6037 Odp Loop 2 Diag SchedCBL The Scheduled Cutback Lo 0 Auto joat32 1796 6038 Odp Loop 2 Diag SchedLPBrk The Scheduled Loop Break Time joat32 1798 6040 Odp Loop 2 Diag SchedMR The Scheduled Manual Reset oat32 1797 6039 1dp Loop 2 Diag SchedOPHi The Scheduled Output High Limit oat32 179a 6042 1dp Loop 2 Diag SchedOPLo The Scheduled Output Low Limit oat32 179b 6043 1dp Loop 2 Diag SchedPB The Scheduled Proportional Band joat32 1792 6034 1dp Loop 2 Diag SchedR2G The Scheduled Relative Cool Gain oat32 1799 6041 1dp Loop 2 Diag SchedTd The Scheduled Derivative Time 0 Off oat32 1794 6036 Odp Loop 2 Diag SchedTi The Scheduled Integral Time 0 Off joat32 1793 6035 Odp Loop 2 Diag TargetOutVal Target Output joat32 028e 654 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 Diag WrkOPHi Working Output Hi Limit joat32 0295 661 Odp Loop 2 Diag WrkOPLo Working Output Lo Limit joat32 0294 660 Odp Loop 2 Main ActiveOut Working Output oat32 0284 644 Same as Loop 2 OP Outp
379. t The elapsed time since last button press before the display returns to the home screen Off disabled Vertical Trend This is the default home page and its tick is greyed If this is not the home page the tick can be changed to a cross by highlighting it and operating the scroll button Horizontal Trend Vertical Bar Horizontal bar Numeric Control Loop 1 2 Promote List As for Vertical Trend above but by default all the enable ticks crosses are white and are thus editable If any of these display modes has been selected as the home page then the tick associated with that mode is non editable and is greyed Note Control loop pages appear only if the Loop option is fitted HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 29 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 1 3 DISPLAY CONFIGURATION Cont Trend Background History Background H Trend Scaling Faceplate cycling Setpoint colour 4 1 4 Info menu Allows the user to select black default white dark grey or light gray as the chart col our As above for Trend background but for history displays As described in section 3 4 2 by default the scale for horizontal trends appears at the left edge of the chart for a few seconds before the chart expands leftwards to occupy the scale area Setting H Trend Scaling to Permanent ensures that the scale remains permanently on display Allows the default faceplate cycling state to be defined as On
380. t applicable OR 3 Input5 OR Block 3 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d24 11556 Not applicable OR 3 Input OR Block 3 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d25 11557 Not applicable OR 3 Input7 OR Block 3 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d26 11558 Not applicable OR 3 Input8 OR Block 3 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d27 11559 Not applicable Page 90 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution OR 3 Output OR Block 3 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d28 11560 Not applicable OR 4 Input1 OR Block 4 input 1 0 off 1 on boo 2d30 11568 Not applicable OR 4 Input2 OR Block 4 input 2 0 off 1 on boo 2d31 11569 Not applicable OR 4 Input3 OR Block 4 input 3 0 off 1 on boo 2d32 11570 Not applicable OR 4 Input4 OR Block 4 input 4 0 off 1 on boo 2d33 11571 Not applicable OR 4 Input5 OR Block 4 input 5 0 off 1 on boo 2d34 11572 Not applicable OR 4 Input OR Block 4 input 6 0 off 1 on boo 2d35 11573 Not applicable OR 4 Input7 OR Block 4 input 7 0 off 1 on boo 2d36 11574 Not applicable OR 4 Input8 OR Block 4 input 8 0 off 1 on boo 2d37 11575 Not applicable OR 4 Output OR Block 4 output 0 off 1 on boo 2d38 11576 Not applicable OR 5 Input1 OR B
381. t applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 1d11 7441 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0129 297 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 1d09 7433 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 3 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1d0e 7438 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 1d00 7424 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4b4b 19275 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 1d03 7427 1dp VirtualChannel 3 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 1d20 7456 Not applicable VirtualChannel 3 Trend SpanHigh Specifies the highest PV output value to be displayed float32 1d22 7458 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 3 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 1d21 7457 Same as VirtualChannel 3 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c6 454 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1dd0 7632 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1dcb 7627 Not applicable VirtualChannel 4 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount float32 1dc8 7624 S
382. t by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 4 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 19c4 6596 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm1 Inactive alarm source safe and ack d if necessary boo 19ce 6606 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 Latch Alarm latch type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 19c1 6593 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged alarm has not been acknowledged boo 19cf 6607 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 19c6 6598 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm1 Status Alarm status as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 010e 270 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold joat32 19c3 6595 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm1 Type Alarn type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 19c0 6592 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Acknowledge acknowledge alarm boo 01b7 439 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Acknowledgement alarm acknowledged boo 19f0 6640 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Active alarm source active or safe but not ack d boo 19eb 6635 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 19e8 6632 Same as Channel 4 Main PV Channel 4 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 19ea 6634 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 4 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 19e2 6626 Not applicable Channel 4 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint
383. t for 18th most recent alarm uint8 11c3 4547 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm18Status As Alarm1 Status but for 18th most recent alarm uint8 11c4 4548 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm19Ac Acknowledge the 19th most recent channel alarm boo 11c8 4552 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm19Num As Alarm1Num but for 19th most recent alarm uint8 11c6 4550 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm19Status As Alarm1Status but for 19th most recent alarm uint8 11c7 4551 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm20Ac Acknowledge the 20th most recent channel alarm boo 11cb 4555 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm20Num As Alarm1Num but for 20th most recent alarm uint8 11c9 4553 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm20Status As Alarm1 Status but for 20th most recent alarm uint8 11ca 4554 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm21Ac Acknowledge the 21st most recent channel alarm boo 11ce 4558 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm21Num As Alarm1Num but for 21st most recent alarm uint8 Tice 4556 Not applicable AlarmSummary Channel Alarm21 Status As Alarm Status but for 21st most recent alarm uint8 11cd 4557 Not applicable AlarmSummary Chamnel Alarm22Ac Acknowledge the 22nd most recent channel alarm boo 11d1 4561 Not applicable HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 77 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont
384. t this one in the group has the low est value Any point that has a status other than Good is excluded from the calculation lf the group contains no channels Out 9999 Status No data Out Instantaneous value of whichever point except this one in the group has the highest value Any point that has a status other than Good is excluded from the calculation If the group contains no channels Out 9999 Status No data Out value written to this channel s modbus input If the comms timeout expires Out 9999 status No data Allows an input or other derived channel to be copied Out Lowest value reached by any point in the group except this one since last reset Any point that has a status other than Good is excluded from the calculation f the group contains no channels Out 9999 Status No data Out Highest value reached by any point in the group except this one since last reset Any point that has a status other than Good is excluded from the calculation f the group contains no channels Out 9999 Status No data Out Highest value reached by Input1 since last reset If Input1 has a status other than Good then Out 9999 and Status depends on the status of Input Out Lowest value reached by Input1 since last reset If Input1 has a status other than Good then Out 9999 and Status depends on the status of Input Out
385. that the PID output is limited by trim limits and acts as a trim on a FF value The FF value is derived either from the PV or setpoint by scaling the PV or SP by the FF Gain and FF Offset Alternatively a remote value may be used for the FF value but this is not subject to any scaling The resultant FF value is added to the limited PID OP and becomes the PID output as far as the output algorithm is concerned The feedback value then generated must then have the FF con tribution removed before being used again by the PID algorithm The diagram below shows how feed for ward is implemented FF Gain FF Offset SP A PV i FF Type SP1 PV TrimLo Figure B2 6 8 Implementation of Feed forward B2 6 9 Effect of Control Action Hysteresis and Deadband CONTROL ACTION For temperature control Control Act should be set to Rev For a PID controller this means that the heater power decreases as the PV increases For an on off controller output 1 usually heat will be on 100 when PV is below the setpoint and output 2 usually cool will be on when PV is above the setpoint HYSTERESIS Hysteresis applies to on off control only and is set in the units of the PV In heating applications the output will turn off when the PV is at setpoint It will turn on again when the PV falls below SP by the hysteresis value This shown in Figures B2 6 9a and B2 6 9b below for a heat and cool controller Hysteresis is inte
386. the View menu 5 by using the short cut lt Alt gt lt Enter gt In each case the function block parameters appear in the iTools window in tabular form such as the example in figure 6 4a below File Device Explorer View Options Window Help a U 8e A PAI Views New File Open File Load Save Print Scan Add Remove Help E Graphical Wiring ER Parameter Explorer Ed Watch Recipe o OPC Scope 9 Tools Secure E Wnano1 149 121 132 120 502 10001 nano EA AAA E4 a ji Main Trend Alarmt Alarm lt ENE Description Y Browse Og Find Descriptor Text string to describe the ck J Instrument S WF Type Specities the type of channe TC H Network PY The process variable output 29 97 E Group Status The EN output status Good 0 6 Channel P Resolution Specifi the resolution numl 2 031 3 P Units Units d priptor El 2 69 Main F LinType Linearisation type LinTypeK 6 RangeLow Range low value 0 00 Y Trend o RangeHigh Range high value 100 00 1 E Alarmi RangeUnits Range units RangeUnitsC 0 w E Alarm2 Scale low value e 2 i Scale high value a 3 Input offset HA 4 Cold junction type 1 E VirtualChannel il Filter time eonstant Level 2 Engineer manodac v E2 18 Resolution Specifies the resolution fnumber of decimal places Figure 6 4a Parameter table example The figure above shows the default table layout Columns c
387. the case where there are six channels enabled in the group The five channel layout leaves the bottom right hand sixth of the display blank For one to four channels the channels occupy the width of the display but divide the height of the screen equally amongst them as shown in the figure below eee p A cr E l eae aa 3 channels 2 channels PA Figure 3 4 5b Display layout for different numbers of channels The up arrow button returns to the vertical trend display mode the page key calls the top level menu HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 21 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 4 6 Control Loop1 Loop2 These displays appear only if the controller option is enabled section 4 1 6 Unlike other display modes the loop display modes are interactive in that the setpoint the Auto Manual mode and the Manual Output value can be edited from the user interface Full configuration is carried out in the Loop setup menus section 4 6 and a fuller description of control loops is to be found as Appendix B to this manual Figure 3 4 6 depicts a single loop display and the dual loop display The up and down arrow keys are used as normal to scroll through Loop1 Loop2 and Dual loop pages Mode Mamaa PV Man Op 333 WSP WSP Working Output 0 0 SRA LS Mode Manual Man Op U g 01 04 10 Figure 3 4 6 Loop displays Note The colours associated with the loops are those of the channels to which
388. the thermocouple and controller would sense this fall and increase the ON TIME of the contactor just enough to bring the temperature back to set point Meanwhile the process would be running a bit cooler than optimum which may cause some imperfection in the product With power feed forward enabled the line voltage is monitored continuously and ON TIME increased or de creased to compensate immediately In this way the process need never suffer a temperature disturbance caused by a line voltage change Power Feed forward should not be confused with Feed forward which is described in section B2 6 8 B2 6 7 Cool Type Cooling methods vary from application to application For example an extruder barrel may be cooled by forced air from a fan or by circulating water or oil around a jacket The cooling effect will be different de pending on the method Cool Type appears only if the setup parameter Ch2 Control is set to PID is used to accommodate different types of cooling methods as follows LINEAR The cooling algorithm may be set to linear where the controller output changes linearly with the PID demand signal OIL COOLING Cool Type Oil As oil is to all intents and purposes non evaporative oil cooling is pulsed in a linear manner WATER COOLING Ifthe area being cooled is running well above 100 C then the first few pulses of water flash into steam giving greatly increased cooling due to th
389. the three terms to set a required valve po sition A feedback potentiometer linked to the valve provides a signal giving actual valve position This al lows the control loop to calculate the difference between required and actual position dynamically and adjust control output accordingly Control is performed by delivering a raise or lower pulse to adjust the valve position MANUAL MODE Bounded VP controls in manual mode because the inner positional loop is still running against the potenti ometer feedback so it is operating as a position loop In boundless mode the algorithm is a velocity mode positioner When manual is selected then the up and down arrow produce 100 or 100 velocity respectively for the duration of the key press In boundless mode it is essential that the motor travel time is set accurately in order to allow the integral time to calculate correctly Motor travel time is defined as valve fully open valve fully closed This is not nec essarily the time printed on the motor since if mechanical stops have been set on the motor the travel time of the valve may be different Every time the valve is driven to its end stops the algorithm is reset to 0 or 100 to compensate for any changes which may occur due to wear in linkages or other mechanical parts This technique makes boundless VP look like a positional loop in manual even though it is not This enables combinations of heating and cooling e g PID heat V
390. the working setpoint to servo to the current PV before ramping to the new setpoint value A positive or negative value added to the setpoint for local fine tuning Valid entries are any value between SP Trim High and SPTrim Low Setpoint trim high and low limits On enables manual tracking to allow the local SP to follow the value of the current PV See section B2 5 5 for more details Off disables manual tracking On enables setpoint tracking to allow the local SP to follow the value of the alternative SP See section B2 5 4 for more details Off disables setpoint tracking The unit tracks the PV when it is servoing or tracking The SP to track in manual tracking Allows the user to enable tick or disable cross debump on PV change Page 60 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 6 6 Output menu items Appendix B section B2 6 contains details of the output functions Output Low Output High Ch1 Output Ch2 Output Ch2 Deadband Rate Ch1 OnOff Hyst Ch2 OnOff Hyst Ch1 Travel Time Ch2 Travel Time Nudge Raise Nudge Lower Ch1 Pot Pos Ch1 Pot Brk Ch2 Pot Pos Ch2 Pot Brk Pot Brk Mode The minimum power or the maximum negative i e cooling power to be delivered by the system The valid input range is 100 and Output High The maximum output power to be delivered by channels 1 and 2 where 100 is full power The valid input range is O
391. then R2G 10 25 x 40 80 0 4 x 0 5 0 2 ACTemp _ ACtime CoolingRate Se el AHtime Output Lo OP Power Temperature ACtime AHTemp _ HeatingRate AHtime Time Figure 2 4 5d R2G calculation Note This is not a very accurate method as it does not take natural cooling into account Its main advantage is that it is simple to achieve Appendix B HA030554 Page 150 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 5 AUTOTUNE Cont FAILURE MODES The conditions for performing an autotune are monitored by the Tune menu parameter State If autotune is not successful error conditions are read by this parameter as follows Timeout Setif any one stage is not completed within an hour Possible causes are the loop being open circuit or not responding to the controller demands Some heavily lagged sys tems may produce a timeout if the cooling rate is very slow TI Limit This is set if Autotune calculates a value for the integral term which is greater than the maximum allowable 99999 seconds This indicates that the loop is not responding or that the tune is taking too long R2G Limit Error occurs if the calculate value of R2G is outside the range 0 1 to 10 0 R2G limit can occur if the gain difference between heating and cooling is too large or if the controller is configured for heat cool but the heating and or cooling device is
392. ting Appendix B HA030554 Page 152 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 5 SETPOINT The controller setpoint is the Working Setpoint which can be derived from 1 SP1 or SP2 both of which are manually set by the user and can be switched into use by an external sig nal or via the user interface 2 From an external remote analogue source 3 The output of a programmer function block B2 5 1 Setpoint function block As well as providing a setpoint the function block also provides 1 The ability to limit the rate of change of the setpoint before it is applied to the control algorithm 2 Upper and lower limits These are defined as setpoint limits SP High Limit and SP Low Limit for the local setpoints and instrument range high and low for other setpoint sources Note All setpoints are limited by Range High and Range Low so that if SP High Limit for exam ple is set higher than Range High then SP High Limit is ignored and the setpoint is limited at the Range High value User configurable methods for tracking are available such that the transfers between setpoints and between operating modes do not cause bumps in the setpoint Figure B2 5 1 below shows the function block schematic PSP High Limit Programmer SP 9 Prog PSP Low Limit Local SP High Limit SP2 SP Low Limit SP2 Enable Enable Rem SP SP High Limit SP1 p able Range max
393. tion 300V RMS or dc double insulation BS EN61010 1 minute type test 2500 Vac 1500 Vac DC input ranges Ranges 40mV Range Range Resolution Measurement noise Linearity error Calibration error Temperature coefficient Input leakage current Input resistance 80mV Range Range Resolution Measurement noise Linearity error Calibration error Temperature coefficient Input leakage current Input resistance 2V Range Range Resolution Measurement noise Linearity error Calibration error Temperature coefficient Input leakage current Input resistance 10V Range Range Resolution Measurement noise Linearity error Calibration error Temperature coefficient Input resistance 40mv 80mV 2V 10V 4 0 to 10V 40mV to 40mV 1 9uV unfiltered 1 0uV peak to peak with 1 6s input filter 0 003 best fit straight line 4 6uV 0 053 of measurement at 25 C ambient 0 2uV C 13ppm C of measurement from 25 C ambient 14nA 100MQ 80mV to 80mV 3 2pV unfiltered 3 3uV peak to peak with 1 6s input filter 0 003 best fit straight line 7 5uV 0 052 of measurement at 25 C ambient 0 2uV C 13ppm C of measurement from 25 C ambient 14nA 100MQ 2V 82uV 90uV peak to peak with 1 6s input filter 0 003 best fit straight line 420uV 0 044 of measurement at 25 C ambient 125uV C 13ppm C of measurement from 25 C ambient 14nA 100MQ 3V
394. tne as 51 AUTO TUN Eto lA AN ee aw aes 58 SE o rd a 27 Time To Clear a 69 70 Autotune saur a ss 3 veil Sandee steel 58 ZOMG hres IG ate ad astro as 28 Standby action 2 eee eee eee eee 64 Time Proportioning sera Tarr ETETEA ES SENTIAN 162 Start Day Month Time Week 6 000 sees ZO A a Leah 151 O A or 28 Timout Startup MOOG chin eed and ae Gd tara Gee eee 62 COmmeniGations 26 a See os we es 73 Ma ias 58 To Status Destination a ad dat 128 Alarm A A 47 S E A ee eee eee 58 Channel uo tira 44 A A E a SUENE anaes 69 COUMEN ct OT yes 55 Top level Mental Be 12 Demand archiVe oooocccccccoccccccc 17 Totaliser configuration 0oooooococccoccoooo eee ee 53 Maths channel cion 51 Trace Totaliser secs aia dina 54 Cold a o dd a Wet hai 46 SLED tard osa 62 157 A A hex etna wh von A ea e Goades 24 MI aa as 38 HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Page viii nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE TACK acts As ete the etek Rh aa al tad Valk 62 157 V Enable 2 0 e eect eee 62 Valles tn Set Se ei ee 152 OTE 62 Valve Raise Lower 0 nunnan annern 64 PV eee ce eee rr rr 60 A A IC 30 A e he de A A Er Ea ue Nether ag neon A 60 Vertical bargraph mode 0 0 cece cece eee ees 20 Transfer between setS 0 0 143 Epa lee erate n co ak i ta Nene at a 29 Transferring seats ta oe ean ies atts aT aa 17 Vertical nm lt tc ne ee ee 19 Trend Enabled eo eee ae 29 Background colour 6 6s see eee 30 Virtuali
395. to the USB port at the rear of the EARE recorder When transfer is in progress the icon changes to a busy version ei Archive in progress CAUTION The Memory stick must not be removed while archiving demand or automatic is in progress as to do so may irreparably damage the file system of the memory stick rendering it unusable It is recom mended that all archiving be suspended before the memory stick is removed FTPICON Eh The FTP icon appears whenever transfer activity is taking place RECORD ICON One of four icons appears at the bottom left corner of the display to indicate recording status Record R This indicates that the recorder is recording the items selected in the Group Recording area of configuration section 4 3 Stopped ha This means that Enable has been set to no in the Group Recording area of configuration section 4 3 Trending is not affected Paused Suspended aa This means that recording has been paused by a wire to the Suspend parameter Group Recording area of configuration section 4 3 going true high Trending is not affected In Configuration 4 The recorder has been placed in configuration mode either at the user interface or via iTools Recording is stopped until the recorder is no longer in configuration mode For each non recording state Stopped Paused or In Configuration A new history file is created when the unit comes out of configuration mode MESSAGE ICON Th
396. trigger threshold oat32 1943 6467 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm1 Type Alarn type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 1940 6464 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01b5 437 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1970 6512 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 196b 6507 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount float32 1968 6504 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm2 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 196a 6506 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 3 Alarm2 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1962 6498 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1969 6505 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value float32 1967 6503 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm2 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1965 6501 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Channel 3 Alarm2 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value float32 1964 6500 Same as Channel 3 Main PV Channel 3 Alarm2 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 196e 6510 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 Latch Alarm latch type as for Channel 1 Alarm1 uint8 1961 6497 Not applicable Channel 3 Alarm2 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 196f 6511 Not applicable
397. triggered the automatic archive takes precedence Status For Archive to USB only Complete means that no archiving is currently taking place Transferring indicates that an archiving is in progress Accompanied by an animated circular display Suspended means that archiving has been suspended as requested PriStatus For Archive to FTP Server only this shows the transfer status between the instrument and the primary host computer SecStatus For Archive to FTP Server only this shows the transfer status between the instrument and the secondary host computer HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 17 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 3 8 DEMAND ARCHIVE Cont FTP SERVER ARCHIVING This allows the archiving of recorder files to a remote computer via the RJ45 type connector at the rear of the recorder either directly or via a network In order to carry out a successful transfer 1 Details of the remote host must be entered in the Network Archive area of configuration section 4 2 2 2 The remote computer must be set up as an FTP server Help from the user s IT department may be necessary in order to achieve this Appendix C Section C2 to this manual suggests one way using Filezilla When accessing files using Microsoft Internet Explorer the address URL field can be in one of two formats 1 ftp lt instrument IP address gt This allows a user to log in as the anonymous user if the recorder has an
398. tualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 4 Trend SpanLow Specifies the lowest PV output value to be displayed float32 1da1 7585 Same as VirtualChannel 4 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c8 456 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1e50 7760 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1e4b 7755 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount oat32 1e48 7752 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 AverageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t le4a 7754 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1e42 7746 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1e49 7753 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1e47 7751 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1e45 7749 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1e44 7748 Same as VirtualChannel 5 Main PV VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1e4e 7758 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1e41 7745 Not applicable VirtualChannel 5 Alarm1
399. tune at setpoint Conditions are that SP must remain within 0 3 of the range of the controller if PB Units Setup menu is setto Percent or 1 engineering unit 1 in 1000 if the PB Units is set to Eng Range is defined as Range High Range Low for proc ess inputs or the thermocouple or RTD range defined in section A3 for temperature in puts The output is frozen at he current value for one minute and the conditions are contin uously monitored during this period Ifthe conditions specified above are met then an autotune at setpoint is initiated at B If PV drifts outside the condition limits at any time during this period tuning at SP is abandoned and tuning resumes as a tune from above or tune from below depending on the direction of drift Since the loop is al ready at setpoint a Tune Control setpoint is not calculated the loop is forced to oscil late about the Target SP The process is forced to oscillate by switching the output between the output limits The oscillation period and the peak to peak response are determined and the PID terms calculated An extra heating stage is initiated then all heating and cooling are switched off at H allowing the plant to respond naturally The relative cool gain R2G is calculated Autotune is switched off and the process is allowed to control at the target setpoint us ing the newly calculated terms HA030554 Issue 1 Jly 10 Appendix
400. turned off or not working correctly B2 4 6 Manual tuning If for any reason automatic tuning gives unsatisfactory results the controller can be tuned manually There are a number of standard methods for manual tuning the Zeigler Nichols method being described here 1 Adjust the setpoint to its normal running conditions assumed to be above the PV so that heat only is applied 2 Set the integral and derivative times Ti and Td to Off 3 Set High and Low cutback CBH and CBL to Auto 4 Ifthe PV is stable not necessarily at the setpoint reduce the proportional band PB such that the PV just starts to oscillate leaving time between adjustments to allow the loop to stabilise Make a note of the PB at this point PB and also note the oscillation period T If the PV is already oscillating measure the oscillation period T and then gradually increase PB to the point at which oscillation just ceases Make a note of the PB PB at this point 5 Ifthe controller is fitted with a cooling channel enable this now 6 Observe the oscillation waveform and adjust R2G until a symmetrical wave form is observed Figure B2 4 6 7 Set PB Tiand Td according to table B2 4 6 Control type Proportional only P P I D Table B2 4 6 Calculate parameter values HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 151 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 6 MANUAL TUNING Cont S
401. up Trend Point1 but for 3rd point in group uint8 1008 4104 Not applicable Group Trend Point4 As Group Trend Point1 but for 4th point in group uint8 1009 4105 Not applicable Group Trend Point5 As Group Trend Point1 but for 5th point in group uint8 100a 4106 Not applicable Group Trend Point As Group Trend Point1 but for 6th point in group uint8 100b 4107 Not applicable Instrument Clock Date Local date string_t 4400 17408 Not applicable Instrument Clock DST DST active 0 DST inactive boo 1082 4226 Not applicable Instrument Clock Time Local time including Zone and DST effects time_t 1081 4225 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat Instrument Display Brightness Display brightness 10 10 20 20 etc whole decades uint8 1090 4240 Not applicable Instrument Display DualLoopControl Dual loop control page available for use boo 109b 4251 Not applicable Instrument Display FaceplateCycling Faceplate cycling On boo 109e 4254 Not applicable Instrument Display HistoryBackground History display background colour uint8 10A8 4264 Not applicable 0 Black 1 Dark Grey 2 Light grey 3 White Instrument Display HomePage Home display page uint8 1093 4243 Not applicable Instrument Display HorizontalBar Horizontal bar mode enabled boo 1098 4248 Not applicable Instrument Display HorizontalTrend Horizontal trend mode enabled boo 1096 4246 Not applicable Instrument Display HPageTimeout Home time out value in minutes 0 no timeout
402. ure 4 10 3 shows a typical wiring arrangement for a Zirconia probe Cooling Outer electrode solenoid Inner electrode Zirconia pellet Dilution poetsen Air NA Clean Probe A N a Aee AA Thermocouple Enrich ment gas Al 1 Al 2 analogue inputs Power Al1 zirconia input range must be supply configured as 0 to 2V max 1 01 Logic output O P2 to O P 5 Relay outputs A Power DI A Digital input supply Gas valve Figure 4 10 3 Typical zirconia probe wiring 4 11 ALARM SUMMARY Allows the user to view the overall status of the unit s alarms and to carry out a global acknowledgement of active alarms if required Global Ack Allows the user to acknowledge all applicable alarms simultaneously Manual alarms must be non active before they can be acknowledged Any Channel alarm Indicates if there are any channel alarms active acknowledged etc Any Sys Alarm Indicates if there are any active system alarms Any Alarm Indicates if there are any channel or system alarms active Alarm Summary Global Global Ack MIA Any Channel Alarm Oe Any Sys Alarm Any Alarm Figure 4 11 Alarm summary display HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 71 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 MODBUS TCP SLAVE COMMS 5 1 INSTALLATION The installation of the Modbus link consists of connecting a standard Ethernet cab
403. ush to Back Moves the item to the bottom layer of the diagram Parameter Help Shows parameter help for the item DOWNLOADING Y When the wiring editor is opened the current wiring and diagram layout is read from the instrument No changes are made to the instrument function block execution or wiring until the download button is pressed Any changes made using the operator interface after the editor is opened are lost on download When a block is dropped onto the diagram instrument parameters are changed to make the parameters for that block available If changes are made and the editor is closed without saving them there is a delay while the editor clears these parameters During download the wiring is written to the instrument which then calculates the block execution order and starts executing the blocks The diagram layout including comments and monitors is then written into instru ment flash memory along with the current editor settings When the editor is reopened the diagram is shown positioned as it was when it was last downloaded HA030554 Page 118 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 6 3 2 WIRING EDITOR OPERATING DETAILS Cont COLOURS Items on the diagram are coloured as follows Red Blue Green Magenta Purple Black Items which totally or partially obscure other items and items which are totally or par tially obscured by other items Wires that are connected to unalterable or non avail
404. ust be set correctly otherwise sufficient power to achieve SP might not be available dur ing tuning and the tune will eventually fail 5 Autotune Autotune automatically sets the following PID menu parameters PB Proportional band Ti Integral time If previously set to Off Ti will remain off after an autotune Td Derivative time If previously set to Off Td will remain off after an autotune CBH CBL Cutback high and low values If either is set to Auto it will remain so after auto tuning In order that Autotune set the cutback values for the user a value other than Auto must be selected before Autotune is initiated Autotune never returns cutback values less than 1 6 x PB R2G Calculated only if the unit is configured as Heat Cool Following an Autotune R2G lies between 0 1 and 10 Ifthe calculated value lies outside this range a Tune Fail alarm is set LBT Loop break time Following an autotune LBT is set to 2 x Ti if Ti was not previously set Off or to 12 x Td if Ti was previously set to Off HA030554 Appendix B Issue 1 Jly 10 Page 145 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 5 AUTOTUNE Cont Autotune can be performed at any time but normally it is performed only once during the initial commis sioning of the process However if the process under control subsequently becomes unsatisfactory be cause its characteristics have changed it may be necessary to tune
405. ut value oat32 2286 8838 Set by VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 14 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 2281 8833 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Period The time period over which the calculation is made int32 228a 8842 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Preset Initiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 228c 8844 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main PresetValue The preset value oat32 228d 8845 Set by VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 14 Main PV The virtual channel output value joat32 0154 340 Set by VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 14 Main Reset Initiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 228b 8843 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 2282 8834 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 2291 8849 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0155 341 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before the calculation is made time_t 2289 8841 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 14 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 228e 8846 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 2280 8832 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4c75 19573 Not applicable VirtualChannel 14 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler
406. utContrib Integral Output Contribution joat32 0211 529 Odp Loop 1 Diag LoopBreakAlarm Loop Break 0 No break 1 Break bool 020f 527 Not applicable Loop 1 Diag LoopMode Mode of the Loop 0 Auto 1 Man 2 Off uint8 1691 5777 Not applicable Loop 1 Diag PropOutContrib Proportional Output Contribution joat32 0210 528 Odp Loop 1 Diag SBrk Sensor Break Status 0 No break 1 Break bool 0213 531 Not applicable Loop 1 Diag SchedCBH The Scheduled Cutback High 0 Auto joat32 1695 5781 Odp Loop 1 Diag SchedCBL The Scheduled Cutback Low 0 Auto oat32 1696 5782 Odp Loop 1 Diag SchedLPBrk The Scheduled Loop Break Time oat32 1698 5784 Odp Loop 1 Diag SchedMR The Scheduled Manual Reset joat32 1697 5783 1dp Loop 1 Diag SchedOPHi The Scheduled Output High Limit oat32 169a 5786 1dp Loop 1 Diag SchedOPLo The Scheduled Output Low Limit oat32 169b 5787 1dp Loop 1 Diag SchedPB The Scheduled Proportional Band oat32 1692 5778 1dp Loop 1 Diag SchedR2G The Scheduled Relative Cool Gain oat32 1699 5785 1dp Loop 1 Diag SchedTd The Scheduled Derivative Time 0 Off joat32 1694 5780 Odp Loop 1 Diag SchedTi The Scheduled Integral Time 0 Off oat32 1693 5779 Odp Loop 1 Diag TargetOutVal Target Output value oat32 020e 526 Same as Loop 1 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 1 Diag WrkOPHi Working Output High Limit joat32 0215 533 Odp Loop 1 Diag WrkOPLo Working Output Low Limit joat32 0214 532 Odp Loop 1 Main ActiveOut Working Output
407. utHighLimit Loop 2 Main AutoMan Auto Manual Mode Mode 0 Auto 1 Man bool 0281 641 Not applicable Loop 2 Main Inhibit Control Inhibit 0 No 1 Yes bool 0285 645 Not applicable Loop 2 Main IntHold Integral action inhibit 0 No 1 Yes uint8 0286 646 Not applicable Loop 2 Main PV Process Variable value oat32 0280 640 1dp Loop 2 Main TargetSP Target Setpoint oat32 0282 642 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 Main WorkingSP Working Setpoint oat32 0283 643 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 0P Ch1OnOffHysteresis Channel 1 hysteresis in engineering units joat32 1772 6002 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 0P Ch10Out Channel 1 Output Value oat32 028b 651 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 OP Ch1PotBreak Ch1 Potentiometer Break 0 Off 1 On uint8 1779 6009 Not applicable Loop 2 0P Ch1PotPosition Ch1 Valve Position oat32 1778 6008 Odp Loop 2 0P Ch1TravelTime Channel 1 Travel Time oat32 1774 6004 1dp Loop 2 0P Ch2Deadband Channel 2 Deadband oat32 176f 5999 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 0P Ch2OnOffHysteresis Channel 2 hysteresis in engineering units joat32 1773 6003 Same as Loop 2 Main PV Loop 2 0P Ch2Out Channel 2 output value oat32 028c 652 Same as Loop 2 OP OutputHighLimit Loop 2 OP Ch2PotBreak Channel 2 Potentiometer Break 0 Off 1 On uint8 177b 6011 Not applicable Loop 2 0P Ch2PotPosition Channel 2 Valve Position oat32 177a 6010 Odp Loop 2 OP Ch2TravelTime Channel 2 Travel Time oat32 1775 6005 1dp
408. utbackLow Cutback low value for PID set 1 0 Auto oat32 1740 5952 1dp Loop 2 PID CutbackLow2 Cutback low value for PID set 2 0 Auto oat32 1748 5960 1dp Loop 2 PID CutbackLow3 Cutback low value for PID set 3 0 Auto joat32 1750 5968 1dp Page 88 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution Loop 2 PID DerivativeTime Derivative time for PID set 1 joat32 173d 5949 Odp Loop 2 PID DerivativeTime2 Derivative time for PID set 2 oat32 1745 5957 0dp Loop 2 PID DerivativeTime3 Derivative time for PID set 3 oat32 174d 5965 Odp Loop 2 PID IntegralTime ntegral time for PID set 1 joat32 173c 5948 Odp Loop 2 PID IntegralTime2 ntegral time for PID set 2 joat32 1744 5956 Odp Loop 2 PID IntegralTime3 ntegral time for PID set 3 joat32 174c 5964 0dp Loop 2 PID LoopBreakTime Loop break time for PID set 1 oat32 1742 5954 Odp Loop 2 PID LoopBreakTime2 Loop break time for PID set 2 oat32 174a 5962 Odp Loop 2 PID LoopBreakTime3 Loop break time for PID set 3 joat32 1752 5970 Odp Loop 2 PID ManualReset Manual reset value for PID set 1 joat32 1741 5953 dp Loop 2 PID ManualReset2 Manual reset value for PID set 2 oat32 1749 5961 dp Loop 2 PID ManualReset3 Manual reset value for PID set 3 joat32 1751 5969 dp
409. ution VirtualChannel 7 Main Operation As VirtualChannel1 Main Operation uint8 1f01 7937 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Period Averaging period int32 1f0a 7946 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Preset nitiate preset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1f0c 7948 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main PresetValue The Preset value oat32 1f0d 7949 Set by VirtualChannel 7 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 7 Main PV The virtual channel output value oat32 0138 312 Set by VirtualChannel 7 Main Resolution VirtualChannel 7 Main Reset nitiate reset 0 No 1 Yes bool 1f0b 7947 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Resolution Number of decimal places 0 to 6 uint8 1102 7938 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Rollover A pulse signal to indicate PV output has just rolled over bool 1f11 7953 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Status As VirtualChannel1 Main Status uint8 0139 313 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main TimeRemaining Time remaining before calculation is made time_t 1f09 7945 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 7 Main Trigger Increment decrement counter 0 No 1 Yes bool 1f0e 7950 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Type As VirtualChannel1 Main Type uint8 1f00 7936 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main Units Units descriptor string_t 4bb7 19383 Not applicable VirtualChannel 7 Main UnitsScaler Units scaler for totalisers float32 1f03 7939 1dp VirtualChannel 7 Trend Colour As VirtualChannel1 Trend Colour uint8 1120 7968
410. utput Deriva tive on error should be used with a programmer since it tends to reduce ramp over shoot Error provides rapid response to small setpoint changes which makes it ideal for temperature control systems PV means that changes in PV alone cause changes to the derivative output Typically used for process systems using valve control as it reduces wear on the valve mechan ics Allows setpoint editing permission in the loop display pages section 3 4 6 Read Write allows free access to all users Read Only allows editing only in Configuration or Supervisor modes Operator R W allows editing in all modes except Logged out HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 57 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 4 6 2 SETUP MENU PARAMETERS Cont Auto Man Access As Setpoint Access above but for Auto manual parameter Note PB Units and Deriv Type appear only if at least one of Ch1 Control and Ch2 Control is set to PID VPU or VPB 4 6 3 Tune menu parameters Tune Enable Low Output High Output State Stage Stage Time AT R2G On initiates autotune Legend changes to Off when autotune is complete Can be set to Off manually to stop the tuning process Sets a low limit to be imposed whilst autotune is running The value must be greater than or equal to the Output Low value specified in the Output menu section 4 6 6 Sets a high
411. utput Low to 100 0 Reducing this value reduces the rate of change of the process but it also reduces the controller s ability to react to perturbations Displays the positive power values used by the heat output Values range from Output low to Output high Displays the cooling power values for channel two Appears as a value between Output high and 100 where 100 represents full cooling power A gap in between output 1 switching off and output 2 switching on and vice versa Valid inputs are 0 off to 100 Limit on the rate at which the output from the PID can change Can be useful in pre venting rapid changes in output that could damage the process heater elements etc Appears only if Ch1 Control has been set to OnOff in the Setup menu Allows the user to enter a hysteresis value for channel one Valid entries are 0 0 to 200 0 Appears only if Ch2 Control has been set to OnOff in the Setup menu Allows the user to enter a hysteresis value for channel two Valid entries are 0 0 to 200 0 Appears only if Setup menu parameter Ch1 Control is set to VPB or VPU This is the valve travel time from closed 0 to open 100 In a valve positioning application channel 1 output is connected by a single software wire to a Valve Raise Valve Lower relay pair For heat cool applications channel 1 is associated with the heating valve Valid entries 0 0 to 1000 0 seconds Appears only if Setup menu parameter Ch
412. utput value to be displayed oat32 1c21 7201 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Acknowledge 1 acknowledge alarm bool 01c2 450 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Acknowledgement 1 alarm acknowledged bool 1cd0 7376 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Active 1 alarm source active or safe but not ack d bool 1ccb 7371 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Amount Rate of change alarm Amount joat32 1cc8 7368 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Average Time Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1cca 7370 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1cc2 7362 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1cc9 7369 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1cc7 7367 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1cc5 7365 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value joat32 1cc4 7364 Same as VirtualChannel 2 Main PV VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1cce 7374 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 Latch As VirtualChannel1 Alarm1 Latch uint8 1cc1 7361 Not applicable VirtualChannel 2 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1ccf 7375 Not applicable
413. value 6 joat32 29cb 10699 2dp UserLin 2 X7 User linearisation table 2 X value 7 oat32 29cd 10701 2dp UserLin 2 X8 User linearisation table 2 X value 8 joat32 29cf 10703 2dp UserLin 2 X9 User linearisation table 2 X value 9 oat32 29d1 10705 2dp UserLin 2 X10 User linearisation table 2 X value 10 loat32 29d3 10707 2dp UserLin 2 X11 User linearisation table 2 X value 11 oat32 29d5 10709 2dp UserLin 2 X12 User linearisation table 2 X value 12 oat32 29d7 10711 2dp UserLin 2 X13 User linearisation table 2 X value 13 oat32 29d9 10713 2dp Page 92 HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST Cont Parameter path Description Type Hex Dec Resolution UserLin 2 X14 User linearisation table 2 X value 14 oat32 29db 10715 2dp UserLin 2 X15 User linearisation table 2 X value 15 joat32 29dd 10717 2dp UserLin 2 X16 User linearisation table 2 X value 16 joat32 29df 10719 2dp UserLin 2 X17 User linearisation table 2 X value 17 joat32 29e1 10721 2dp UserLin 2 X18 User linearisation table 2 X value 18 joat32 29e3 10723 2dp UserLin 2 X19 User linearisation table 2 X value 19 joat32 29e5 10725 2dp UserLin 2 X20 User linearisation table 2 X value 20 joat32 29e7 10727 2dp UserLin 2 X21 User linearisation table 2 X value 21 oat32 29e9 10729 2dp UserLin 2 X22 User linearisatio
414. ve It is not possible to acknowledge system alarms Archive Disabled Archiving Failed Archiving Timeout Battery failure Clock failure Channel error Database failure DHCP Server failure FTP Archiving file lost FTP Archiving to slow An unattended archiving strategy has temporarily been disabled An unattended archiving strategy has failed to complete A configured archiving strategy has timed out Indicates that the battery is approaching the end of its useful life or that it is missing or is completely exhausted The internal clock was found to be corrupt at power up or that the time has never been set Time is forced to 00 00 1 1 1900 Can be caused by battery failure in which case the battery symbol is also vis ible and a battery failure message appears The error is cleared by setting the time and date Indicates a hardware failure in the channel circuit or in the internal cold junction temperature measurement Corrupted EEPROM or flash memory For units with IP Type set to DHCP Network Interface configuration this alarm occurs if the instrument is unable to obtain an IP address from the server A file has been deleted that had not yet been archived Possible caus es Communications with the server could not be established ar chive is disabled archive rate too slow The archive rate is too slow to prevent the internal memory from over flowing The recorder effectively switches to Automati
415. verageTime Rate of change alarm Average time time_t 1c4a 7242 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Block 0 Blocking alarms off 1 Blocking alarms on uint8 1c42 7234 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 ChangeTime Rate of change alarm Change Time uint8 1c49 7241 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Deviation Deviation alarm Deviation Value joat32 1c47 7239 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Dwell Alarm dwell time time_t 1045 7237 Set by Network Modbus TimeFormat VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Hysteresis Alarm hysteresis value oat32 1c44 7236 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Inactive 1 alarm source safe and ack d if necessary bool 1c4e 7246 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Latch Alarm latch type 0 None 1 Auto 2 Manual 3 Trigger uint8 1c41 7233 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 NotAcknowledged 1 alarm has not been acknowledged bool 1c4f 7247 Not applicable VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Reference Deviation alarm Reference value joat32 1c46 7238 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Status Indication of the active and acknowledge status uint8 0122 290 Not applicable 0 Unacknowledged 1 None 2 Active 3 Inactive 4 Acknowledged VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Threshold Alarm trigger threshold float32 1c43 7235 Same as VirtualChannel 1 Main PV VirtualChannel 1 Alarm1 Type Alarm type uint8 1c40 7232 Not
416. voltage wiring should be kept separate from one another Where this is impractical shielded cables should be used for the signal wiring A full definition of Hazardous voltages appears under Hazardous live in BS EN61010 Briefly under nor mal operating conditions hazardous voltages are defined as being gt 30V RMS 42 2V peak or gt 60V dc HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 1 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE SAFETY NOTES Cont 11 The maximum continuous voltage applied between any of the following terminals must not exceed 240Vac 1 Relay output to logic dc or sensor input connections 2 Any connection to ground The ac supply must not be connected to sensor input or low level inputs or outputs 12 Over temperature protection A separate over temperature protection unit with an independent tem perature sensor should be fitted to isolate the process heating circuit should a fault condition arise Alarm relays within the recorder controller do not give protection under all fault conditions 13 In order to allow the power supply capacitors to discharge to a safe voltage the supply must be dis connected at least two minutes before the instrument is removed from its sleeve The touching of the exposed electronics of an instrument which has been removed from its sleeve should be avoided 14 Instrument labels may be cleaned using iso propyl alcohol or water or water based products A mild soap solution
417. x Temp Zirconia Clean Clean Time Zirconia Clean Max Rcov Time Zirconia Clean Min Rcov Time Zirconia Gas References CO Ideal Zirconia Gas References CO Local Zirconia Gas References CO Remote En Zirconia Gas References H2 Local Zirconia Gas References H2 Remote En Zirconia Main Clean Frequency Zirconia Main Clean Time Zirconia Main Gas Reference Zirconia Main Max Rcov Time Zirconia Main Min Calc Temp Zirconia Main Min Rcov Time Zirconia Main Oxygen Exp Zirconia Main Oxygen Type Zirconia Main Probe Offset Zirconia Main Probe Type Zirconia Main Process Factor Zirconia Main Rem Gas Enable Zirconia Main Resol n Zirconia Main Resolution Zirconia Main Temp Offset Zirconia Main Tolerence HA030554 Issue 1 Jul 10 Page 75 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 5 3 PARAMETER LIST This list is arranged in alphabetical block order and gives the memory address for each parameter in both hex and decimal The blocks are as follows Alarm summary Instrument User Lin 4 Virtual chan 8 Channel 1 Loop 1 Virtual chan 1 Virtual chan 9 Channel 2 Loop 2 Virtual chan 2 Virtual chan 10 Channel 3 Network Virtual chan 3 Virtual chan 11 Channel 4 OR block Virtual chan 4 Virtual chan 12 Custom messages User Lin 1 Virtual chan 5 Virtual chan 13 Digital 1 O User Lin 2 Virtual chan 6 Virtual chan 14 Group User Lin 3 Virtual chan 7 Zirconia DIGITAL I O ASSIGNMENTS There are seven DIO instances each of which is associated with a part
418. y account with the user name set to anonymous with a blank password 2 ftp lt user name gt lt password gt lt instrument IP address gt to log in as a specific user For IE5 users Microsoft Internet Explorer displays by default history files only to quit the history folder either uncheck the Tools Internet Options Advanced Browsing Enable folder view for FTP sites option or check the Tools Internet Options Advanced Browsing Use Web based FTP option HA030554 Page 18 Issue 1 Jul 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE 3 4 DISPLAY MODES The following subsections describe the various display modes available to the user by default the Home display mode is Vertical Trend but this can be edited as a part of Instrument Display configuration This configuration area also allows the user to disable one or more display modes should they not be required The current display mode can be chosen either by using the top level menu Go to View item or from any display mode by scrolling through the enabled modes using the up or down arrow button 3 4 1 Vertical trend In this mode channel values are traced as though on a chart rolling downwards i e with the latest data at the top The chart speed and the number of major divisions are configured in the Group Trend area of con figuration section 4 3 1 By default the chart background is black but this can be changed to white or grey i
419. y page uint8 16a8 5800 Not applicable 0 Read Write R W all modes 1 Editable in all modes except Logged out 2 Editable only at Engineer and Supervisor levels Loop 1 Setup CH1ControlType Heat Ch1 Control Type 0 Off 1 On Off 2 PID 3 VPU 4 VPB uint8 1601 5633 Not applicable Loop 1 Setup CH2ControlType Channel 2 control type As channel 1 above uint8 1602 5634 Not applicable Loop 1 Setup ControlAction Control Action 0 Reverse 1 Direct uint8 1603 5635 Not applicable Loop 1 Setup DerivativeType Derivative Type 0 PV 1 Error uint8 1605 5637 Not applicable Loop 1 Setup LoopName Loop Name string_t 5d00 23808 Not applicable Loop 1 Setup LoopType Loop Type 0 Single 1 Cascade 2 Override 3 Ratio uint8 1600 5632 Not applicable Loop 1 Setup PBUnits Proportional Band Units uint8 1604 5636 Not applicable Loop 1 Setup SPAccess Edit access to SP in Loop display page uint8 16a7 5799 Not applicable 0 Read Write R W all modes 1 Editable in all modes except Logged out 2 Editable only at Engineer and Supervisor levels Loop 1 SP AItSP Alternate Setpoint joat32 1660 5728 Same as Loop 1 Main PV Loop 1 SP AltSPSelect Alternate Setpoint Enable 0 disable 1 enable uint8 1661 5729 Not applicable Loop 1 SP ManualTrack Manual Track Enable 0 disable 1 enable uint8 1667 5735 Not applicable Loop 1 SP RangeHigh Setpoint Range High Limit joat32 1659 5721 Same as Loop 1 Main PV
420. ycling time for a time proportioning output and should be set correctly before tuning is started FILTER The Filter parameter is found in the Channel Main menu section 4 4 Itis used to remove noise from slow ly changing signals so that the underlying trend can be seen more clearly Appendix B HA030554 Page 144 Issue 1 Jly 10 nanodac RECORDER CONTROLLER USER GUIDE B2 4 3 INITIAL SETTINGS Cont RATE Sets the maximum PID rate of change The output rate limit is active during tuning and can affect the tuning results Rate is useful in preventing rapid changes in output from damaging the process or heater elements The parameter Rate is found in the Setpoint menu CH1 TRAVEL TIME CH2 TRAVEL TIME Valve Travel Time If the output is a motor valve positioner the Ch1 Travel Time and Ch2 Travel Time Out put menu parameters must be set correctly The valve travel time is the time taken for the valve to travel from 0 closed to 100 open This may be different from the motor travel time limits because the mechanical linkage between the motor and the valve setting of limit switches etc can modify behaviour In a valve po sitioner application the channel output is wired to the PV input of relay 2A2B or 4AC Configuring this relay as Type Valve Raise causes the associated relay 3A3C or 5AC respectively to be configured automatically as Type Valve Lower and the action of the relay pair i

Nanodac Recording Temperature Controller User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents